Ortopedski pripomočki

Vulkan Orthopaedic Supports rangeHead & Neck SupportsTorso SupportsClavicle & Chest SupportsBack SupportsShoulder & SlingsElbow SupportsHeel ProtectorsWrist SupportsThumb SupportsWrist & Thumb SupportsArthritis & Hand Positioning SplintsInflatable Positioning SplintsHip, Thigh & Groin SupportsKnee SupportsKnee Immobilisers & BracesThigh, Calf & Shin SupportsAnkle SupportsAnkle & Foot Supports Foot Supports & Night SplintsLower Extremity Positioning AidsDarco Walkers & FootwearPaediatric Supports & PositioningPositioning Aids

Orthopaedics

2 - 56 - 7

89

10 - 1314 - 1820 - 24

2425 - 2829 - 32

3334 - 4042 - 4344 - 4546 - 5152 - 56

5758 - 6263 - 6465 - 6970 - 7273 - 7980 - 8990 - 96

Vulkan SiSupportsFor full rangesee page 4

001_EXPT_0001-0008:Layout 1 24/11/09 11:17 Page 1

Fax: 08448 730 100 www.mobilisrolyan.com2

Ort

hop

aed

ics

Vulkan Classic

The Professional’sChoice since 1977

Vulkan Classic Supports have beendeveloped by two of the worldsleading professors in sports andorthopaedic medicine, based onsound biomechanical principles – and Vulkan is still the only medicallyproven support range on the market.

The medical research anddevelopment carried out on theVulkan range reinforces theeffectiveness of the product and hasbeen used by leading professionalsfor almost 30 years, includingdoctors, physiotherapists and topathletes in a wide variety ofdisciplines.

The exclusive Aerotherm® lining in all Vulkan Classic supports has beenspecifically designed to ensure fasterelimination of sweat allowing yourskin to breathe, and enabling you to get back to being active muchsooner.

The comprehensive Vulkan Classicrange is renowned for its excellentcomfort and fit. Making it the perfectchoice for injury rehabilitation andinjury prevention.

1

32

Vulkan® Neoprene Full Shoulder1

Provides support following shoulder dislocation and helpsalleviates bursitis and tendonitis. Adjustable closures for addedcomfort.006828 £41.95

Vulkan® One Size Back Support3

Vulkan® Half Shoulder2

Individually left or right shoulder protection. Adjustable closuresfor added comfort and fit. Provides warmth and support to theshoulder joint.006831 Left £31.45006832 Right £31.45

CLASSIC

S M L XL

80-90 90-100 100-110 110-120

Sizes Measure aroundthe chest (cm)

S M L XL

80-90 90-100 100-110 110-120


Indicated for central backache and/or pain radiating as far as thebuttock. Reduces unwanted twisting movements due to extrasupportive stays in the rear of the support. Useful for thoseworking in a manual occupation where lifting may be involved.Does not include Stays. Universal Size.003811 £24.10

INFORMATIONPlease state required size when ordering.

001_EXPT_0001-0008:Layout 1 24/11/09 11:17 Page 2

www.mobilisrolyan.com Tel: 08448 730 035 3

Orthop

aedics

Vulkan Classic

1 2 3

4 5 6

Vulkan® Neoprene Tennis Elbow Strap1

Helps to reduce the pressure on the tendon complex at the elbow duringrepeated movements. Ideal for tennis players and golfers. One size fits most.009750 £7.77

Vulkan® Neoprene Wrist Strap Short2

Universal design fits both left and right wrist. Feature an additional strapwhich provides extra support. 006829 £7.90

XS S M L XL

11-13 13-16 16-19 19-22 22-25

Sizes Measure aroundthe wrist (cm)

Vulkan® Neoprene Open Knee 4

This support has a patella free opening with a stitched buttress whichgives you extra support to the patella. Helps to relieve the pain of patellasymptoms, unstable and medial/lateral ligaments and cartilage damage.006830 £11.50

XS S M L XL

27-30 30-35 35-40 40-45 45-50

Sizes Measure aroundthe knee (cm)

Vulkan® Neoprene Hinged Knee Support5

This neoprene support has removable carbon fibre hinges to controlmedial and lateral instability, the open patella helps to track the patella.Ideal for unstable medial /lateral ligaments, cartilage damage andrehabilitation after cruciate ligament injuries.006835 £33.50

S M L XL

30-35 35-40 40-45 45-50


Vulkan® Ankle Strap6

For use prophylactically or post injury, the Vulkan® Ankle Strap givesincreased compression by way of an easy fit design figure-of-8 strap.Spiral stays and a stabiliser help provide firm support.006840 Left £14.49014720 Right £14.49

S M L

19-22 22-25 25-28

Sizes Measure aroundthe ankle (cm)

Vulkan® Neoprene Wrist Support3

Designed for light sprains, strains and rheumatism. This neoprene supportwill help relieve swelling and it provides compression and support.003889 £7.82

XS S M L XL

11-13 13-16 16-19 19-22 22-25



001_EXPT_0001-0008:Layout 1 24/11/09 11:17 Page 3

4

Vulkan® SI

For Faster Injury Recovery

SILICON INNOVATION

This range of Vulkan supports has been technically developed to provide afaster recovery from injury. Vulkan Si is a revolutionary range of technicallydesigned supports offering unique silicon support around the key areas of the muscles and joints.

Diagram representsthe actual results ofa Doppler scannertest indicating a 2.2 fold increase in blood flow

Si Elbow Support

Unique silicon support around the olecranon(elbow tip) area, providing protection,compression and support. Extra siliconcompression around the lateral and medialextensor tendons to help prevent tennis elbow.3118 £14.96

Si Ankle Support

The unique silicon around the contours of thetibia, fibula and talus and the lateral and medicalligaments provides compression, support andconfidence. Ideal for those common ankle sprainswhere the ligaments connecting the ankle arestretched or torn. 3116 £14.96

Si Wrist Support

Unique silicon support provides support aroundthe ulnar of the wrist to provide stability to thecarpal ligaments, nerves and carpal bones. Thin, seamless support with thumb hole to provide comfort and stability. 3117

Si Knee Support

Unique silicon support around the patella to exertpressure in this key area. Additional silicon hasbeen placed around the back of the knee toprovide pressure and support around the wholeknee joint and make it feel secure and stable.3115

Fax: 08448 730 100 www.mobilisrolyan.com

Ort

hop

aed

ics

S M L

20-25 25-28 28-32

Sizes Measure aroundthe elbow (cm)

S M L

12-16 16-20 20-23


S M L

30-35 35-40 41-46


S M L

20-24 25-29 30-34


Please state requiredsize when ordering

001_EXPT_0001-0008:Layout 1 24/11/09 11:17 Page 4


Vulkan® AE

AE Knee SupportProvides comfort to the knee muscles andtendons by retaining heat. Provides superiorsupport and compression to the joint, tocontrol and limit swelling. Ideal for sprains andstrains. Easily worn under clothing for dailyprevention and protection.3110 £7.35

Provides comfort for swollen or tender elbowsas a result of sprains and strains. Firm supportfor prevention of further pain and discomfort.Ideal for racket sports and golfers. Ideal forshort term use to control swelling.

3111 £7.35

How it Works

Each support not only

provides uniform support and

compression, but has unique

heat retaining properties that

increase blood flow around

the joints during activities to

speed up the body’s natural

healing process.

AE Elbow Support

AE Wrist SupportAE Ankle Support AE Calf & Shin Support

The Vulkan AdvancedElasticated range is thelatest innovation inlightweight supports. Therange has been technicallydeveloped using NanoFlextra™ a superiorperformance material withmultiple functions.

S M L

28.5-31 31-35 36-40.5


S M L

21-23 23.5-26 26-30


S M L

Below 25 26-28.5 28.5-31

Sizes Measure aroundthe calf (cm)

S M L

Below 23.5 23.5-26 26-28


ADVANCED ELASTIC

The NEW unique, professionalmultifunctional support you can trust

Please state required size when ordering

Closed heel design and comfort duringmovement. Ideal for weak ankles and slightstrains of the tendons and ligaments.Provides effective support and compression.Unique antibacterial material ensures supportstays odour free.3112 £7.35

One size fits all support to help aid weak, injured or swollen wrists. Features a thumbloop, designed to secure the support in place.Universal design to fit both left or right wrist.

3113 One size fits most £7.35

Closed heel and open toe design to providesupport and compression to the calf, shin andachilles. Provides firm support of the lower leg to improve blood circulation. Comfortable andeasy to wear.

3114 £8.93

Orthop

aedics

001_EXPT_0001-0008:Layout 1 24/11/09 11:17 Page 5


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Head & Neck

1 2

TOT Collar2

Designed as a treatment for torticollis, this collar is a simple,effective and inexpensive therapy to correct head position andprevent further health problems. When combined with stretchingof the muscle, the collar offers better results than stretchingalone. In addition to active head posture correction, the collarprovides an ongoing stimulus to maintain the corrected positionfor a longer time period than simple stretching alone. Latex free.553529 Child - 4 Months to 10 Years Old £40.31553530 Adult - 10 Years of Age and Older £43.72

Skull Guard Helmet1

Flexible helmets to fit contours of the head. Designed for childrenand adults with functional disorders making them liable to headinjury, e.g. epilepsy, head drop syndrome, poor balance, headbangers, autism, hydrocephalis, cerebral palsy with spasticdiplegia, spinal cord hernia and haemophilia. Chin strap withslide buckle allows length adjustment.Please state required size when ordering. (Example - Ordernumber: 012345-42 for 42cm head circumference sized helmet.)012345 £96.48

Headmaster™ Collar3

Padded tubular design. Bends to adjust for neck flexion orextension. Allows access to a tracheal tube. Optional padsavailable for extra support. To size, measure from centre of chinto the corner of the jaw. If between sizes, choose the smallercollar. Hand wash, air-dry. Contains latex. Neck Pads - attacheasily to inside of neck strap and can be adjusted for correct fit.09 117 2899 Infant 6cm £79.4309 117 2907 Child 7.5cm £79.4309 117 2915 Junior 9cm £79.4309 117 2923 Adult Small 10cm £79.4309 117 2931 Adult Medium 11.5cm £79.4309 117 2949 Adult Large 12.5cm £79.4309 117 2956 Optional Neck Pad - Adult £22.7209 118 2856 Optional Extension Pads £21.58

33

33

4

Patriot Extrication Collar4

Universal one-piece adjustable collar design fits most adults.Provides excellent cervical spine immobilisation, and can beeasily applied in either a sitting or supine position. Easy-to-adjustsnap locking tabs. Latex free.55068401 Paediatric £11.0355068402 Adult £11.03

INFORMATIONFor Paediatric supports, please see pages 80 to 87.

Bright Red 42 43 44 45 46 - - -

Bright Blue 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54

Dark Brown 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62

Colour Length Sizes (cm) Measure aroundthe head (cm)

001_EXPT_0001-0008:Layout 1 24/11/09 11:17 Page 6

Size LengthShallow (Height 7cm)002697SS Short 39cm £2.17002697SM Medium 44cm £2.17002697SL Long 48cm £2.17Medium (Height 7.5cm)002697MS Medium 45.5cm £2.17002697ML Long 51cm £2.17Deep (Height 9cm)002697DS Short 42cm £2.17002697DM Medium 45.5cm £2.17002697DL Long 51cm £2.17Extra Deep (Height 10cm)002697XDL Long 53.5cm £2.17


Orthop

aedics

Head & Neck

1Vulkan Medicollar1

This shaped lightweight collar is very comfortableand is suitable for minor neck injuries.

Hereford Beaded Collar3

A comfortable, moulded, neck support with polystyrene beads,which allows for greater or lesser support. Touch and closefastener for ease of fitting. Thumb loop allows for front or side opening. Very lightweight.014430S 27-34cm £8.87014430M 31-38cm £8.87014430L 35-42cm £8.87

2

Economy Cervical Collar2

An economical alternative to the cervical collars above. Made from medium density foam with stockinette cover.

Size Length DepthAA9299A X-Small 43cm 7cm £3.23AA9299B Small 46cm 8cm £3.23AA9299C Medium 52.5cm 10cm £3.23AA9299D Large 57cm 10cm £3.23AA9299E X-Large 61cm 12cm £3.23

3 4

Philadelphia™ Tracheotomy Collar4

This collar provides rigid immobilisation, reduces rotation, and slightly hyperextends the cervical spine. Constructed oflightweight, closed cell foam material. Hook and loop closureprovides easy application and removal.

Lateral NeckSize Height Circumference

A818230 Small 5.7cm 25.4-33cm £16.21A818231 Medium 5.7cm 33-40.6cm £16.21A818232 Large 5.7cm 40.6-48.3cm £16.21A818233 Small 8.3cm 25.4-33cm £16.21A818234 Medium 8.3cm 33-40.6cm £16.21A818235 Large 8.3cm 40.6-48.3cm £16.21A818236 Small 10.8cm 25.4-33cm £16.21A818237 Medium 10.8cm 33-40.6cm £16.21A818238 Large 10.8cm 40.6-48.3cm £16.21A818239 Small 13.3cm 25.4-33cm £16.21A818240 Medium 13.3cm 33-40.6cm £16.21A818241 Large 13.3cm 40.6-48.3cm £16.21

Sizes Measure aroundthe neck (cm)

001_EXPT_0001-0008:Layout 1 24/11/09 11:17 Page 7


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Torso

1

2 3

3 Point Hyper Extension Brace1

• Unique spring-controlled “floating” pelvic band continuallyadjusts as the patient changes from a standing to a sittingposition, without compromising the brace function

• Thoracolumbar pad can be positioned either horizontally orvertically

• Adjustment slots on the uprights and the sternal componentallow simple and convenient height and width adjustmentwithout component removal

• Aluminium bars padded with soft foam and vinyl covered“Plus” closure in strong nylon material

• Adjustable posterior straps

018818 £143.31

Nucross Back Support2

• Flexion immobilisation of thoracolumbar spine

• Strong lightweight aluminium alloy frame, weighs less than 700g

• Pivoting sternal and pubic pads

• Replaceable EVA padding – non toxic, waterproof and latex free

• Features new ‘Plus’ safety lock closure system

• Hardwearing and lightweight – which makes it easy for thepatient to apply and remove the brace as well as ensuring thesame lumbar pressure each time the brace is applied

• Simple telescopic adjustment of the frame – no need to removescrews

017424STD Regular £105.79017424LNG Long £105.79

Lombax Dorso3

The Lombax Dorso has a supportive and compressive anti-kyphosis action.A reinforced proprioceptive action reduces the flexion andextension range of motion and increases intra-abdominalpressure.The Lombax Dorso design assists this action:

• The dorsal plate is height-adjustable

• The pliable insert fits to the patients anatomy for better hold

• Dual fastening system and hand loops

The Lombax Dorso is recommended for:

• Back pain; adults or adolescents with or without static disorders(kyphosis, lordosis)

• Spinal injury

• Osteoportic compression, osteoporosis

• Prevention of axial vertebral deformities

• Scheuermann’s disease

017168 £101.77

Waist

32 32 35 38 32 38 32 41

Sternum to pubis

60-75 75-90 75-90 75-90 90-105 90-105 105-115 105-115

S1 M1 M2 M3 L2 L3 XL3 XL4 Measure aroundthe waist (cm)

1 2 3 4 5 6

52-62 63-74 75-89 90-105 106-120 121-140

Sizes (cm) Measure aroundthe waist (cm)

Waist (max) 120 120

Sternum to pubis 33-41 40-53

Sizes (cm) Regular Long Measure aroundthe waist (cm)


001_EXPT_0001-0008:Layout 1 24/11/09 11:17 Page 8


Orthop

aedics

Clavicle & Chest

1Support Rite1

This thoracic support is designed to offer posture training.The support is lightweight and breathable, it is recommendedthat a T-shirt is worn underneath the support.010400 £22.22

Dynacross5

The Combitex® fabric used to create the Dynacross is designedto keep the skin dry. The unique transverse structure of the fabricprovides the belt with stability and support where needed.003380 £40.54

Sternal Support Not Illustrated6

A white elasticated belt with hook and loop fastenings that canbe adjusted to fit.013010S Small £19.08013010M Medium £19.08013010L Large £19.08013010XL X-Large £19.08013010XXL XX-Large £19.08

Dosi EQ Posture7

A flexible support made of an ecological material for training abetter posture. Can be combined with all of the Dosi EQ backsupports. Is used for training when the posture is poor or thethoracic muscles are weak.004176 £32.90

32

54

7

Heavy Padded Clavicle Splint Rolyan3

Felt and foam padded straps increase comfort. For size,measure the chest circumference at the bottom of the sternum.A549320 X-Small 51-61cm £12.08A549321 Small 61-76cm £12.08A549322 Medium 76-91cm £12.08A549323 Large 91-107cm £12.08A549324 X-Large 107-122cm £12.08

Clavicle Posture Support2

Encourages correct posture by providing stabilisation. With pressure-sensitive closures for adjustable fit. Made fromcomfortable foam and cotton material. One size fits most adults.A5493 £17.47

Posture Support Corrector4

Designed to help correct and prevent poor posture and reduce back strain by providing additional support. Made of aheavy-duty elastic construction. Features a hook and loop frontand lateral closure. To determine size measure waist.AA9263S 60-80cm Small £11.67AA9263M 80-100cm Medium £11.67AA9263L 100-110cm Large £11.67

XS S M L XL

75-80 85-90 95-100 105-110 115-120


Women 30-32 34-36 38-40 42-44 46-48Men - 46-48 48-50 52-54 56-58

Sizes XS1 S1 M1 L1 XL1 Measure aroundthe waist (cm)

2 3 4 5

63-74 75-89 90-105 106-120

Sizes Measure aroundthe waist (cm)


002_EXPT_0009-0016:002_EXPT_0009-0016 23/11/09 17:18 Page 9


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Back

1 Vertebrace1

Made from strong elastic woven material with reinforced panelsin the lumbar region to provide extra support. 000767 £12.19

32

4

Universal Rib Support - Female Rolyan2

Provides stable support to the ribs and torso. Contoured forproper fit and made from breathable elastic material withpressure-sensitive closures to provide an enhanced fit. One size fits most adults. 20cm high.A81861 £13.09

Heavy Duty Belt5

Elasticated belt with non stretch cloth panel at rear incorporating4 flexible stays. Hook and loop fastening at the front PLUS extrasupport provided by 2 adjustable elasticated tensioning straps.016122 £20.70

Universal Rib Support - Male Rolyan3

Provides stable support to the ribs and torso. Made frombreathable elastic material, the pressure-sensitive closures limit the expansion of the chest to promote healing. One size fitsmost adults. 20cm high.A81860 £15.58

Abdominal Support Rolyan4

Features pressure-sensitive closures and lightweight, breathablematerial for maximum comfort. For size, measure circumferenceas indicated.Small/Medium-Men’s Waist/Women’s Hips 76-114cmA818225 23cm High £17.85A818070 31cm High £17.85Large/X-Large-Men’s Waist/Women’s Hips 114-157cmA818226 23cm High £17.85A818071 31cm High £17.85

5

6

Workhard™ Back Support Light Duty Rolyan6

Back support has a mesh back for increased comfort.Slip resistant strips help prevent the support from riding up the back. Easily adjusted shoulder straps. For size, measurearound the waist.With Size WaistStraps CircumferenceA818020 Small 60-76cm (24-30") £25.29A818021 Medium 76-91cm (30-36") £25.29A818022 Large 91-107cm (36-42") £25.29A818023 X-Large 107-122cm (42-48") £25.29A818024 XX-Large 122-137cm (48-54") £25.29

S M L XL XXL XXXL

61-79 80-94 95-111 112-127 128-139 140-150


XS S M L XL XXL

55-70 60-81 71-91 82-100 91-112 105-144


INFORMATIONPlease state size required when ordering.

002_EXPT_0009-0016:002_EXPT_0009-0016 23/11/09 17:18 Page 10


Orthop

aedics

Back

Vulkan® Back Support1

This neoprene support provides compression and warmth to thelumbar area. Contoured for an improved fit with easy touch/closefastening. Ideal for lower back pain and rheumatic pain. Includes stays.006826 £28.30

Vulkan® Back Brace2

Provides significant levels of lumbar support for those recoveringfrom a severe episode of back or leg pain. The additional staysand compression strap help to limit unwanted twisting andbending movements to allow recovery without strain.006841 £41.95

Vulkan® One Size Back Support3

Indicated for central backache and/or pain radiating as far as the buttock. Reduces unwanted twisting movements due to extra supportive stays in the rear of the support. Useful for thoseworking in a manual occupation where lifting may be involved.Does not include Stays.003811 One Size £24.10

Vulkan® Elasticated Back Support4

Lightweight elasticated support ideal for lower back pain & rheumatic conditions. Adjustable front closure for addedcomfort and fit. Compression strap and stays in the rear offeradditional support.009471 £16.92

Vulkan® Fembrace5

Perinatal sacroilliac support used to relieve back pain during andafter pregnancy. Specially shaped to provide full support in thesacral region over the Symphysis pubis.000765 £16.54

1

3

2

5

4

5

XS S M L XL XXL

60-70 70-80 80-90 90-100 100-110 110+


S M L XL

70-80 80-90 90-100 100-110


S M L XL

70-80 80-90 90-100 100-110


S M L XL

Up to 94 94-104 104-109 109-117

Sizes Measure aroundthe hips (cm)


002_EXPT_0009-0016:002_EXPT_0009-0016 23/11/09 17:18 Page 11


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Back

2

1

Dual Support RolyanLumbosacral Orthosis

2

Tapered elastic binder supports back and abdomen. Elastic encirclingstrap holds thermoplastic insert securely against the back. Insertcan be heated in warm water and moulded for desired support.For size, measure hip circumference at iliac crest.A551S Small 76-86cm £45.01A551M Medium 86-97cm £45.01A551L Large 97-107cm £45.01A551XL X-Large 107-117cm £45.01

PUSH MED Back Brace1

The Push Med Back Brace improves the position of the lumbarvertebral column and reduces pain. The tightening of elasticbands creates pressure, increasing the support of the metalreinforcements applied. The pressure is easily adjustable to suitpersonal preferences. Each individual reinforcing element can beadjusted. The shape and material make the brace comfortable towear when performing activities while standing or sitting, at homeor at work. The anatomical fit makes it suitable for both men and women and guarantees good position retention. A goodbody fit ensures that the brace is not noticeable when wornunder clothes. The Push Med Back Brace is easy to apply andis fitted by measuring the waist circumference.

09 118 3722 Size 1 65-75cm £114.5909 118 3730 Size 2 75-85cm £114.5909 118 3748 Size 3 85-97cm £114.5909 118 3755 Size 4 97-110cm £114.5909 118 3763 Size 5 110-125cm £114.59

3 4

Neo-G Waist/Back Support Rolyan3

Used for work related and sports back injuries and heavy lifting support, applies warmth and variable compression whilstrestricting twisting of the body. The support is easily fitted bywrapping around the back and by fastening the straps at thefront of the body. Due to the super slim profile of the backsupport it can be worn under everyday wear for long-term injurytreatment. Care instructions: Hand wash up to 30°C. Dry at room temperature.09 116 0464 Universal £18.48

Neo-G Back Brace with Stays Rolyan4

Used for heavy work related lifting and sporting support appliestargeted, variables compression lumbar support to adjust levelsof comfort and heat the affected area. The support is lightweightand easy to fit on the user providing a dual pull elastic systemthat ensures the device stays in place. The support can be wornunder clothing. Care instructions: Hand wash up to 30°C. Dry at room temperature.09 116 0472 Universal £34.99

5Bariatric Back Support5

Super-sized back supports, designed to provide both lumbar andabdominal support. Its unique abdominal pad contains and liftsthe abdomen. The heat mouldable thermoplastic insert supportsthe spine and transfers the load evenly and comfortably. To size measure the widest part of the abdomen.09 118 3862 Small 114.5-140cm £69.2409 118 3888 Medium 140-165cm £69.2409 118 3896 Large 165-190.5cm £69.24

002_EXPT_0009-0016:002_EXPT_0009-0016 23/11/09 17:18 Page 12


Orthop

aedics

Back

Elastic Pregnancy Belt1

This dual function corset removes waist pains and helps thefoetus to rest comfortably in the uterus. After the birth, the belt itis reversed, and the stays are removed in order to preventsagging and deformation.09 117 3491 Medium 36-38cm £23.6909 118 3771 Small 40-42cm £23.6909 118 3789 Large 44-46cm £23.6909 118 3797 X-Large 48-50cm £23.6909 118 3805 XX-Large 52-56cm £23.69

Maternity Support2

20cm elastic belt supports the abdomen and lower back; relievesdiscomfort caused by expansion and distortion. Tri-paneledelastic expands to accommodate growth as pregnancy advances.Hook and loop closures keep the belt secure. Can be wornunder or over clothing. Machine washable. To size, measurearound widest part of hips.669901 Small 81-91cm £33.21669902 Medium 94-102cm £33.21669903 Large 104-112cm £33.21669904 X-Large 114-122cm £33.21

Thuasne Si Belt3

Designed for use in pregnancy for lower back pain, offers extratightening straps to increase the level of compression. Also features a terry towelling lining for extra comfort.001314 £26.99

Serola Belt4

The Serola SI belt forms part of rehabilitation process by helping to correct joint biomechanics, encourage ligamentousremodelling and aids myofascial rehabilitation. Effective andcomfortable support for Hypermobility and instability. Prevents acute low back and sacroiliac pain from becomingchronic Preventative for those in high risk occupations. Provides hip joint support for sufferers.016226 £33.06

Neo-G Sacroiliac Belt5

The belt effectively relieves upper and lower back pain as well as pain in the buttocks, leg and ankle/foot areas, which in manyinstances can be all connected to the pressure put on the pelvicand the sacroiliac joint area. To size measure around the hips.09 118 4712 Small 86cm (up to 34") £21.9509 118 4720 Medium 86-99cm (34 to 39") £21.9509 118 4738 Large 99-119cm (39 to 47") £21.9509 118 4704 X-Large 119-132cm (47 to 52") £21.95

1

3

2

5

4

S M L XL

Up to 86 86-100 100-115 115-132


1 2 3 4 5 6

83-89 90-96 97-105 106-114 115-125 126-136



002_EXPT_0009-0016:002_EXPT_0009-0016 23/11/09 17:19 Page 13


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Shoulder & Slings

1

2 3

54

6

Abduction Sling Rolyan1

Provides shoulder abduction positioning with support. Can beused for separations, dislocations and strains, as well as othershoulder injuries. Pillow portion rests on waist to support weightof arm. Snap-open front panel facilitates putting support on and taking it off. Y-tabs provide easy strap length adjustability. Sling positioning allows air exchange at axilla, and breathablecotton fabric provides a comfortable fit. Fits left and right. For size, measure the length of the forearm from the elbow to the knuckles.A54930 Small 28cm £33.31A54931 Medium 36cm £33.31A54932 Large 43cm £33.31

Torso Shoulder Immobiliser2

Made from a soft foam loop pile laminate in navy blue. The armcuff, wrist cuff and shoulder strap may be placed in desiredposition for optimum fit and patient comfort. Universal for bothleft and right. Hand washable.AA9252 £17.47

Figure-of-8 Sling Rolyan3

Provides support to the shoulder, elbow and forearm. Strappingsystem helps distribute pressure. Supportive for orthopaedic andneurological conditions. Hook and loop construction provideswide adjustibility. Soft and comfortable strapping material helpsensure patient compliance. Simple to apply.A5451 Small/Medium £32.43A5452 Large/X-Large £32.43

Deluxe Sling and Swathe Rolyan4

Cotton with terry lining for increased comfort. Soft paddedshoulder straps. Y-tabs for easy adjustments. For size, measurethe length of the forearm from the elbow to the knuckles.A545810 Small 28cm £17.24A545811 Medium 36cm £17.24A545812 Large 43cm £17.24

C.V.A. Sling Rolyan5

Provides soft cushioning for maximum comfort of the shoulder,hand and arm. Washable. Fits right or left. A5492 £9.71

Snoopy™ Arm Sling6

This Arm Sling provides a child’s arm or shoulder with theneeded support for secure positioning. The Snoopy Arm Sling isa comfortable, polycotton envelope style sling that is completelywashing machine safe. The 2.5cm wide shoulder strap has ahook and loop closure and slide for easy adjustment and acustomised fit. Latex free. AA9224A X-Small 13 x 26cm £9.32AA9224B Small 15 x 31cm £9.32AA9224C Medium 18 x 38cm £9.32AA9224D Large 23 x 43cm £9.32

INFORMATIONFor more Paediatric Orthopaedic Supports, please see pages 80 to 87.

002_EXPT_0009-0016:002_EXPT_0009-0016 23/11/09 17:19 Page 14


Orthop

aedics

Shoulder & Slings

Vulkan® Pro Sling1

A universal, reversible shoulder immobiliser. One size fits most.011612 £10.42

Shoulder Immobilising Sling3

Canvas sling with foam waist strap and foam shoulder strap for patient comfort. Maintains immobilisation of the arm.012223 £8.85

Collar and Cuff6

Can be made into a variety of slings and immobilisers. 6m pack of two rolls.011618 5cm £12.19000746 7.5cm £43.52

1

32

6

Deluxe Shoulder Immobiliser Rolyan2

Comfortable soft neck pad for added neck protection. Thumb loopfor additional comfort. Extra deep pocket improves arm positioning.Waist strap limits shoulder movement. For size, measure the lengthof the forearm from the elbow to the knuckles.A545800 X-Small Up to 28cm £11.15A545801 Small 28cm £11.15A545802 Medium 36cm £11.15A545803 Large 43cm £11.15A545804 X-Large 51cm £11.15

4

5

Economy Universal Arm Sling4

Superb value with this envelope arm sling that supports forearmand wrist. With extra material for hand support and adjustablestrap with hook and loop fastening. Length 38cm. One size fits all.AA9230 £6.27

Envelope Arm Sling Rolyan5

Designed for easy application and adjustment with an extra deeppocket to improve arm positioning. The strap carries the weightof the arm across the back and shoulder for greater comfort.Supports forearm and wrist. Features adjustable strap with hookand loop fasteners. For size, measure length of forearm fromelbow to knuckles. A8621 Small 28cm £9.86A8622 Medium 36cm £9.86A8623 Large 43cm £9.86A8624 X-Large 51cm £9.86

S M L XL

28-33 33-40 40-51 151-58

Sizes Measure from elbow toknuckle of little finger (cm)


002_EXPT_0009-0016:002_EXPT_0009-0016 23/11/09 17:19 Page 15


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Shoulder

1 1

2 3

4

5

4

MFC™ Unilateral Shoulder Orthosis Rolyan1

Provides support for weak shoulder muscles and strainedtendons or ligaments. Fabricated from lightweight elasticmaterial, humeral cuff and straps help prevent subluxation bydynamically supporting the structures that hold the humerus inplace. Also assists in positioning the scapula in retraction whilelimiting shoulder rotation and abduction. Hand wash, air dry.For size, measure circumference of upper arm at the pointmidway between elbow and shoulder. Left RightA54521 A54522 Small 23-28cm £34.43A54531 A54532 Medium 28-33cm £34.43A54541 A54542 Large 33-38cm £34.43

MFC™ II Unilateral Shoulder Orthosis Rolyan2

Especially appropriate following sports injuries to help supportweak shoulder muscles and strained tendons or ligaments. Limits shoulder motion and maintains correct humeral positioningto allow healing. Lycra/spandex fabric offers excellent conformabilityto body contours for a snug fit. Hand wash, air dry. For size,measure as above. Left Right A54551 A54552 Small 23-28cm £33.06A54561 A54562 Medium 28-33cm £33.06A54571 A54572 Large 33-38cm £33.06

Hemi Arm Slings RolyanProvides effective unilateral anti-subluxation support.Positions the head of the humerus in the glenoid fossa andthe scapula in external rotation and enhances the normal gaitpattern. Elastic straps are dynamic, allowing a patient to activelymove returning muscles and perform self-ranging exercises.The supports enable hemiplegics to use their affected arm tohelp them during functional tasks. Effective following stroke, softtissue injury or ligament strain. Sizing guidelines: To fit, measurethe distance from acromion to acromion posteriorly across themidpoint of the scapula. To determine if patient is medium ormedium long, measure the chest circumference at the axilla.

Original Hemi Arm Sling Rolyan3

Cuff system made of nylon with polyester foam laminate insidecuff. White with blue lining. See sizing guidelines above.Left RightA653LS A653RS Small 36-46cm £34.11A653LM A653RM Medium 46-61cm £34.11

(Chest Circ. 76-89cm)A653LML A653RML Medium 46-61cm £34.11

(Chest Circ. 89-102cm)A653LL A653RL Large 61-71cm £34.11A653LXL A653RXL X-Large 71-86cm £34.11

Hemi Arm Sling II Rolyan4

Approximately 3.8cm longer than the original model and made ofa nylon and polyester/elastic blend. Provides increased supportfor heavier patients as well as patients with increasing activemotion. See sizing guidelines above.Left RightA6531 A6532 Small 36-46cm £36.00A6533 A6534 Medium 46-61cm £36.00

(Chest Circ. 76-89cm)A6535 A6536 Medium 46-61cm £36.00

(Chest Circ. 89-102cm)A6537 A6538 Large 61-71cm £36.00A6539 A65310 X-Large 71-86cm £36.00

Hemi Cuff5

Cotton coutil cuff with figure-of-eight back fastening. Allows armextension whilst controlling subluxation. Requires assistance tofasten. Specify left or right and required size when ordering.012232 £14.48

S M L

27.5-32.5 31-36 36-41

Sizes Measure aroundthe bicep (cm)

002_EXPT_0009-0016:002_EXPT_0009-0016 23/11/09 17:19 Page 16


Orthop

aedics

Shoulder

1Vulkan® Sports Shoulder1

Provides warmth and support to the shoulder joint. Fits both leftand right shoulders. Adjustable chest strap for added comfortand fit.006837 £25.15

Vulkan® Neoprene Full Shoulder2

Provides support following shoulder dislocation and helpsalleviates bursitis and tendonitis. Adjustable closures for added comfort.006828 £41.95

Vulkan® Half Shoulder3

Individually left or right shoulder protection. Adjustable closuresfor added comfort and fit. Provides warmth and support to theshoulder joint.006831 Left £31.45006832 Right £31.45

The Sully Shoulder4

The Sully Shoulder supplies support and mobility. On the inside itis perforated, rubber like neoprene, breathable and grips the skinso that the support moves.On the outside elastic straps attach with a hook to the neoprenein any direction and with any amount of force chosen so that youcan restrict movement according to the specific needs of theperson wearing the stabiliser.018541 £178.20

Acro Comfort5

• Stabilising, limiting unwanted motion • Anatomically designed shoulder support • Made from PCM, which has temperature regulating features • A strap system makes it possible to adjust stability and flexibility • A silicone lining helps the brace stay in correct position • Unilateral018379 £61.20

2

3

4

5

S M L

80-90 90-100 100-110


S M L XL

80-90 90-100 100-110 110-120


S M L XL

80-90 90-100 100-110 110-120


Chest 86-101 86-101 97-107 107-117 117-130Biceps 23-26 27-33 33-38 36-43 38-43

Sizes (cm) XS S M L XL

INFORMATIONPlease state required size when ordering

XS S M L XL

24-28 28-32 32-35 35-38 38-42


003_EXPT_0017-0024.qxd:003_EXPT_0017-0024.qxd 23/11/09 17:19 Page 17


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Shoulder

1

2

3

4

Acro Assist2

As part of a comprehensive therapy, the orthosis allows forfunctional positioning of the shoulder through abduction of thearm by 30°, 60° or 90°. The shoulder joint is also relieved bysupport from the trunk. • Stable construction with tube frame

• Easy adjustability of the abduction angle (30°, 60° or 90°)

• Lightweight

• Easy adaptation of the orthosis to the patient

• Attractive design

Height Left RightSmall 1.5-1.65m 018378LS 018378RS £118.08Medium 1.65-1.75m 018378LM 018378RM £118.08Large over 1.75m 018378LL 018378RL £118.08

Push Med Shoulder4

The Push Med Shoulder Brace fixes the upper and lower arm in position during the treatment of shoulder injuries. The positionof the shoulder brace can be selected in such a way as to fix thearm in a neutral position or at a slight adduction. The positioncan be changed easily by turning the chest bank slightly. If addiction limitation is required only, the wrist fixing element can be removed. As the brace closes around the chest, the neck and shoulder regions remain unstressed. Each fixing point isindividually adjustable, ensuring an optimum fit.0185511 Size 1 65-90cm £40.000185512 Size 2 90-115cm £40.00

Neo-G Shoulder Support Rolyan1

Used for shoulder stress and strains by applying warmth to theaffected area. Insert arm in correct left or right product thenfasten the straps around the arm above the elbow, pull remainingsupport over your shoulder and pass the long strap around bodyand under your other arm then insert strap into plastic loop at thefront of your body and fasten the strap.09 115 9730 Right £23.2609 115 9748 Left £23.26

Comfor™ Shoulder Abduction Pillow3

This comfortable abduction pillow has sculpted foam to fit thecontour of the user’s body comfortably. The wrist and humeralcuffs are padded and adjustable for greater comfort.Provides 45° or 70° of abduction. Fits left or right. Latex free.550197 £37.44



19

Orthop

aedics

Vulkan®

For faster injury recovery - Vulkan Si has been designed uniquelywith Silicon technology for unbeatableprotection and performance.

The silicon works to provide extrasupport around the important jointsand muscles and enables the creationof a seamless support to give superiorcomfort and flexibility.

Vulkan Si also helps retain heat atthe site of the injury, accelerating theheating process by increasing bloodflow and oxygen to the damagedtissues.

Vulkan Si is manufactured using amulti-layer construction with thehighest technically advanced materialsand is enhanced with the Aerotherm®

ciculation concept – a patented spriallining to stimulate the micro-circulationand remove excess perspiration.

Vulkan Classic supports havebeen developed by two of the worldsleading professors in sports andorthopaedic medicine, based onsound biomechanical principles –and Vulkan is still the only medicallyproven support range on the market.

The medical research anddevelopment carried out onthe Vulkan range reinforces theeffectiveness of the product andhas been used by leadingprofessionals for almost 30 years,including doctors, physiotherapistsand top athletes in a wide varietyof disciplines.

The exclusive Aerotherm® liningin all Vulkan Classic supports hasbeen specifically designed to ensurefaster elimination of sweat allowingyour skin to breathe, and enablingyou to get back to being activemuch sooner.

The comprehensive Vulkan Classicrange is renowned for its excellentcomfort and fit. Making it the perfectchoice for injury rehabilitation andinjury prevention.

The new unique, professionalmultifunctional support youcan trust - The Vulkan AdvancedElasticated range is the latestinnovation in lightweight supports.The range has been technicallydeveloped using Nano-Flextra™, a superior performance material withmultiple functions.

This means that each support notonly provides uniform support &compression, but has unique heatretaining properties that increase theblood flow around the joints duringactivites to speed up the body’snatural healing process.

The advanced Nano Flextra™material also contains antibacterialproperties to encourage cellulargrowth and the cross sectionaldesign helps remove excess sweatfrom the skin, keeping the skin dry,comfortable and odour free.

CLASSICSILICON INNOVATION ADVANCED ELASTIC

The Professional’s Choicesince 1977

www.mobilisrolyan.com Tel: 08448 730 035



Ort

hop

aed

ics

Elbow

1

2

4

6

3

5

Thamert Epi-Med Plus1

Mechanical relief of the tendon attachments at the epicondyles,for conditions such as ‘Tennis Elbow’. New secure siliconeinserts prevent slippage. More accurate fitting with new visualtension contril check. To size measure around the forearm belowthe elbow.

Size Elbow014591XS X-Small 22-23cm £23.08014591S Small 24-25cm £23.08014591M Medium 26-27cm £23.08014591L Large 28-30cm £23.08014591XL X-Large 31-34cm £23.08

014685XS X-Small £6.63014685S Small £6.63014685M Medium £6.63014685L Large £6.63014685XL X-Large £6.63

Thuasne Silistab Anti-Epicondylitis Support2

The strap provides additional support to the elbow whilstrelieving the user from pain caused by epicondylitis. Available infive sizes. To size measure around the forearm below the elbow.

Size Elbow0096611 X-Small 19-21cm £24.400096612 Small 22-24cm £24.400096613 Medium 25-27cm £24.400096614 Large 28-30cm £24.400096615 X-Large 31-33cm £24.40

Thuasne Condylex Tennis Elbow Strap6

The tennis elbow armband is a one size device made from shockabsorbing foam. To size measure around the forearm just belowthe elbow.

Size Elbow0033741 Small/Med 22-26cm £7.260033742 Med/Large 27-32cm £7.26

Epi Forsa Plus3

Targeted and controlled compression on the forearm muscles.Reduces load on the tendon insertions.Optimal distribution ofpressure due to stable, soft padded plastic core. Pad providesprecise targeted compression. Can be applied to either arm.018404 £15.84

Neo-G Tennis / Golf Elbow Strap Rolyan4

Used for repetitive tendon strain, applies pressure to affectedarea. Wrap around forearm just below elbow, make sure that the bulge of the strap presses against the most muscled area.The universal sized neoprene support is designed to prevent andrehabilitate soft tissue injuries by applying our exclusive variablecompression system for support and comfort before during andafter regular exercise. Care instructions for the Neo-G range:Do not iron. Hand wash up to 30°C.09 116 0340 £10.15

TakeOff™ Therapeutic Forearm Band Rolyan5

Made using Fabrifoam TensoWrap-Nu for highly conformablesupport with medium four way stretch. The gel pad dampensvibrations at the elbow and has an easy one handed applicationsystem. Recommended for lateral and medial epicondylitis andsupinator muscle strain. Rinse after use to extend the life of theband. One size fits most adults. A808460 £22.44

SPARESSpares are available for these products, making them suitable forrefurbishment. For full spares listing, see pages 1193 to 1200.



Orthop

aedics

Elbow

Vulkan® Epi Brace1

Provides Targeted compression. Alters angle of pull on tendon torelieve Golfer’s and Tennis elbow. To size measure around theforearm below the elbow.

Size Elbow010266XS X-Small 22-23cm £13.60010266S Small 24-25cm £13.60010266M Medium 26-27cm £13.60010266L Large 28-30cm £13.60010266XL X-Large 31-34cm £13.60

Vulkan® Tennis Elbow Brace4

A unique two cuff brace that helps reduce the stress around theelbow. The removable splint applies pressure on the distal andproximal areas of the forearm. Features a terry towelling lining forextra comfort. To size measure around the forearm below theelbow.

Size Elbow003849XS X-Small 19-22cm £8.35003849S Small 22-25cm £8.35003849M Medium 25-28cm £8.35003849L Large 28-31cm £8.35

Vulkan® Tennis Elbow Strap3

Lightweight and comfortable support that provides rapid painrelief. Ideal for tennis elbow and other similar overuse injuries.010155 One size £6.25

Vulkan® Neoprene Tennis Elbow Strap2

Helps to reduce the pressure on the tendon complex at theelbow during repeated movements. Ideal for tennis players and golfers. One size fits most.009750 £7.77

1

2

3

4



Ort

hop

aed

ics

Elbow

1 Pre-Formed Elbow Hinge Splint Rolyan1

Ideal for orthopaedic conditions and treatment following nerve ortendon repairs. Not intended for use in treatment of spasticity.Bilateral plastic hinge can be adjusted to statically position the elbowat any degree of flexion or extension. Hinge can also be used forfree elbow motion. Forearm and humeral cuffs are moulded fromPolyform splinting material and pre-padded with 6.4mm Polycushionpadding. Arm cuffs can be applied to either the anterior or posteriorsurface of the extremity for positioning the elbow in flexion orextension. Optional adjustment holes along the sides of the hingefor precise fit. Includes straps and an Allen key, which is needed forlength adjustments. A 1.1cm ratchet wrench (not illustrated) isneeded to adjust the hinge into flexion and extension. For size,measure circumference at mid-point of humerus.

A5171 Small 20.3-26.7cm £84.51A5172 Medium 26.8-34.3cm £84.51A5173 Large 34.4-39.4cm £84.51A5389 Ratchet Wrench 1.1cm £7.45

2

Comfy™ Spring-Loaded Goniometer ElbowOrthosis

2

Has the same features as the Comfy Goniometer Elbow Orthosis.Dynamic spring gently pushes the extremity to the selected degreeof extension. Can also be locked in a fixed static position. Latex free.929359 Standard Adult £219.93

4

3

PUSH MED Elbow Brace4

The brace provides for infinitely adjustable extension limitationof the elbow joint. This prevents overstretching. The degree ofrestriction desired can be easily adjusted with one hand.The strap system is very functional by virtue of withstandingstrong traction forces at different angles. The zipper closuremakes the brace easy to apply and remove. To size, measurethe circumference of the elbow joint.09 118 2807 Size 1 23-26cm £59.4809 118 2815 Size 2 26-29cm £59.4809 118 2823 Size 3 29-32cm £59.4809 118 2831 Size 4 32-35cm £59.4809 118 2849 Size 5 35-38cm £59.48

5 6 Thermal RX™ Elbow Wrap Rolyan6

Rolyan Thermal RX heat retainers are lined with Trioxon, a materialthat captures and retains natural body heat. Unlike other products,however, Trioxon allows the skin to ventilate and remain comfortablydry. This pull-on elbow wrap is easy to apply and is ideal for arthritissufferers. Also provides relief from pain and discomfort felt bygolfers and tennis players. Hand washable. For size, measure elbowcircumference just distal to the epicondyle.A61521 X-Small 19.1-22cm £27.26A61522 Small 22.9-26cm £27.26A61523 Medium 26.7-29.8cm £27.26A61524 Large 30.5-34.9cm £27.26A61525 X-Large 35.6-40cm £27.26A61526 XX-Large 40.1-45.1cm £27.26

IROM™ Elbow brace3

Brace adjusts to lock out undesired flexion and extension. Stopscan be set from 0° to 120° in increments of 10°. Can be usedfollowing ligament surgery and ulnar or radial collateral ligamentreconstruction, for lateral or medial epicondylitis, stable distalepicondylar fractures and stable fractures of the distal humerus.Not recommended for severe spasticity. Not for use duringcontact sports. Plastic shell can be trimmed with scissors ifneeded. Includes straps. Wash and air dry liners. For size,measure distance from elbow crease to wrist crease. Latex free.Left RightA517301 A517300 Small Up to 20cm £116.75A517303 A517302 Large Over 20cm £116.75

Neo-G Elbow Support Rolyan5

This one size neoprene support helps prevent and rehabilitatesoft tissue injuries by applying variable compression thatprovides support, comfort and heat retention to the affectedareas before during and after regular exercise. Care instructions:Hand wash up to 30°C. Dry at room temperature.09 116 0365 £13.46



Orthop

aedics

Elbow

1

2

4

6

3

5

Vulkan® Si1

Unique silicon support around the olecranon (elbow tip) area,providing protection, compression and support. Extra siliconecompression around the lateral and medial extensor tendons tohelp prevent tennis elbow. 3118 £14.96

Vulkan® Neoprene Elbow Support2

Provides support and protection for minor injuries and arthritissufferers. Supplied with removable tennis elbow strap. Can beused during general sporting or lifestyle activities to preventfurther damage.006827 £10.71

Vulkan® Padded Elbow4

Padded support for the elbow. Helps protect against knocks,blows and bruising. Suitable for all impact sports.012062 £17.27

Vulkan® Elasticated Elbow Support6

This lightweight support is designed for short-term use immediatelyafter an injury to control swelling around the elbow joint.003880 £4.36

Vulkan® Elbow Wrap5

Designed to provide protection and aid prevention of injury forthose with an active lifestyle. Lightweight, comfortable elasticatedmaterial. Designed with a starter loop to help with the ease ofapplication. Wrap can be positioned for controlled compression.Suitable for any activity and everyday use.017669 One size fits most £3.68

Vulkan® AE Elbow Support3

Provides comfort for swollen or tender elbows as a result ofsprains and strains. Firm support for prevention of further painand discomfort. Ideal for racket sports and golfers. Ideal for shortterm use to control swelling.3111 £7.35

S M L

20-25 25-28 28-32


S M L

Below 23.5 23.5-26 26-28


XS S M L XL

19-22 22-25 25-28 28-31 31-34


XS S M L XL

19-22 22-25 25-28 28-31 31-34



S M L

22-25 25-28 28-31




Ort

hop

aed

ics

Elbow & Heel Protectors

1 1

2 2

3 4

4

5 5

Elbow and Heel Protectors1

Cushioned heel and elbow protectors with a foam pad which canbe used in hospitals, nursing homes and extended care facilities.They can be machine washed and dried. They have a stretchablebody and are knitted proportionately. Medication can be appliedto pad when needed. One pair supplied.

Max LengthA731S Small 23cm £16.46A731M Medium/Large 28cm £16.46A731XL X-Large 33cm £16.46

Deluxe Gel Heel and Elbow Protectors2

Designed to improve comfort and help reduce shearing andfriction on the heel or elbow. Features a removable gel pack and a plush terry loop material which is soft on the skin. Five colour-coded adult sizes available. Sold in pairs. To size,measure limb circumference.

Size Colour Circumference range700101 Small Yellow 150-240mm (6-91/2") £40.43700102 Medium Blue 165-280mm (61/2-11") £40.43700103 Large White 180-320mm (7-121/2") £40.43700104 X-Large Green 190-343mm (71/2-131/2") £40.43700105 XX-Large Beige 230-420mm (9-161/2") £40.43

Elbow/Heel Slip Over™4

Helps the healing of dry cracked heels and elbows and also tohelp prevent heel ulceration. The gel pad can be positionedanywhere around the foot or heel area, an alternative positioningand use for this product is to place the pad on dorsal side of footto absorb shoe lace bite. Fits left or right. 1 per pack.AA92003 Small - Medium £18.59AA92004 Large - X-Large £19.84

Elbowlift™ Elbow Protector3

Smooth foam column design creates a centre hole for excellentprotection and pressure elimination for olecranon bursitis, ulnar neuritis, pressure pain or ulcers, and skin injury. Machine wash and dry. One size. Latex free.927455 £14.44

Progressive Elbow/Knee Splint Rolyan5

Progressive soft splint provides comfortable positioning withsecure support while gently increasing range of motion of elbowor knee. Ideal for people who have mild to moderate elbowor knee spasticity following a CVA. Also for contracturesresulting from arthritis, dementia, Parkinson’s disease orosteoporosis/osteoarthritis. Soft foam sherpa splint basedecreases the risk of skin breakdown and increases comfortand compliance. Hand wash, air dry. Fits left or right. For size,measure circumference of limb 5cm above the elbow or 10cmabove the knee. At least 5cm clearance from axillary or groinarea is necessary. Splint construction allows trimming lengthapproximately 2.5cm. Cuffs of splint must be long enough tosupport two-thirds of the limb. Proximal cuff length refers tonarrowest portion of cuff, to be located in axillary or groin region.

Proximal Cuff LengthA812410 X-Small Up to 27cm 9.2cm £61.67A812411 Small 27-38cm 10.2cm £81.70A812412 Medium 39-44cm 14.3cm £94.21A812413 Large 45-50cm 16.2cm £128.02A812414 X-Large 51-56cm 20.6cm £171.83



Orthop

aedics

Wrist Braces

1

111

2

3

D-Ring™ Wrist Braces Rolyan1

The classic choice for treating the pain and discomfort of carpaltunnel syndrome, arthritis, tendonitis and other wrist disorders. A non-elastic construction that does not restrict circulation. The circumferential design holds the brace in position duringapplication and D-Ring closures provide tension control to adjust the amount of support required. A double layer of cottonstockinette under closures cushions the straps and the forearmlength is proportional to the brace size. Has a removable,adjustable aluminium support bar. Splints available in regular and long length. Both lengths restrict the wrist to prevent unwantedflexion or extension, yet they allow unobstructed motion of thefingers and thumb. Splint sizes are directly proportional toforearm length. Fabricated from a polyester/cotton fabriclaminated to 1cm foam.

Firm D-Ring™ Wrist Brace Rolyan2

Workhard D-Ring™ Wrist Brace Rolyan3

Made from soft, pliable leather with 6.4mm padding and improvedsuede like lining which reduces perspiration and prevents colourfrom bleeding onto skin. Web covering along the entire volarsurface for durability. Aluminium support is pre-bent with 15° of extension to provide added support. Can be removed foradjustments. Circumferential design and D-Ring closure systemfor ease of applying and removing. Wrist circumferencedetermines size.Left RightA38311 A38312 X-Small Up to 14.6cm £42.31A38321 A38322 Small 14.6-16.5cm £42.31A38331 A38332 Medium 16.6-19.1cm £42.31A38341 A38342 Large 19.2-21.6cm £42.31A38351 A38352 X-Large 21.7cm & over £42.31

Volar and dorsal stays for extra wrist support. The non-elasticconstruction does not restrict circulation. Circumferential designholds splint in place during application. Polyester/cotton laminatedto 9.5mm foam. Double layer of cotton stockinette under D-Ringclosures provides cushion for straps. Machine wash, air dry. To determine size, measure wrist circumference.Left RightA600301 A600300 X-Small Up to 14.6cm £19.92A600303 A600302 Small 14.6-16.5cm £19.92A600305 A600304 Medium 16.6-19.1cm £19.92A600307 A600306 Large 19.2-21.6cm £19.92

D-Ring™ Wrist Braces

Splint Length Beige Black Teal Purple Beige

Regular Long Regular Length Regular Length Regular Length Regular Length Long LengthWrist Measurement Length Length Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right

X-Small Up to 14.6cm 15.9cm 21cm A611LXS A611RXS A60711 A60712 A6081 A6082 A6091 A6092 A915LXS A915RXSSmall 14.6-16.5cm 16.5cm 21.6cm A611LS A611RS A60713 A60714 A6083 A6084 A6093 A6094 A915LS A915RSMedium 17.1-19.1cm 17.8cm 22.2cm A611LM A611RM A60715 A60716 A6085 A6086 A6095 A6096 A915LM A915RMLarge 19.7-21.6cm 19cm 22.6cm A611LL A611RL A60717 A60718 A6087 A6088 A6097 A6098 A915LL A915RLX-Large Over 21.7cm 19.7cm 23.2cm A611LXL A611RXL A60719 A60720 A6089 A60810 A6099 A60910 A915LXL A915RXL

£15.27 £20.23 £17.95 £17.95 £17.42

PURPLETEALBLACK

004_EXPT_0025-0032:004_EXPT_0025-0032 23/11/09 17:20 Page 25


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Wrist Braces

1 1 Deluxe Lace-Up Wrist Splint Rolyan1

Attention to fit and detail provide unsurpassed comfort, supportand durability. Suede finish and extra thick felt lining add comfortand stability. Single-pull closure, palmar and dorsal stays,perforated vinyl for durability and breathability. Latex free.Left Right Size76390002 76390001 X-Small 11.4-13.3cm £28.5176390102 76390101 Small 14-16.5cm £28.5176390202 76390201 Medium 16.5-19cm £28.5176390302 76390301 Large 19-21.6cm £28.5176390402 76390401 X-Large 21.6-24cm £28.51

2

3 4

5

6

7

TakeOff™ Universal Wrist Splint Rolyan2

Features soft, breathable Fabrifoam material. Fabrifoam providesfriction to keep splint from migrating and helps remove moisture.One size fits most adults.A919801 Left £15.45A919800 Right £15.45

Vulkan Wrist Brace 3

Designed to limit movement for those suffering from repetitivestrains and rheumatic pain. Features a removable aluminium splintand it is a natural inconspicuous colour. Specify left or right.009794 £6.07

Manu 3D Pollex4

Provides excellent support to the wrist through a palmar, plasticsplint and the design of the brace. A laterally placed coil springsupports the thumb. A comfortable support, which ease to applywith straps. Adjustable at the thumb and made from nonabsorbent material thereby keeping the skin dry.003021 £34.56

Wristoform5

Wristoform is a stabilising wrist brace in a warming material.The brace has a palmar plastic splint and is designed with adorsal pocket where a precut thermoplastic insert is placed.The plastic insert is easily moulded for an individual fitting byusing hot water. Quickly and easily you will have an individuallyshaped firm brace in a flexible and comfortable material. Benefits:• Provides stability and warmth• Individual fitting• Easy application, comfortable018377 £24.35

Neo-G Wrist Brace Rolyan6

Used for repetitive strain injury applies variable compression andwarmth to wrist. Metal stay in the support can be removed oradjusted.09 116 6594 Right £12.7109 116 6586 Left £12.71

Adjustable Wrist Splint7

Contoured design for secure and comfortable fit. Removablepalm stay, fastened with three adjustable straps with buckle andloop lock closures. Colours may vary. Left RightAA920208 AA920207 Small £6.20AA920210 AA920209 Large £6.20

S M L XL

13-16 16-19 19-22 22-25


S M L XL

14-16 16-18 18-20 20-22


Open Palm

16.5-18 18-19.5 19.5-21 21-22.5 22.5-24 24-25.5Wrist

14.5-15.5 15.5-16 16-17 17-18 18-19 19-20

SizesXS S M L XL XXL

Measure aroundwrist & openpalm (cm)

004_EXPT_0025-0032:004_EXPT_0025-0032 23/11/09 17:20 Page 26


Orthop

aedics

Wrist Braces

Neoprene Cock-Up Wrist Brace with Griptabs1

Neoprene wrist brace with malleable palmar bar to create the correct position. Grip tabs on closure straps. Ideal forrheumatoid patients. Available in left or right.012229 £5.12

Elastic Cock-Up Wrist Brace with Griptabs2

Neoprene wrist brace with malleable palmar bar to create the correct position. Grip tabs on closure straps. Ideal forrheumatoid patients. Available in left or right.012233 £4.57

Vulkan® Si5

Unique Silicon support provides support around the ulnar of the wrist to provide stability to the carpal ligaments, nerves andcarpel bones. Thin, seamless support with thumb hole to providecomfort and stability. The wrist joint is not immobilised, to allowthe functionality of the hand. The palm of the hand is kept free,ensuring that a good grasp is maintained. Maintains heatretention to increase blood flow to soft tissue injury. Ideal forstrained wrists.3117 £13.60

Vulkan® AE6

One size fits all support to help aid weak, injured or swollenwrists. Features a thumb loop, designed to secure the support in place. Universal design to fit both left or right wrist.3113 One size fits most £7.35

1

2

3

4

5

6

Wrist Support Rolyan3

The clinician’s choice because this wrist support has a creepresistant elastic which prevents bunching that can restrict circulation.The anatomical design provides superior comfort and function andthe two piece design assures optimal fit. The right choice for painfulwrists or to prevent unwanted wrist flexion or extension. Includes aremovable adjustable stay, hand or machine wash, air dry. For size, measure circumference at the wrist crease. Left RightA619063 A619062 Small 14-16.5cm £8.18A619065 A619064 Medium 16.6-18.4cm £8.18A619067 A619066 Large 18.5-20.3cm £8.18A619069 A619068 X-Large 20.4-22.2cm £8.18Pack of 10Left Right09 118 3607 09 118 3599 Small 14-16.5cm £43.2109 118 3623 09 118 3615 Medium 16.6-18.4cm £43.2109 118 3649 09 118 3631 Large 18.5-20.3cm £43.2109 118 3581 09 118 3573 X-Large 20.4-22.2cm £43.21

Vulkan® Neoprene Wrist Support4

Designed for light sprains, strains and rheumatism.This neoprene support will help relieve swelling and it provides compression and support.003889 £7.82

INFORMATIONFor hand positioning splints, please see pages 34 to 43.


S M L XL

14-15 16.5-18 20-21.5 23-24


S M L XL

14-15 16.5-18 20-21.5 23-24


XS S M L XL

11-13 13-16 16-19 19-22 22-25


S M L

12-16 16-20 20-23


004_EXPT_0025-0032:004_EXPT_0025-0032 23/11/09 17:20 Page 27


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Wrist Braces

4

1

3 3

2

Neo-G Wrist Band Rolyan4

This one size neoprene support helps prevent and rehabilitatesoft tissue injuries by applying variable compression that providessupport, comfort and heat retention to the affected areas beforeduring and after regular exercise. Used for sprains / rheumatism,applies compression and heat to relieve the swelling. Wraparound wrist. Care instructions: Hand wash up to 30°C. Dry at room temperature.09 116 0381 £7.76

Vulkan Neoprene Wrist Strap Short1

Universal design fits both left and right wrist. Features anadditional strap which provides extra support.006829 £7.90

Vulkan Wrist Wrap2

The Vulkan wrist wrap is a popular and effective lightweightsupport that is highly recommended for a variety of wrist injuriesto support the wrist and help control swelling. One size fits all.017672 £2.89

Neo-G Wrist Wrap Rolyan5

Used for repetitive strain injury applies variable compression and warmth to wrist. Fits left or right. Wrap the elastic straparound wrist until comfortable.09 116 0431 £8.35

5

Wrist Widget 3

Introducing a revolutionary way to treat ulnar sided wrist pain,TFCC injuries (“triangular fibrocartilage complex”), wrist painassociated with weight bearing, gripping, and rotation, and painassociated with Carpal Tunnel Syndrome for many users. One size fits all - fits right and left. Latex free.09 118 6915 £32.28

Thermal RX™ Wrist Wrap Rolyan6

One piece, wrap around design provides soft support at thewrist. Trioxon lining retains natural body heat but lets the skinstay dry, resulting in increased comfort and wearing compliance.For size, measure circumference at the wrist distal to the ulnar styloid.A61527 Small/Medium 14-19.1cm £13.71A61528 Large/X-Large 19.7-22.9cm £13.71

6

7

Neoprene Universal Wrist Wrap7

Wrap around style provides warmth and compression to the wristwhile limiting final degrees of motion. Thumb hole design makesit easy to self apply. One size fits most adults.AA9261 Black £8.45A9521 Beige £8.45

7

8 9

A gel pad moulded to a sleeve designed to cover carpal tunnelscars and contour with the palm. Insulates against shock andvibration. Can be worn directly over sutures, in splints andgloves. Pack of 1.AA942401 Left Small £28.69AA942402 Right Small £28.69AA942403 Left Large £31.62AA942404 Right Large £31.62

Carpal Tunnel Gel Sleeve8

Same as the pad in the carpal gel sleeve but with self-adhesivebacking. Can be added to splints and braces. 3 pads per pack.AA942405 5cm x 15.24cm £34.08

Gel Pads9

XS S M L XL

11-13 13-16 16-19 19-22 22-25



004_EXPT_0025-0032:004_EXPT_0025-0032 23/11/09 17:20 Page 28


Orthop

aedics

Thumb Supports

1 2

4

55

6

3

Upper Extremity Tap Rolyan(Tone and Positioning) Splint

Suitable for neurological and orthopaedic indications. Neopreneglove positions the thumb in abduction and provides even forcedistribution at the hand. The splint provides constant low levelstretch in pronation or supination and leaves the index finger freefor functional use. Increased wearing compliance due to betterdistribution of forces from generous 5cm wide and 3.2mm thickneoprene strap. Hand wash, air dry. For size, make a loose fistand measure the circumference of the hand just below the MCPs.Left RightA83455 A83454 XXX-Small 14.9-15.9cm £34.43A83457 A83456 XX-Small 16-17.5cm £34.43A83459 A83458 X-Small 17.6-18.1cm £37.19A83461 A83460 Small 18.2-19.7cm £37.19A83463 A83462 Medium 19.8-21.6cm £37.93A83465 A83464 Large 21.7-24.1cm £37.93A83467 A83466 X-Large 24.2cm and up £37.93

Thumb Loop Rolyan5

For use with spasticity to decrease tone and facilitate functionaluse of hand. Improves position of hand for prehension, manipulationand release of objects. Loop can be wrapped to provide radial or palmar abduction while pulling wrist into extension and radial deviation. Fabric can be trimmed as needed. To fit, measurewrist circumference at CMC joint distal to ulnar styloid.A83494 Premature Infant Up to 7.1cm £10.07A83493 Infant 7.1-8.9cm £10.07A83492 Child 9-11.4cm £10.07A83491 Adolescent 11.5-14cm £10.07A83490 Adult Over 14.1cm £10.07

3PP™ ThumDuction™6

To control hypertonicity or to lessen symptoms of tendonitis. Two-part design makes it easy to achieve radial or palmar thumbabduction. An ideal tenodesis splint for positioning the thumb inopposition for those with spinal cord injury, CVA, or peripheralnerve injury. Latex Free.

IP to Wrist Crease09 116 5521 Paediatric 4.8 - 6.4cm £8.6709 116 5539 Adult 7 - 11.5cm £10.01

3PP™ ThumSling™3

4

Designed for maximum conformity in the palm to prevent gapingacross the palmar arch. Ideal for CMC joint arthritis. Latex free. To size measure circumference at MP.Left Right Size MP Circumference09 115 7817 09 115 7825 Small 15.9-21cm £15.3709 115 7833 09 115 7841 Medium 18-23.5cm £15.37

Lined with fabric to help absorb perspiration. Provides warmthand compression to reduce pain in the thumb and wrist. Hand wash, air dry. For size, measure circumference of wrist.Left RightA95241 A95240 X-Small 12.7-14cm £18.72A95243 A95242 Small 14.1-15.2cm £18.72A95245 A95244 Medium 15.3-16.5cm £18.72A95247 A95246 Large 16.6-17.8cm £18.72A95249 A95248 X-Large 17.9-20.3cm £18.72

Neoprene Pull-On Thumb Support Rolyan1

Neoprene Wrap-On Thumb Support Rolyan2

Easy to apply with hook and loop closure. Provides warmth andcompression to reduce pain in the thumb and wrist. Helps prevent overuse while allowing maximum hand function.Hand wash, air dry. For size, measure circumference of wrist.Left RightA95251 A95250 X-Small 12.7-14cm £23.74A95253 A95252 Small 14.1-15.2cm £23.74A95255 A95254 Medium 15.3-16.5cm £23.74A95257 A95256 Large 16.6-17.8cm £23.74A95259 A95258 X-Large 17.9-20.3cm £23.74

004_EXPT_0025-0032:004_EXPT_0025-0032 23/11/09 17:21 Page 29


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Thumb Supports

3 4

5 5

Wrist/Thumb Wrap3

Provides flexible support of wrist and thumb. Made of durableneoprene. Hook and loop strap. May be trimmed for a custom fit.Hand wash and air dry. Fits right or left hand. To size, measure wrist circumference.791701 Small 14-15.2cm £12.34791702 Medium 16.5-19cm £12.34791703 Large 20.3-21.6cm £12.34

Carpalgard™ Wrist Support4

Breathable Fabrifoam NuStim composite material helps to wickaway moisture and resist migration during activity. The garment fitsaround the thumb to ensure correct positioning. Small fits mostwomen and small men, medium/large fits most men or larger women. Latex free.Left Right Size92721502 92721501 Small £18.7292721602 92721601 Medium/Large £18.72

Gel Shell™ Splint5

Helps cushion and protect injuries to allow healing. Outer fabricprovides barrier against trauma, whilst inner Gel Shell pad helpsdisperse the energy from external pressure. In addition, pad providesgentle pressure on the incision site of a carpal tunnel release to help desensitise and prevent hypertrophic scar formation. Hand wash, air dry. Shelf life of Gel Shell pad is approximatelyone year. To determine size, measure from the ulnar border to the radial border across the palm.SplintLeft RightA60021 A60022 Small 6.4-7.6cm £20.67A60023 A60024 Medium 7.7-8.9cm £20.67A60025 A60026 Large 9-10.2cm £20.67

6

1

2

Thermoskin™ Flexible Thumb Splint6

Custom moulded to fit the patient, this splint limits the range ofmotion through immobilisation of the CMC and MP joints. Allows performance of routine tasks, and is beneficial for arthritis relief. Trioxon lining alleviates skin irritations, allows skin to ventilate, increases circulation, and provides long termcomfort for the wearer. To size, measure wrist circumference.Left Right929369 929366 Small 12-16cm £21.40929370 929367 Medium 17-19cm £21.40929371 929368 Large 20-23cm £21.40

Soft Thumb Orthosis Mini1

Lined for added comfort. The thumb support holds the thumb ina position of palmar abduction and provides support over thecarpometacapal (CMC) joint. Can be trimmed to free themetacarpalphalangeal (MCP) joint. Measure wrist circumferenceto determine size. Supplied in black.09 118 2898 Right Small-Medium 13-17cm £8.8809 118 2922 Right Medium-Large 18-22cm £8.8809 118 2948 Left Small-Medium 13-17cm £8.8809 118 2955 Left Medium-Large 18-22cm £8.88

Soft Thumb Orthosis Maxi2

This support is as the mini support but with additional support forthe wrist as well as the thumb joints. The maxi support canfunction as an opponens splint when worn or the opposite handmaking it a suitable support for median nerve injuries. One size.Wrist circumference is 15-20cm. Supplied in black.09 118 2963 Left £10.5209 118 2971 Right £10.52

SUPPLIED IN BLACK

SUPPLIED IN BLACK

004_EXPT_0025-0032:004_EXPT_0025-0032 23/11/09 17:21 Page 30


Orthop

aedics

Thumb Supports

Thermoskin™ Thumb Stabiliser6

The Thumb Stabiliser supports the carpometacarpal joint andreduces the effects of thumb hypertension. Also useful for UCL(ulnar collateral ligament) injuries associated with sports and workrelated RSI injuries. To clean hand wash and air dry. To sizemeasure around the wrist joint. 09 118 3938 Small 14-16cm £27.3809 118 3946 Medium 17-19cm £27.3809 118 3953 Large 20-22cm £27.3809 118 3961 X-Large 23-25cm £27.38

McKenna Thumb Shield Mark II1

The thumb shield is a neoprene wrap around support that islined for additional comfort. The removable thermoplastic insertprovides protection to the carpometacarpal (CMC) and themetacarpalphalangeal (MCP) joints.09 118 3243 Small 14-16cm £16.8709 118 3250 Medium 17-19cm £16.8709 118 3268 Large 20-22cm £16.87

2

11

3

4

65

4

Vulkan Pro CMC Support2

Designed for people suffering from rheumatic pain, degenerativediseases and weakness of the thumb joint. This support islightweight and is natural in colour. Specify left or right.009761 £6.01

Elasticated Thumb Spica3

Elasticated thumb splint with a hook and loop fastening andthumb stay to restrict movement of the first MCP and CMS joints.Specify left or right.012228 £5.90

EXTRA LONGLONG

Thumboform™ ThumbSpica4

These thumb supports combine individual stability with highcomfort. Made of 1.6mm Thermoprene™, Thumboform™ has athermoplastic insert that can be moulded to the patient by simplyusing hot water. Available in two lenghts; 5 and 8cm.Indications: Osteoarthritis, DeQuervain’s Disease, ligamentinjuries to the CMC or MCP joints, hyperextension problems.To size, measure circumference of wrist.Left Right09 117 6833 09 117 7013 Long Small 14-16cm £17.6009 117 6858 09 117 7021 Long Medium 16-18cm £17.6009 117 6874 09 117 7039 Long Large 18-20cm £17.6009 117 7096 09 117 7344 X-Long Small 14-16cm £20.2109 117 7138 09 117 7351 X-Long Medium 16-18cm £20.2109 117 7146 09 117 7369 X-Long Large 18-20cm £20.21

Thuasne Sport Thumb Strap5

Designed to hold the thumb in opposition to the other digits inorder to limit hyper-extension of the internal ligament. Neoprenesheath completely covers the thumb column, from the scaphiodto the first phalange.010511 £13.36

S M L

14-16 16-18 18-20


S M L

14-15.5 16-17.5 18-20


Wrist 14-15 16.5-18 20-21.5 23-24Palm 18-20 23-25 25-28 28-30.5

Sizes S M L XL Measure aroundwrist & open palm (cm)


004_EXPT_0025-0032:004_EXPT_0025-0032 23/11/09 17:21 Page 31

32

Ort

hop

aed

ics

Thumb Supports

3

3

CUSTOMGEL SHELL®

3

TakeOff™ Thumb Supports Rolyan3

Uses Fabrifoam® TensoWrap™ - Nu material for highly conformable,breathable, slip-resistant support with four-way stretch. Provideswarmth, compression and support to reduce pain. One size fitsmost adults. Rinse frequently for extended use. Available in 3 styles.Latex free.Take-Off Thumb SupportA952713 Left £19.49A952712 Right £19.49Take-Off Custom Thumb SupportA952701 Left £20.99A952700 Right £20.99Take-Off Gel Shell Thumb SupportA952711 Left £22.10A952710 Right £22.10• TakeOff Thumb Support - includes non-removable Stay.• TakeOff Custom Thumb Support - with mouldable

thermoplatic Stay.• TakeOff Gell Shell® Thumb Support - with mouldable Stay and

Gel Shell Pad to reduce scab formation and hypersensitivity.

4

Gel Shell™ Thumb Spica Splint Rolyan4

Gel Shell pad provides gentle pressure on the incision site tohelp reduce scar formation and hypersensitivity. OptionalPolyform stay along radial side of thumb provides additionalsupport to the thumb. Gel pad cushions area over first dorsalcompartment to help protect it and disperse energy of impacts.Hand wash, air dry. To determine size, measure from radialstyloid process to the IP crease of thumb with wrist in neutral. Left RightA599001 A599002 X-Small Up to 9.5cm £21.66A599003 A599004 Small 9.5-10.8cm £21.66A599005 A599006 Medium 10.9-12cm £21.66A599007 A599008 Large 12cm and up £21.66

5 6Preferred 1st Thumb Spica5

Engineered to encircle the joint, is easy to position and adjustand comfortable to wear. To determine size, measure around wrist.Fits either left or right.AA9214S Small/Medium 14-19cm £21.03AA9214L Large/X-Large 19-25.4cm £21.03

1 2 Metacarpal - Thumb Splint1

Effective anatomical splint for maintaining the thumb in fullextension following sprains or surgery. It allows total freedom offingers and wrist functions. Also useful for support in basilar jointdisease. May be used for acute or long term stabilisation.Anatomical design and thermoplastic material provide the bestimmobilisation. Internal sock is included to provide maximumcomfort. Secured with elastic hook and loop fastening to allowprecise fit. For size, measure wrist circumference.Left RightAA9280A AA9281A Small Up to 17cm £21.92AA9280B AA9281B Medium 17-19cm £21.92AA9280C AA9281C Large 19-23cm £21.92AA9280D AA9281D X-Large 23cm and up £21.92

Collum™ CMC Thumb Brace2

Made of quality leather with a suede lining for comfort anddurability. To determine size, with the wrist straight, measure fromthe bony protrusion on the thumb side of the wrist to the knucklenear the thumbnail.Left RightA920LXS A920RXS X-Small Up to 9.5cm £26.17A920LS A920RS Small 9.8-10.8cm £26.17A920LM A920RM Medium 11.1-12.1cm £26.17A920LL A920RL Large 12.4cm and up £26.17

Neo-G Thumb Spica & Wrist Wrap Rolyan6

This one-size, lightweight neoprene support holds the thumb in astatic position. The thumb support wraps around the hand andprovides support to the wrist and is securely fastened with ahook and loop seal. Removable stay. The width of the thumbsection can be adjusted. Fits left or right. Universal size. 09 117 1420 £9.72


004_EXPT_0025-0032:004_EXPT_0025-0032 23/11/09 17:21 Page 32

33

Orthop

aedics

Wrist & Thumb

Neoprene Wrist Brace with Thumb Extension1

Neoprene wrist brace with hook & loop fastening and thumbextension to restrict movement of the first MCP and CMC joints.New improved aluminium palm and thumb stays. Please staterequired size when ordering.Left Right012231L 012231R £4.84

Economy Wrist Brace with Thumb Spica2

Durable, breathable padded material brace with loop andlock closure for supreme comfort and easy adjustment.Removable and adjustable palmar stay provides maximumsupport, with contouring at the palmar crease for full fingerfunction and additional contouring at the fifth MP for palmarspread. Indicated when wrist immobilization and full handfunction are desired. Please state required size when ordering.Left Right012353L 012353R £9.47

1

2

3

4

4

D-Ring™ Wrist and Thumb Spica Splint Rolyan3

Protection to allow healing after injury or to decrease pain, relieveinflammation and prevent further deformity of painful wrists andthumb tendonitis. Circumferential design with D-Ring closuresmakes the splint easy to put on and extremely comfortable.Beige cotton/polyester fabric fully lined with cotton stockinette.Two metal stays support the wrist and the thumb. Aluminiumwrist support bar is removable to adjust the amount of wristextension. Machine washable, air dry. To determine size,measure wrist circumference.Left RightA6151 A6152 X-Small Up to 14.6cm £28.36A6153 A6154 Small 14.6-16.5cm £28.36A6155 A6156 Medium 17.1-19.1cm £28.36A6157 A6158 Large 19.7-21.6cm £28.36A6159 A61510 X-Large Over 21.6cm £28.36

Workhard™ D-Ring™ RolyanWrist and Thumb Spica Splint

4

Features circumferential design with D-Ring closures and twoaluminium stays that support the thumb and wrist. The wrist stayis pre-bent to 15° of extension. Features 6.4mm padding, suedelike lining that won’t discolour skin, and webbing on volar surfacefor durability. Ideal for the workplace. Can be used for cumulativetrauma injuries such as tendonitis and DeQuervain’s Syndrome. To determine size, measure wrist circumference.Left RightA615201 A615200 X-Small Up to 14.6cm £43.25A615203 A615202 Small 14.7-16.5cm £43.25A615205 A615204 Medium 16.6-19.1cm £43.25A615207 A615206 Large 19.2-21.6cm £43.25A615209 A615208 X-Large Over 21.6cm £43.25

XS S M L XL

11.5-13 14-15 16.5-19 19-21 21.5-24


XS S M L XL

Up to 16 16-17.5 17.5-20 20-22.5 22.5-25



005_EXPT_0033-0040:005_EXPT_0033-0040 23/11/09 17:21 Page 33


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Arthritis Splints

1

2

D-Ring™ Wrist Splint Rolyanwith MCP Support

1

Built-in MCP support in addition to the features of the RolyanBeige D-Ring Wrist Splint. Moulded foam pad for metacarpalsupport is dense to support the MCPs yet slightly flexible toallow functional hand use. Wrist circumference determines size. Left RightA6121 A6122 X-Small Up to 14.6cm £27.53A6123 A6124 Small 14.6-16.5cm £27.53A6125 A6126 Medium 16.6-19.1cm £27.53A6127 A6128 Large 19.2-21.6cm £27.53A6129 A61210 X-Large Over 21.6cm £27.53

Pre-Formed Resting Pan Mitt RolyanSplint with Strapping

2

Ideally suited for positioning hand with arthritis or mild hypertonicity.They position the wrist and hand in approximately 10° of wristextension, 5° of ulnar deviation, 45° of MCP and PIP flexion, and 20°of DIP flexion, with the thumb in 45° of extension midway betweenradial and palmar abduction. These splints, which are made fromlow-temperature thermoplastic materials, can be modified easily for a custom fit by a healthcare professional. 3.2mm Polyform. To determine size, measure the width of the second to fifth MCP.Left RightA76419 A76420 Small Up to 8.9cm £31.09A76421 A76422 Medium 9-10.2cm £31.09A76423 A76424 Large Over 10.2cm £31.09

3

5

4

Hand-Based In-Line Splint Rolyan3

In-Line™ Splint Rolyan4

D-Ring strapping system improves fit and ease of application.Finger straps support each finger individually. Provides volar,ulnar and radial support. Preformed ulnar stay helps keep thewrist correctly aligned. Synthetic suede stay pocket lining keepssplint cool and comfortable. Made from neoprene, which retainswarmth for comfort. Circumferential design makes putting on andremoving this splint easy for people with arthritis. Aquaplast-T2.4mm stay can be moulded for individual fit. Hand washable.For size, measure wrist circumference.Left RightA679001 A679002 X-Small Up to 14.6cm £36.18A679003 A679004 Small 14.6-16.5cm £36.18A679005 A679006 Medium 16.6-19.1cm £36.18A679007 A679008 Large Over 19.1cm £36.18

Soft Hand-Based Ulnar Deviation Insert Rolyan5

An adjustable insert made from neoprene fabric. Designed tobe removable and used under a wrist support for support andalignment of the MCP joints. Hand washable. To determine size,measure palm circumference. Left RightA6791L A6791R Small 17.1-21cm £11.59A6792L A6792R Medium 21.1-24.8cm £11.59

MCP support straps have reinforced neoprene to prevent over-stretching caused by continual use. 2.4mm neoprene gives needed support without bulkiness. Neoprene fabric retainswarmth, increasing comfort. Hand washable. For size, measurewrist circumference. Left RightA679111 A679112 X-Small Up to 14.6cm £22.97A679113 A679114 Small 14.6-16.5cm £22.97A679115 A679116 Medium 16.6-19.1cm £22.97A679117 A679118 Large Over 19.1cm £22.97

005_EXPT_0033-0040:005_EXPT_0033-0040 23/11/09 17:21 Page 34


Orthop

aedics

Arthritis & Hand Positioning Splints

1Thermoskin™ Arthritic Gloves1

Specifically designed to relieve arthritic pain in the fingers andhand. Outer layer is textured to provide extra grip, while the trioxon lining alleviates skin irritation, allows skin to ventilate, andincreases circulation to the area and provides long-term comfortfor the wearer. Velcro closure allows for ease of application.For sizing, measure the circumference of the hand around themetacarpal joints. Sold in pairs. 929332 X-Small 15-17cm £24.74929333 Small 18-20cm £24.74929334 Medium 21-23cm £24.74929335 Large 24-26cm £24.74929336 X-Large 27-29cm £24.74929337 XX-Large 30+cm £24.74

2 3Adjustable Ulnar RolyanDeviation Splint

2

Optional pre-cut Polyform splint insert is heated and moulded onthe hand for secure wrist support. Finger tabs give ulnar-to-radialpull. Wrist circumference determines splint size.Left RightA495LS A495RS Small Up to 14cm £27.23A495LM A495RM Medium 14-19cm £27.23A495LL A495RL Large 19cm and up £27.23

LMB Soft Core Wire-Foam™ RolyanUlnar Deviation Splint

3

Designed to support MP joints and align proximal phalanges whenaffected by ulnar drift. Can be shaped to conform to hand withoutspecial tools or heat. Recommended for light use. Latex free.Left Size MP Joint Width09 116 3492 Size B - Left 5.7 - 7cm £35.2509 116 3682 Size C - Left 7.3 - 8cm £32.2509 116 3500 Size D - Left 8.5 - 9.5cm £35.2509 116 3518 Size B - Right 5.7 - 7cm £35.2509 116 3526 Size C - Right 7.3 - 8cm £35.2509 116 3534 Size D - Right 8.5 - 9.5cm £35.25

44

Sof-Gel™ Palm Shield Rolyan4

A palm shield with gel which helps prevent skin breakdown inthe palm and between the fingers. Gel in finger separators andpalm won’t bottom out giving the product a longer life. Ideal formoderate to severe hand tightness. Helps prevent fingercontractures. Large thumb piece provides excellent thumbpositioning. One size fits most adults.A812405 Left £24.53A812406 Right £24.53

5

6

Palm Shield Rolyan5

Foam splint helps increase comfort for people who havemoderate to severe hand tightness by separating and positioningthe fingers and thumb. Large thumb piece provides excellentthumb positioning. One size fits most adults.A812401 Left £12.15A812402 Right £12.15

3PP™ ThumDuction™6

To control hypertonicity or to lessen symptoms of tendonitis. Two-part design makes it easy to achieve radial or palmar thumbabduction. An ideal tenodesis splint for positioning the thumb inopposition for those with spinal cord injury, CVA, or peripheralnerve injury. Latex Free.

IP to Wrist Crease09 116 5521 Paediatric 4.8 - 6.4cm £8.6709 116 5539 Adult 7 - 11.5cm £10.01

005_EXPT_0033-0040:005_EXPT_0033-0040 23/11/09 17:21 Page 35


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Hand Positioning Splints

1 2

43

65

Finger Contracture Cushion1

Separates fingers to help prevent complete closure of the handand protect palms. Polyester-filled cushion; cotton terry clothabsorbs perspiration. Secures to client’s hand with 6cm wideelastic strap. Washable. Two sizes. Pack of 3.

1494 Medium 7.6 x 12.7cm £19.81149401 Large 10 x 12.7cm £20.10

Cone and Finger Separator2

Firm cone-shaped anticontracture device conforms to the hand’snatural shape while keeping fingers separated to prevent skinbreakdown. Plush cotton terry cover absorbs perspiration.Adjustable strap fits all hand sizes and holds the cone securely.Machine washable. Blue.1495 £13.96

Terry Cloth and Plastic Hand Cone3

With 2.5cm elastic strap for snug, comfortable fit. Removable, washable cover. Adjustable strap fits any hand size.Measures 12.7 x 2.5 x 4cm.1501 £10.07

Clear Acrylic Hand Cone Rolyan4

Pre-formed hand cone fits most patients, includes soft strap.Shatterproof. Height 11cm.A3623 £13.65

7 7

88

Palm Protector Rolyan5

Holds fingers out to prevent digging into the palm of the hand.Cuff fabricated from closed-cell foam lined with a pile fabric. Pre-rolled and attached to simplify application. One size. Hand wash, air dry.A812101 Left £14.24A812201 Right £14.24A8121 Left - Pack of 3 £37.58A8122 Right - Pack of 3 £37.58

Shear Comfort Palm Protector6

Made from specially selected medical grade lambskin the palmprotector will offer moisture absorption and comfort to patientswith hand contractures. Instructions for use and care supplied.One size. 09 116 7519 Right £68.5209 117 4424 Left £68.52

Palm Protector with Vinyl Pocket Rolyan7

This palm protector has the quality of the standard palmprotector but with an additional feature. A vinyl pocket is situatedon the palmar aspect of the splint for the application of anEzeform thermoplastic insert which enables the splint to becustom moulded for an individual fit. Fingers are kept in place by Softstrap strapping material and secured by hook and loopfastening. Ezeform insert included.AA9297L Left £18.65AA9297R Right £18.65

Palm Protector with Finger Separators Rolyan8

Prevents fingers from digging into palm while abducting fingersto decrease tone. Made from closed-cell foam, lined with pile.Soft finger separator strap weaves between fingers and can becut to adjust fit. Hand washable. One size fits all. A81201 Left £18.46A81202 Right £18.46

005_EXPT_0033-0040:005_EXPT_0033-0040 23/11/09 17:21 Page 36


Orthop

aedics


1 1

2

3

2

Progressive™ Palm Protector Splints Rolyan• Progressive soft splints for neurological conditions and arthritis.

Progress splint as condition improves by removing foam palmpiece and replacing it with a larger series (see below).

• Variable strapping system allows strapping thumb only, fingers only, or both thumb and fingers. Splint base is largeenough to accommodate all hand sizes and can be modifiedfor a smaller hand by trimming the edges.

• Available with or without wrist support. Wrist support style has a removable Ezeform stay that can be moulded for wristextension and D-Ring attachments for secure fit. Hand wash splint, air dry.

• To determine which series to use, extend the fingers as far as comfortably tolerated. Measure flexion angle at MCP joint of tightest finger. Choose appropriate splint for current patient needs. Splint comes with one foam palm piece.Replace only the foam palm piece when condition improves.

Foam Palm Piece Available in 3 Series1 Tight hands with moderate to severe spasticity or contractures,

90° MCP flexion, 2.5cm foam.

2 Hands with mild to moderate spasticity or contractures 60° MCP flexion, 5.1cm foam.

3 Hands with mild spasticity or contractures, or non-spastichands to provide a functional position in a soft splint 30° MCP flexion, 7.6cm foam.

Splint comes with foam palm piece of size purchased: Series 1 - 2.5cm Foam Series 2 - 5.1cm Foam Series 3 - 7.6cm Foambuy replacement foam to change positioning Left Right Left Right Left Right

Rolyan Progressive Palm Protector Splint A812313 A812314 A812315 A812316 A812317 A812318£46.02 £46.02 £48.66 £48.54 £47.20 £47.20

Rolyan Progressive Palm Protector Splintwith Wrist Support A812301 A812302 A812303 A812304 A812305 A812306Standard - fits most adults £71.75 £71.75 £79.40 £74.75 £76.81 £76.81

Replacement Foam Palm Piece 2.5cm Foam 5.1cm Foam 7.6cm Foam(for Series 1 positioning) (for Series 2 positioning) (for Series 3 positioning)A812307 A812309 A812311£14.40 £15.97 £16.90

1

2

3SERIES 1

SERIES 2 SERIES 3

4Progressive™ Palm Protector Splint Rolyanwith Pre-Cut Splint Blank

4

Benefits of the Rolyan Progressive Palm Protector Splint with theadvantages of a pre-cut, easy to use kit. Includes a thermoplasticstay made from Ezeform. Simply form the pre-cut to patient’shand and wrist for a customised fit and slip into stay pocket.Remove and remould as patient’s condition improves.Left RightA812331 A812330 X-Small £65.85A812333 A812332 Standard - Fits Most Adults £68.92

5

6

Pucci™ Air Short Opponens InflatableHand Orthosis

5

This unique therapeutic orthosis provides continuous low stretchtherapy to the contracted hand through inflation of an air bladder.Comes with a mesh laundry bag. Recommended for stroke,spinal cord injuries, head injuries and geriatric patients. One sizefits all. Latex free. Inflation bulb included.55462601 Left £70.8855462602 Right £70.88

Pucci™ Inflatable Hand Orthosis6

Effectively works to treat soft tissue contractures of the fingers,thumb, hand and wrist. Utilising an inflation bulb, the palmar airbladder inflates to the appropriate degree of low-stretch to theaffected areas for each client. Comes with one elasticised, softfabric cover, a mesh laundry bag and inflation bulb. Bendableframe accommodates wrist position. Latex free. 788901 Adult, Right £74.46788902 Adult, Left £74.46788903 Paediatric, Right £74.46788904 Paediatric, Left £74.46

005_EXPT_0033-0040:005_EXPT_0033-0040 23/11/09 17:22 Page 37


Ort

hop

aed

ics


1 Air Soft™ Resting Hand Splint1

Supports the fingers, thumb and wrist in a functional and/orresting position and allows simple adjustment of the wrist and thumb. The malleable aluminum frame allows for staticprogressive splinting. Easily adjustable with no tools or heat.Lined with self-wicking material. Hand washable. Latex free.Left Right Size MP Width55462301 55462304 Small 5.7 - 7cm £79.9555462302 55462305 Medium 7.3 - 8.3cm £79.9555462303 55462306 Large 7.6 - 8.6cm £79.95

2

3 3

T-Flex 10002

Designed for progressive treatment and correction of wrist, hand, and finger contractures. The dorsal support and strapping, along with the adjustable frame, provides support for themoderately to severely contracted wrist. Laundry bag, medium and large “C” roll included. Latex free.55004007 Left £63.8555004008 Right £63.85

44

Carve-It™ Hand Positioning Splint Rolyan3For use with strokes, Alzheimer’s disease, dementia and otherneurological impairments. Helps anatomically position the handwith mild to moderate finger spasticity. Design allows use withleft and right hand. Easy to modify by cutting foam with anelectric knife for a custom fit. Foam shaped to fit the hand andcomfortable for the patient. Unlike traditional hand cones, thissplint maintains the arches of the hand in an appropriate position.Flat bottom provides easy positioning in bed or on lap tray, armtray, etc. Removable cover can be hand washed and air dried.For size, measure width of 2nd to 5th MCP. Splint materialssold separately.A812610 Small/Medium Up to 7.6cm £23.47A812611 Large/X-Large 7.6cm and over £23.47Replacement CoverA812612 Small/Medium £11.52A812613 Large/X-Large £11.52

Functional Foam Arm Elevator Rolyan4

Combines a splint and an elevating support into one positioner.Anatomically correct foam positioning splint helps reduce oedema.Positions the hand in a resting position, with the wrist in 30° ofextension, the MCPs in 60° of flexion, and the IPs slightly flexed.Elevator positions the forearm in mid supination and the thumband fingers in a reflex inhibiting position.A1863 Left £26.54A1864 Right £26.54

Chrisofix™ Ulnar Forearm Splint5

Ideal for any condition requiring wrist support or immobilisation.Made from Chrisofix material, which is quick and easy to apply, a non-allergenic soft material with a thin aluminium core for easy adjustment. Clinical indications include the conservativetreatment of stable fractures, immobilisation post surgery, andsoft tissue injuries such as tendonitis, RSI, and RSD. Fits both left and right. Straps are fixed with hook and loop fastening.Machine washable at 30° with fastenings closed. To size measurecircumference around the mcp.AA9277A Small Up to 19cm £34.25AA9277B Medium 19-22cm £34.25AA9277C Large 22+cm £34.25

Chrisofix™ Palmar Forearm Splint6

A resting splint for the wrist, hand and fingers. Used clinically forimmobilisation and fixation post surgery or hand injury. Ideal forconservative treatment of metacarpal fractures and multiple handpathologies. Made from Chrisofix material, which is soft,comfortable cotton material, with aluminium core and easilyadjustable to provide quick fixation. Straps are fixed with hookand loop fastening. Machine washable at 30º with fastenings closed.Fits left or right forearm.AA9279A X-Small (Children) £47.71AA9279B Small £47.71AA9279C Large £47.71

5

6

005_EXPT_0033-0040:005_EXPT_0033-0040 23/11/09 17:22 Page 38


Orthop

aedics


1

2

3

MALLEABLE ALUMINIUM FOAM COVERED FRAME

Lynx WHFO™ & TheraPlus™ Hand PositionersLynx WHFO and TheraPlus Hand Positioners are made for theprogressive positioning of wrist, hand or finger deformities such as• Contractures • Arthritic deformity• Neurological disorders resulting in high or low tone• Flexion deformity of the MP, PIP, DIP or wrist jointsEach splint can be easily shaped to custom fit the client’s hand.The base of the splint is made from malleable aluminum that issandwiched between layers of foam; splints can be modified bybending - no hot water or tools required. Lynx WHFO and TheraPlus Orthoses Features• Independently adjustable forearm, wrist and finger portions for

a comfortable fit• Removable finger separators for finger positioning promotion of

skin integrity between fingers and treatment of ulnar/radial deviation• Hook and loop closures for easy donning• Removable covers clean easily with warm water and

antibacterial soap

Lynx WHFO™ Deluxe Hand Orthosis1

The Lynx WHFO includes a pivotal thumb abductor with medial andlateral thumb supports. It allows optimal positioning and a custom fit for even the most difficult thumb adduction contractures and jointdeformities. Softly padded diagonal straps provide improved handpositioning and colour coded hook and loop closures assure proper application. Choose right hand or left hand model. To size,measure the length from wrist crease to the tip of the longest finger.Lynx WHFO - Paediatric SizesLeft Right Size Length79060502 79060501 Paed Small 13-14cm £53.5579060602 79060601 Paed Medium 14-15cm £53.5579060702 79060701 Paed Large 15-16cm £53.55Lynx WHFO - Adult SizesLeft Right Size Length79060102 79060101 X-Small 14.5-16.5cm £56.2879060202 79060201 Small 16.5-18.5cm £56.2879060302 79060301 Medium 18.5-20cm £56.2879060402 79060401 Large 20cm+ £56.28Replacement CoversLeft Right Size Length79070102 79070101 X-Small 14.5-16.5cm £31.4979070202 79070201 Small 16.5-18.5cm £31.4979070302 79070301 Medium 18.5-20cm £31.4979070402 79070401 Large 20cm+ £31.49

TheraPlus™ Universal Hand Orthosis2

The Universal model fits both right and left hands. Medium sizeis available in regular or firm models for the appropriate degreeof rigidity. Choose firm support for clients with very high tone.Available in three sizes. Includes removable cover. To size,measure the length from wrist crease to the tip of the longestfinger. If length falls between two sizes, use the next larger size.TheraPlus Universal

Size Length787900 Small 16.5cm Regular £51.40787901 Medium 18cm Regular £51.40787902 Medium 18cm Firm £51.40787904 Large 23cm+ Firm £51.40Replacement Covers

Size Length787905 Small 16.5cm £28.91787903 Medium 18cm £28.91787906 Large 23cm+ £28.91

TheraPlus™ TA Hand Orthosis3

This model has the same benefits and features as the TheraPlusHand Orthosis (above) with the addition of a thumb abductor. Available only in regular rigidity.Left Right Size Length55004001 55004002 Small Up to 17cm £61.4755004003 55004004 Medium 17.8-22.3cm £61.4755004005 55004006 Large 23+cm £61.47Replacement Covers09 116 9556 09 116 9606 Small Up to 17.1cm £25.6709 116 9580 09 116 9614 Medium 17.8-22.3cm £25.6709 116 9598 09 116 9622 Large 23+cm £25.67

005_EXPT_0033-0040:005_EXPT_0033-0040 23/11/09 17:22 Page 39

Ort

hop

aed

ics


1

1

2

2

3

4 3

Kwik-Form™ RolyanProgressive Hand Splint

1

Can be custom fitted without tools or heat - simply bend the wirecore to the desired position. Supports the hand and wrist andprovides progressive extension of the fingers. Includes threehand rolls - as condition progresses, simply replace the handroll. For especially tight hands the splint can be used without ahand roll. Removable cover sewn from comfortable, cool, softmaterial for maximum compliance. Features hook and loopclosures and removable machine washable cover. Includeslaundry bag for washing and storing. To determine size, measurewrist circumference. Bilateral design fits right or left. Latex Free.A812620 Small/Medium Up to 18cm £72.37A812621 Medium/Large 18cm and over £72.37Replacement CoversA812622 Small/Medium £14.22A812623 Medium/Large £14.22

Kwik-Form™ RolyanFunctional Resting Splint

2

Can be custom fitted without tools or heat - simply bend the wirecore to the desired position. Supports the wrist, thumb andfingers in a functional or resting position. Removable cover sewnfrom comfortable, cool, soft material for maximum compliance.Features hook and loop closures and removable machinewashable cover. Includes laundry bag for washing and storing.To determine size, measure wrist circumference. Left RightA812701 A812700 Small/Medium Up to 18cm £72.49A812703 A812702 Medium/Large 18cm and over £72.49

Economy Kwik-Form™ RolyanProgressive Hand Splint

3

Offers the positioning and progressive features of the Kwik-FormSplint above. Hook responsive material laminated to the softfoam splint surface eliminates the need for a cover. Includesthree hand rolls and a cover that fits all three rolls. To determinesize, measure wrist circumference. Bilateral design fits right or left.A812630 Small/Medium Up to 18cm £48.64A812631 Medium/Large 18cm and over £51.47A812632 Replacement Cone Cover £12.21

Economy Kwik-Form™ RolyanFunctional Resting Splint

4

Offers the positioning and custom fitting features of the Kwik-Form Splint above. Hook responsive material laminated to the soft foam splint surface eliminates the need for a cover.The splint can be surface cleaned. To determine size, measurewrist circumference.Left RightA812731 A812730 Small/Medium Up to 18cm £48.59A812733 A812732 Medium/Large 18cm and over £50.02


005_EXPT_0033-0040:005_EXPT_0033-0040 23/11/09 17:22 Page 40

Our unique world leading technology is now even more advanced to give maximum performance with maximum impact

Unrivalled Shock Absorption100% effective with every strideUp to 30% LighterNano Silver antibacterial technologyfor maximum comfortNew cutting edge pack designs

www.sorbothane.co.uk

LEADERS IN SHOCK STOPPING INSOLE TECHNOLOGY

TAKE IT ALL IN YOUR STRIDE

FASTER:

T

TER

R:STR:

STRIDE

AF

IT AAST

ALL IN YTER

R ST

YOURR

STR

AAF AAT

Unrivalled

performannow even mOur uniqueAKEAKE IT AAOur unique

Shock Absorption

nce with maximum impactmore advanced to give maxe world leading technolog

A

e world leading technolog

timumgy is

New cuttinfor maximuNano SilveUp to 30%100% effe

ng edge pack designum comfortr antibacterial techn

% Lighterective with every st

k

LEADERS IN

N SHOCK STOPPING INSOLE TE

LOGYCHNOLECHNOLOGY

006_EXPT_0041-0048:006_EXPT_0041-0048 23/11/09 17:22 Page 41


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Inflatable Positioning Splints

1

1 Urias™ Pressure Splints1

Easy to fit Urias Pressure Splints provide therapeutic,even pressure on arms, legs, hands and feet whenused for neurological rehabilitation.Made of a double layer of washable PVC sheeting, each splintfeatures a plastic zipper closure and is transparent to facilitatepositioning. They are applied to a client’s limb and then inflated.During inflation the soft inner layer moulds exactly to thelimb, providing circumferential, even pressure when inflation iscompleted. Inflation can be accomplished orally, with the use of apersonal/disposable mouthpiece and a mouthpiece filter, or withthe Hand Pump with Safety Valve. All Urias Pressure Splints arelatex free. NOTE: Inflation pressures should not exceed 40mmHg. Urias Pressure Splints Benefits• Counter abnormal tone development. Applied following brain

injury due to trauma or stroke, these splints inhibit spasticity,assist movement patterns, expedite weight bearing and reduce oedema. The dynamic force of these Pressure Splintsencourages sensory recovery by stimulating proprioceptors.

• Inhibit development of contractures in neurological disorders.Where a contracture is already present, Urias Pressure Splintsmay be used to stretch and position the limb, graduallyreducing the deformity.

• Available in sizes for adults, infants and children in avariety of lengths. To determine correct splint size, measurethe length of the extremity and refer to the charts below.

• Single or Double Chamber Splints. Single Chamber Splintsallow all over even pressure. Double Chamber Splints offervarying levels of pressure in two separate individually inflatedchambers for specific management of extensor or flexor tone.

Adult Splints Chambers LengthAA9271S Finger Single 14.5cm £26.683821A Long Arm Single 80cm £45.423821B Short Arm Single 70cm £38.863821C Half Arm Single 53cm £39.613821D Elbow Single 40cm £25.493821J Hand and Wrist Double 30cm £26.37

No Zip3823L Hand - No Zip Double 20cm £23.993821F Large Leg Gaiter Double 66cm £57.50

No Foot3821G Small Leg Gaiter Double 56cm £56.16

No Foot3821H Foot Single 32cm £36.143823A Full Foot and Leg Single 74cm £51.02

Open Toe3823B Full Foot and Leg Single 74cm £59.12

W/Sole, Open Toe

HAND SPLINT

1

FINGER SPLINT - INTRINSIC POSITIONING

ARM SPLINT

1

LEG WITH FOOT SPLINT

11

006_EXPT_0041-0048:006_EXPT_0041-0048 23/11/09 17:22 Page 42


Orthop

aedics

Inflatable Positioning Splints

1

1

1

6 7

3

5

Urias™ Paediatric Pressure Splints1

Baby/Infant Splint Chamber LengthAA9271 Hand - No Zip Double 14.5cm £19.253823D Arm Single 20cm £34.813823C Arm Single 30cm £35.073823E Arm Single 40cm £34.813823F Leg Single 25cm £44.763823G Leg Single 35cm £44.773823M Leg Single 46cm £42.39Child Splint Chamber Length3823N Hand - No Zip Double 20cm £20.713823O Arm Single 20cm £35.063823I Arm Single 30cm £35.063823P Arm Single 40cm £37.503823H Arm Single 50cm £36.853823Q Leg Double 30cm £35.053823J Leg Double 40cm £50.483823K Leg - With Foot Single 51cm £47.52

Urias™ Not IllustratedBariatric Splints

2

Length measurements for the Bariatric Splints are the same asstandard Urias Splints shown on page 42.

WidthAA9274A Long Arm 58cm £84.74AA9274B Short Arm 58cm £81.25AA9274C Large Leg 72cm £84.74AA9274D Small Leg, Gaiter 68cm £81.25AA9274E Full Foot & Leg, Open Toe 88cm £98.87AA9274F Full Foot & Leg W/Sole 88cm £105.93

Urias™ Mouthpieces3

In the current climate of financial restrictions, cost effectivenessis essential. Provided adequate hygiene is maintained, sharingbetween patients is possible. It is however vital that all membersof staff are supplied with separate mouth pieces to insert into theinflation pipes to avoid cross infection.3821M Pack of 100 £29.96

Urias™ Filter Bottles4

In the interest of hygiene and personal protection as well asefficient inflation we strongly recommend the use of a mouth filter bottle - this is especially important in the hospital situationwhere more than one person will be inflating a splint. The mouthfilter crystals will turn pale yellow when moist. They should bechanged at regular intervals with a maximum of three months.3821P Pack of 5 £25.09

Urias™ Extension Tube Connectors5

An extension tube with connector to aid inflation of all Urias splints. Length 30cm.AA9276 Pack of 10 £18.65

Pocket Pressure Gauge6

This is a manometer 0-300mmHg, which is used to measureaccurately oral inflation pressures which must not exceed 40mmHg.AA9202 £99.31

Hand Pump7

Used to inflate Urias Air splints as well as other brands of splintsthat have a 6mm inner diameter inflation tube. The safety reliefvalve is pre-set at 35mmHg to assist in preventing circulationrestriction of over inflating and damaging the splint. Contains Latex.AA9202A £83.74

ARM SPLINT

BABY HAND SPLINT

CHILD’S LEG WITH FOOT SPLINT

4

006_EXPT_0041-0048:006_EXPT_0041-0048 23/11/09 17:22 Page 43


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Hip, Thigh & Groin

Vulkan Athletic Support1

Lightweight and comfortable offering gentle support, with aseparate box compartment.006843S £6.80006843M £6.80006843L £6.80006843XL £6.80

1

2

3

S M L XL

70 - 80 80 - 90 90 - 100 100 - 110


Thuasne Truss2

Silicone pads (10.5 x 7cm) featuring interchangeable andadjustable groin straps for improved comfort and effectiveness.Measure around the waist.

Groin Strap3

The application of the groin strap directs force onto the strap andaway from the injured tissue. It is supportive to the femoral artery,vein and nerves. This then takes stress away from the adductortubercle resulting in an immediate decrease in pain on functionalmovement and adductor squeeze testing.012523 £22.26

S M L XL

40 - 50 50 - 60 60 - 70 70 - 80

Sizes

Sport Aid Suspensory4

Easy to adjust, the Sport Aid Suspensory provides firm support.The pouch is fitted on to an elastic waist band and has a sturdystud fastener. Measurement given is width of pouch pocket.09 117 3350 Small 9-10cm £8.8109 117 3368 Medium 10-11.5cm £8.8109 117 3384 Large 11.5-12.5cm £8.81

Rebound® Hernia Belt5

Hernia belt is adjustable and gives gentle, gradual pressure toreduce hernias. The belt is fitted with removable and adjustablepads and is very discreet. To size measure around waist.AA9233S Small 76-89cm £17.22AA9233M Medium 89-104cm £17.22AA9233L Large 104-117cm £17.22

Knee Elevator Rolyan6

High-density foam with a washable cotton/polyester case.(65cm long x 48cm wide x 20cm high)A38610 £35.56Replacement Cotton/Polyester CaseA38610C £15.02

0123481 75 - 85cm 0123471 75 - 85cm0123482 86 - 97cm 0123472 86 - 97cm0123483 98 - 110cm 0123473 98 - 110cm0123484 111 - 125cm 0123474 111 - 125cm£47.85 £60.39

Unilateral BilateralMeasure around

the top of theleg (cm)

Measure around thetop of the leg (cm)

4

6

5

INFORMATIONFor hip abduction wedges, please see pages 90 to 91.


006_EXPT_0041-0048:006_EXPT_0041-0048 23/11/09 17:22 Page 44

45

Orthop

aedics

Hip, Thigh & Groin

S M L XL

44-49 49-54 54-59 59-65

Sizes Measure around the thigh (cm)

Hipo Brace1

• Injection moulded components give an excellent finish withrounded edges and allows placement of large vent holes in thigh piece. It also allows the plastic to be reduced inthickness but maintains rigidity and stability

• Waist component can be altered at the back without having to remove it from the patient

• Angle of waist component can be altered which helpsaccommodate anatomical curve from waist to hip

• Excellent shaping of hip and waist components resulting inhigh patient acceptance in both male and female

• Includes high quality engineered hinge system which controlsflexion/extension and abduction/adduction

• Towel lined and padded liners• Push fit buckles are fitted, for ease of use for the patient.

This reduces the risk of patient applying the brace incorrectly• Left or Right options are available on waist & thigh sections017426 Waist section £134.11017427 Thigh section £104.74017428 Hinge (One size) £102.56

1 1

1

2 3

65

4

Neo-G Groin Support Rolyan2

The Neo-G Groin Support is used for strained and stressed groinregions. It applies targeted compression and warmth to theaffected area. Wearing the support can prevent injury andaccelerate the rehabilitation of soft tissue injuries causedthrough sports activity. Universal size, fits left or right.09 117 1404 £19.41

Vulkan Neoprene Thigh Support3

Provides warmth, compression and support to injured thigh and hamstring areas. Lightweight and comfortable, will notrestrict movement.006825 £11.24

XXS XS S M L XL

55-60 60-70 70-80 80-90 90-100 100-110

Sizes Measure around the waist (cm)

Vulkan Multisport Lycra Shorts4

Manufactured from durable lycra, these shorts are ideal as an under garment during exercise or any sporting activity.Comfortable and allow complete freedom of movement. Available in black, navy or white. 013050 £8.35

XS S M L XL

60-70 70-80 80-90 90-100 100-110


Vulkan Warm Pants5

These neoprene shorts deliver exceptional comfort levels andprovide heat retaining benefits and firm support to the thigh,hamstring, hip, groin and gluteal regions without restrictingmovement. Features an adjustable pull cord at the waist.006839 0.5mm £23.57006838 1.5mm £23.57

S M L XL

Waist 60-82 80-96 94-115 99-120

Hip 68-90 90-110 106-126 111-131

Upper Thigh 44-53 48-60 55-68 62-76

Lower Thigh 34-41 36-45 42-49 46-56

SizesMeasure around the waist, hips,

upper and lower thigh (cm)

XS S M L XL

60-70 70-80 80-90 90-100 100-110


Vulkan Dry Tech Shorts6

Featuring vapour transpiration lycra. Helps to avoid new andrecurring injuries and offers superior comfort. Available in black.013051 £10.45


006_EXPT_0041-0048:006_EXPT_0041-0048 23/11/09 17:23 Page 45


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Knee Supports

Vulkan® Neoprene Knee Support1

A contoured 3 piece design that provides a comfortable fit.Ideal for minor tendon and ligament injuries, sprains and twists.Does not restrict movement. Available as 3mm thick for flexiblesupport and 5mm thick for maximum support.003876 3mm £10.45003873 5mm £11.24

1

2 3

4 5

6 7

XS S M L XL

26-30 30-35 35-40 40-45 45-50

Sizes Measure around the knee (cm)

Vulkan® AE2

Provides comfort to the knee muscles and tendons by retainingheat. Provides superior support and compression to the joint, to control and limit swelling. Ideal for sprains and strains. Easily worn under clothing for daily prevention and protection.3110 £7.35

S M L

28.5-31 31-35 36-40.5


Vulkan® Padded Knee Support 3

Helps protect the knee against knocks, blows and bruising.Ideal for goalkeeping, volleyball and handball.012061 £18.32

XS S M L XL

26-30 30-35 35-40 40-45 45-50


S M L XL

Up to 30 30-40 40-50 50-60


Vulkan Knee Wrap4

New Vulkan Active Wraps. Designed to provide protection and aid prevention of injury for those with an active lifestyle - Lightweight, comfortable, elasticated material. Wrap can bepositioned for controlled compression - suitable for any activityand everyday use.017671 One size fits most £3.72

Vulkan® Pro Pad5

A padded tubigrip support that retains body heat, ideal forarthritis sufferers.011613 £10.97

S M L XL

30-35 35-40 40-45 45-50


Vulkan® Elasticated Knee Support6

This unique two-way stretch material that provides effectivesupport and compression. The lightweight fabric compositionallows the skin to breathe easily.003877 £4.36

Vulkan® Patella Knee Strap7

This lightweight strap provides effective compression andsupport to the tendon region. Suitable for the relief of patellatendonitis and adolescent growing pains.010132 One size fits most £6.25


006_EXPT_0041-0048:006_EXPT_0041-0048 23/11/09 17:23 Page 46


Orthop

aedics

Knee Supports

21

3

54

Vulkan® Si Knee1

Unique Silicon support around the patella to exert pressure inthis key area. Additional Silicon has been placed around theback of the knee to provide pressure and support around thewhole knee joint and make it feel secure and stable. Superiorheat retention allows increased blood flow to the injury. Seamlessluxury comfort for total flexibility. Air holes to allow the skin tobreathe. Improved agility through flexion grid around the backof the knee.3115 £18.74

S M L

30-35 35-40 41-46


Vulkan® Neoprene Open Knee 2

This support has a patella free opening with a stitched buttresswhich gives you extra support to the patella. Helps to relieve thepain of patella symptoms, unstable and medial/lateral ligamentsand cartilage damage.006830 £11.50

XS S M L XL

26-30 30-35 35-40 40-45 45-50


Vulkan® Neoprene Hinged Knee Support3

This neoprene support has removable carbon fibre hinges tocontrol medial and lateral instability, the open patella helps to trackthe patella. Ideal for unstable medial /lateral ligaments, cartilagedamage and rehabilitation after cruciate ligament injuries.006835 £33.50

S M L XL

30-35 35-40 40-45 45-50


Vulkan® Neoprene Stabilising Knee Support4

This support helps provide stability around the knee with itsflexible spiral stays. The compression strap provides addedsupport and stability.006836 £25.15

S M L XL

30-35 35-40 40-45 45-50


Vulkan® Wrap Around Knee5

This front opening support is ideal for arthritic sufferers. It haseasy to open touch/close fasteners. The spiral stays offer medialand lateral support.009619 £27.93

S-M L-XL

26-40 40-50



006_EXPT_0041-0048:006_EXPT_0041-0048 23/11/09 17:23 Page 47


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Knee Supports

Neo-G Closed Knee Support Rolyan2

Used for stressed and twisted knees, the support applies heatand compression to the affected area. Position centre of supportover knee cap and pass the middle fastening strap around theback of the knee and fasten then repeat the same action with theupper and lower straps and tighten until comfortable.09 116 0613 £10.15

Thuasne Knee Sport Strap1

Strapping the knee ligaments is intended to strengthen thecollateral ligaments and to prevent the joint from rotating.The lower flexible straps resting on the anterior tuberosity aresymmetrically tightened towards the rear of the thigh. They limitrotation of the femur on the tibial plateau. The upper strapsstrengthen the collateral ligaments and form a ring that centresthe patella.010509 £32.01

Neo-G Open Knee Support Rolyan3

Restriction of the patella movement applies pressure to affectedarea and compression for effective ligament and cartilage repair.Position centre of support over knee cap and pass the middlefastening strap around the back of the knee and fasten thenrepeat the same action with the upper and lower straps andtighten until comfortable.09 116 0621 £11.33

Economy Knee Wrap Rolyan4

Wrap around design for customised fit and unrestricted motion.Neoprene construction retains body heat. Pressure sensitiveclosures offer ease of application. One size fits most adults.A403830 With Open Patella £12.08A403831 With Closed Patella (Not Illustrated) £12.08

X-Tend Plus Knee Support6

A super-sized wrap-around knee support that is designed toprovide optimum support to the user. Made from neoprenesupport fits either knee. Extra padding around the patellaadds additional warmth and support. When flat the supportmeasures 67.5cm.09 118 3904 £23.85

1 2

3 4

5 6

S M L XL

32-36 37-40 41-44 45-48


Thermoskin™ Arthritic Knee Wrap5

Unique Trioxon layered material captures, retains and applies naturalbody heat and gently supports for temporary relief from arthritic pain.Suitable for use over long periods of time and during a range ofactivity levels. Wraps around for easy positioning and adjusting;secures with hook and loop closure. Snug, comfortable fit. Allows skinto ventilate and remain dry. Machine or hand wash and air-dry.To size, measure leg circumference under slightly bent kneecap.79380101 Small 30-35cm £27.5479380201 Medium 36-40cm £27.5479380301 Large 41-45cm £27.5479380401 X-Large 46-50cm £27.54


006_EXPT_0041-0048:006_EXPT_0041-0048 23/11/09 17:23 Page 48


Orthop

aedics

Hinged Knee Supports

2Wrap Around Neoprene Support1

Flesh coloured, front opening wrap with geared polycentric hingesand two way fastening for close compression. Hook and loopfastening straps above and below the knee.012226 £30.01

S M L XL

11.5-13.5 13.5-15.5 16-18 18.5-22


Mueller® Hinge Wrap Around Knee Brace3

The ideal brace for weak or injured knees needing maximummedial/lateral support without restricting mobility. Wraparounddesign allows easy on and off, while the open back eliminatesbunching behind the knee. Patella buttress stabilizers andprotects the kneecap. Adjustable straps provide custom fit andcontrolled compression. Fully trimmed edges with smooth seamshelp prevent irritation.018866 £33.02

Economy Stabilised Knee Support Rolyanwith Removable Buttress

2

Removable buttress provides adjustable support. Buttress canbe trimmed and replaced. Spiral stays for medial/lateral stability.For size, measure circumference of leg 15cm above patella.A403810 X-Small 31-39cm £31.24A403811 Small 39-47cm £31.24A403812 Medium 47-53cm £31.24A403813 Large 53-60cm £31.24A403814 X-Large 60-67cm £31.24

1

32

54

Regular Large

30-40 40-50

Sizes Measure aroundcentre of knee (cm)

1 2 3 4 5 6

31-33 34-36 37-39 40-42 43-45 46-48


Mueller® Wrap Around Knee Brace Deluxe4

Patented Triaxial Hinges produce near-normal knee motionallowing full mobility and provide maximum medial lateral supportand protection in all sports or activities. Brace includes lock outoption for complete immobilization and adjustable extensionstops for limited range of motion if used as a rehab brace.Features wraparound design for easy on/off, adjustable straps.The removable patella buttress can be modified as needed andthe open back helps eliminate bunching behind the knee. Measure 17.8cm above centre of knee and 17.8cm below centreof knee-if measurements indicate two different sizes, chooselarger size.018563 £49.56

S M L XL XXL

Thigh 43-45 48-50 53-55 58-60 63-66

Calf 33-35 35-38 38-40 40-43 43-45

Sizes Measure aroundcalf and thigh (cm)

Thuasne Ligaflex Evolution 5

Biaxial ligament knee brace with reinforcements. Biaxial hingerespects the knee’s physiological mobility anti-hyperextensionstop. Features 4 semi-circular support straps and a centredpatellar opening with silicone guide.003596 £65.01


007_EXPT_0049-0056:007_EXPT_0049-0056 23/11/09 17:23 Page 49


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Hinged Knee Supports

1 2

3 4

5 6

Mueller® HG80 Knee Brace with Kevlar2

• Made from exclusive moisture wicking fabric• Latex and neoprene free• Flexible steel springs for support yet allows leg flexion

and extension• Upper strappings system and tibiol containment system

provides superior support018565 £41.84

1 2 3 4 5

28-31 31-34 34-37 37-41 41-45

Sizes Measure aroundthe lower leg (cm)

Mueller® HG80 Knee Hinged Knee Brace with Kevlar

1

• Made from exclusive moisture wicking fabric• Latex and neoprene free• Flexible steel springs for support yet allows leg flexion

and extension• Patented triaxial hinges provide maximum support

and protection• Upper strapping system and tibiol containment system

provides superior support018564 TheraPlus Knee £55.11

S M L XL

30-35 35-40 40-45 45-50


S M L XL

30-35 35-40 40-45 45-50


Mueller® HG80 Precision Knee Stabilizer3

• Made from exclusive moisture wicking fabric• Latex and neoprene free• Anti slip• Flexible steel springs for support yet allows leg flexion

and extension018566 £37.43

S M L XL

30-35 35-40 40-45 45-50


Push® Med Knee Brace4

The Push® Med Knee Brace provides substantial support for theknee joint in the medio lateral direction. The knee is supported bytwo non axial leaf spring hinges that follow the natural rotationmovements of the knee in a unique way. Due to its slimconstruction the brace is not noticeable under clothes. Measurearound the circumference of the lower leg below the patella.017029 £99.06

Neo-G Stabilised Open Knee Support RolyanUsed to administrate stability and patella pressure whilst applyingvariable compression and warmth. Position centre of supportover knee cap and pass the middle fastening strap around theback of the knee and fasten then repeat the same action with the upper and lower straps and tighten until comfortable.09 116 0639 £20.88

Neo-G Stabilised Hinged RolyanOpen Knee Brace

6

Used for serious stability difficulties, this support appliesconstant compression and stability. Position centre of supportover knee cap and pass the middle fastening strap around theback of the knee and fasten then repeat the same action with the upper and lower straps and tighten until comfortable.09 116 0647 £26.83

5


007_EXPT_0049-0056:007_EXPT_0049-0056 23/11/09 17:23 Page 50


Knee Straps

Vulkan® Patella Knee Strap1

This lightweight strap provides effective compression andsupport to the tendon region. Suitable for the relief of patellatendonitis and adolescent growing pains.010132 One size fits most £6.25

Orthop

aedics

Neo-G Patella Band Rolyan2

Used for strained and stressed patella regions, the band appliestargeted support to the patella area. Position the soft rubberyblock with notch pointing up under the knee cap then tighten the strap.09 116 0597 £8.82

Push® Med Patella Brace3

The Push® Med Patella Brace applies local pressure to thepatella tendon and supports the patella. This relieves theinsertion of the knee tendon and reduces the tractive force of thelower leg. The pad consists of a skin compatible and viscoelasticpolymer. The semi rigid cap inserted in the front part ensureseven distribution of pressure. A proper anatomical fit and the pad materials helps the brace remain in place when walking.001265 One size fits most £27.92

Cho-Pat™ Dual Action Knee Strap4

Provides an extra dimension of relief for painful and weakenedknees. The strap applies pressure upon the patella tendon belowthe kneecap to stabilise and tighten up the kneecap mechanism,which improves patella tracking and elevation and reduces patellasubluxation. It adds further strengthening to the kneecapmechanism by applying pressure on the tendon above thekneecap. This tends to reduce the forces of the quadriceps on thepatella tendon and erosion of the undersurface of the kneecap dueto a possible misalignment of the quadriceps (Q angle). Constantdynamic forces are applied to the surrounding areas of the knee,reducing the likelihood of overuse syndromes. At the same time,the strap allows for full mobility while providing maximum benefits.For size, measure circumference above kneecap. 927327 X-Small 25.5-30.5cm £26.17927328 Small 30.5-35.5cm £26.17927329 Medium 35.5-40.5cm £26.17927330 Large 40.5-45.5cm £26.17927331 X-Large 45.5-51cm £26.17

KneeGard™5

Fabrifoam® NuStim™ composite material breathes, resistsmigration, provides maximum compression and wicks awayperspiration. Wraps around the knee to assist with patellapositioning medially or laterally. May replace patellar taping insome cases. Hand rinse, air dry. Latex free.927335 Black £26.12

Genu Carezza Patella Stabiliser6

The stabiliser keeps the patella in the correct position and preventsthe patella from luxation whilst supporting sensory motor control.Indications: Recurrent luxation of the patella, patello-femoralpain syndrome, after lateral release surgery and femoro-patellarmalalignment.To size measure 15cm below mid patella.09 117 1792 Small 35-38cm £29.9809 117 1800 Medium 38-41cm £29.9809 117 1818 Large 41-44cm £29.9809 117 1826 X-Large 448-48cm £29.98

Knee Saver™7

Repetitive or long term squatting wears down the menisci in theknee, making it more susceptible to tearing. By limiting the rangeof knee flexion, the Knee Saver relieves stress on joints, tendons,and cartilage. Moulded polyurethane foam with an integral skin forextreme durability. Uniquely notched on back to prevent slipping.Widely adjustable elastic straps with hook and loop closureensure a comfortable, secure fit. One size fits all. Latex free.550310 £56.88

1 2

3 4

5 6

7

007_EXPT_0049-0056:007_EXPT_0049-0056 23/11/09 17:24 Page 51


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Knee Immobilisers

1

1

ADJUSTABLE HINGE

THERAPLUS KNEE

ADJUSTABLE KNEE

1

TheraPlus™ Knee and Adjustable Knee Splints

1

Knee and Adjustable Knee Splints are designed to stabilise orincrease knee extension and are easily shaped for a comfortablecustom fit. Malleable aluminium base, sandwiched betweenlayers of soft foam - no exposed metal. The padded soft goodsabsorb moisture, preventing skin maceration. Latex free.Available in two styles:The TheraPlus Knee orthosis can easily be manually adjustedand readjusted. Simply bend the splint with firm effort to desiredposition - no heat or tools necessary. The Adjustable Knee features an infinitely adjustablegoniometer, from 0 to 160º. Hinge is marked in 10º increments to help guide settings.Each splint includes a knee pad (optional to use), an extra set ofwashable soft goods and a laundry bag. Latex free.7761 TheraPlus Knee £160.787762 Adjustable Knee £185.06

KNEE PAD INCLUDED WITHBOTH 7761 AND 7762 FOR

OPTIONAL USE

2

2

Progressive Elbow/Knee Splints Rolyan2

Progressive soft splint provides comfortable positioning withsecure support while gently increasing range of motion.For mild to moderate elbow or knee spasticity following a CVA.Also for contractures resulting from arthritis, dementia,Parkinson’s disease or osteoporosis/osteoarthritis. Soft foamsherpa splint base decreases the risk of skin breakdown. Hand wash, air dry. Fits left or right. For size, measurecircumference of limb 5cm above the elbow or 10cm above the knee. At least 5cm clearance from axillary or groin areais necessary. Splint construction allows trimming lengthapproximately 2.5cm. Cuffs of splint must be long enough tosupport two thirds of the limb. Proximal cuff length refers tonarrowest portion of cuff, to be located in axillary or groin region.Supplied with thermoplastic stay.

ProximalCuff Length

A812410 X-Small Up to 27cm 9.2cm £61.67A812411 Small 27-38cm 10.2cm £81.70A812412 Medium 39-44cm 14.3cm £94.21A812413 Large 45-50cm 16.2cm £128.02A812414 X-Large 51-56cm 20.6cm £171.83

007_EXPT_0049-0056:007_EXPT_0049-0056 23/11/09 17:24 Page 52

3

4

6 7

3

5

53

Orthop

aedics

Knee Immobilisers

18(S) 20(M) 22(L) 24(XL)

46 51 56 61

Sizes Measure aroundthe thigh (cm)

M L XL

51 56 61


Economy Three Panel Knee Immobiliser1

A three panel immobiliser manufactured from a laminate brushedpolyester foam material with 4 removable steel pins with hookand loop fastening.012224 £15.48

Three Panel Knee Immobiliser2

21

Deluxe Three-Panel RolyanKnee Immobiliser

3

Comfortable brushed nylon, foam and flannel cotton material withterry cloth lining. Removable side panels can be easily repositionedfor custom fit. Washable. For size, measure circumference of thigh15cm above the mid-patella. Available in two lengths.Short 51cm Long 61cmA404120 A404125 Small 44.5-54cm £37.42A404121 A404126 Medium 48-60cm £37.42A404122 A404127 Large 54-66cm £37.42

Knee Immobiliser Rolyan4

Comfortable soft material with terry cloth lining. Easy to apply withhook and loop closure. Washable, with removable stays. For size,measure circumference of the thigh 15cm above mid-patella.Short 51cmA404200 Small Up to 36cm £32.42A404201 Medium 36-41cm £32.42A404202 Large 41-46cm £32.42A404203 X-Large 46-48cm £32.42A404208 XX-Large 48-50cm £32.42Long 61cmA404204 Small Up to 36cm £29.75A404205 Medium 36-41cm £29.75A404206 Large 41-46cm £29.75A404207 X-Large 46-48cm £29.75A404209 XX-Large 48-50cm £29.75

Universal Knee Immobiliser Rolyan5

Made from brushed nylon, foam and flannel cotton material.Features removable medial and lateral stays and three posteriorcontoured stays. Universal width adjustments for all sizes bymoving and replacing strap attachments. Length 56cm.A404220 £27.80

Ligaflex Immobiliser7

Three panel immobiliser manufactured from a laminate brushednylon and breathable polyester material, with bound edges and asoft brushed polyester lining for extra comfort. Return hook andloop fastenings and 4 removable steel pins.012225 £19.10

Firm support in extension with 4 adjustable stays. The 3 movable lateral panels ensure that all sizes fit the legcircumferences perfectly.009839 £31.06

S M L

Below 48 48-54 55-62


AquaForm™ Knee Immobiliser Rolyan6

Ideal for use following surgery, fractures and sprains. May alsobe used for arthritis. Pre-cut 3.2mm non-perforated Aquaplast-Tmaterial provides a lightweight brace. For size, measurecircumference at widest point of thigh.A175120 Small 39.4-45.9cm £82.09A175121 Medium 46-53.6cm £82.09A175122 Large 53.7-63.5cm £82.09


MUST BE FITTED BY A CLINICAL PROFESSIONAL


007_EXPT_0049-0056:007_EXPT_0049-0056 23/11/09 17:24 Page 53


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Knee Braces

Adjustable Functional Knee Brace Kinetec1

Suitable for mild to moderate knee instability, this lightweightaluminium frame is easily adjustable to fit the patient for acomfortable brace. Fitted with a polycentric hinge, the AdjustableFunctional Knee Brace is controlled by interchangeable stopswith extension stops (0° to 40° in 10° increments) and flexionstops (0° to 40° in 10° increments), the brace is positioned withfour straps and breathable cotton comfort pads. To size measurethigh circumference, all supports are 40cm long.

Weekender Knee Brace Rolyan2

For mild medial and lateral instability, including ACL/PCL laxity.The brace is lightweight and low profile for enhanced comfort.Convenient adjustment with flexion and extension stops at 0°,15°, 30°, 60°, and 90° - no tools needed. Allows controlledmobility in everyday activities. Not designed for use in contactsports. Cuff lining wicks perspiration from skin. To determine size,measure circumference of thigh 15cm above patella.Left RightA402521 A402522 Small 37-47cm £210.83A402523 A402524 Medium 47-53cm £213.65A402525 A402526 Large 53-60cm £216.65A402527 A402528 X-Large 60-67cm £219.35

Thuasne Evolution ROM3

Hinged knee brace with range of motion control. Limits flexion/extension (0° to 110°). Features four adjustablestraps for an anti-tourniquet effect. Front opening for ease ofapplication with patella opening for centering. Suitable for therelief of cruciate ligament ruptures (functional treatment and after ligamentoplasty), severe lateral ligament sprains, moderate lateral ligament sprains and chronic looseness.012349 £95.52

Genu Arexa4

Provides optimal stabilisation for patients with knee pain withsevere and complex ligament laxatives and/or perception ofinstability. Click-2-Go flexion and extension stops for tool freeROM adjustments, Click-2-Go condyle baskets and widthadaptors. Anatomical strap pad to relief the tibia edge andprevent rotation of the orthosis. Low profile and lightweightdesign. TechnoGel pads for optimal fit and pressure pointapplication. Service friendly strap attachments.Measure around the centre of the knee and 15cm above patellamid line.

09 117 2071 Right Small 32-37cm 39-46cm £292.0709 117 2089 Right Medium 37-41cm 46-53cm £292.0709 117 2097 Right Large 41-46cm 53-61cm £292.0709 117 2105 Left Small 32-37cm 39-46cm £292.0709 117 2113 Left Medium 37-41cm 46-53cm £292.0709 117 2121 Left Large 41-46cm 53-61cm £292.07

BA

1 2

3 4

Left Right Size ThighCircumference

09 116 0894 09 116 0944 Small Up to 44cm

09 116 0902 09 116 0951 Medium 44-48cm

09 116 0910 09 116 0969 Large 49-53cm

09 116 0928 09 116 0977 X-Large 54-61cm

09 116 0936 09 116 0985 XX-Large Over 61cm

Specifications

1 2 3 4 5 6

31-33 34-36 37-39 40-42 43-45 46-48


S M L XL XXL

Knee Joint 32-37 37-41 41-46 46-50 50-56

Above Patella 39-46 46-53 53-61 61-69 69-79

Sizes Measure around theknee and thigh (cm)

A

B


007_EXPT_0049-0056:007_EXPT_0049-0056 23/11/09 17:24 Page 54

55

Orthop

aedics

Knee Braces

Push® Ortho Knee Brace ACL4

A customised fit and maximum comfort together in one concept:Push ACL’s construction makes for effective support and easy,no-hassle use. The functional frame consists of two stays that are connected by two shells at the front and four bandages straps at the back.The leaf spring system in the stays guides the flexion andextension of the knee and provides medial and lateral stability.Since there are no axles in the leaf spring system that can affect or influence motion, the knee can follow its natural patternof movement. This is closely and automatically followed by the brace, which also helps ensure that the brace stays properlypositioned. To size measure around the knee below patella.09 118 8986 Size 1 28-31cm Left £377.4409 118 8978 Size 2 31-34cm Left £377.4409 118 9075 Size 3 34-37cm Left £377.4409 118 6642 Size 4 37-41cm Left £377.4409 119 1238 Size 5 41-45cm Left £377.4409 117 1545 Size 1 28-31cm Right £377.4409 117 1560 Size 2 31-34cm Right £377.4409 117 1578 Size 3 34-37cm Right £377.4409 117 1586 Size 4 37-41cm Right £377.4409 117 1594 Size 5 41-45cm Right £377.44

Thuasne Genu Pro Control Classic1

Effective patented physiological hinge, comfortable aluminiumstructure and patented tibial support strap. The hinge can beadjusted without tools which allows you to restrict movement andcan also be changed into an immobilisation splint. A comfortablefrontal position for good distribution of stress and anti tourniquetstrap system at the calf. The patented tibial strap compensatesfor an ACL deficiency and prevents a forward draw movement.Indications: - Knee Joint Instability after injuries to ACL, PCL,MCL, LCL. - Following ligament and miniscus surgery - Arthritisof the knee joint - Functional therapy of knee injuries.Measure around the: knee width, the calf 15cm below the patella,and thigh circumference.017027 £173.54

1

3

2

4

1 2 3 4 5

Knee Joint 10-11 11-12 12-13 13-14 14-15

Calf 25-33 33-38 38-43 39-44 43-48

Thigh 30-43 38-51 46-58 53-69 61-76

Sizes Measure around theknee, calf and thigh (cm)

Donjoy Legend2

This is a strong and low profile brace in the off-the-shelf market.Ideal for moderate to severe ACL and/or PCL, MCL and LCLinstabilities. The brace features a non-chip outer covering whichis also safe for salt-and freshwater activities.018608L Left 018608R Right £451.35

XS S M L XL XXL XXXL

33-39 39-47 47-53 53-60 60-67 67-75 75-82


Donjoy Armor3

Lightweight and low profile brace, Includes patented 4 points of leverage along with anti migration supra condyle pad.Mouldable aluminium frame for custom fit. Excellent for mild to severe ACL, PCL, MCL and LCL instabilities, with ACL, PCLand CI versions available.018567 £497.25

XS S M L XL XXL XXXL

33-39 39-47 47-53 53-60 60-67 67-75 75-82


1 2 3 4 5

28-31 31-34 34-37 37-41 41-45


INFORMATIONPlease state required size and left or right when ordering.


007_EXPT_0049-0056:007_EXPT_0049-0056 23/11/09 17:24 Page 55


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Knee Braces

1

3

2 Thuasne Ligaflex Post-Op1

An adjustable monocentric hinge - restriction of movements andlocking in extension. Condylar pads provide comfort for the kneeand four support straps hold it securely in place. Pliable lateralreinforcements for better fit. Removable staysThe Ligaflex Post-Op is designed for: • Cruciate ligament rupture before and after surgery

• Severe and moderate sprains of the lateral ligaments

017028 Hand - No Zip Double 14.5cm £74.16

Knee Ranger II Rolyan2

For post-operative immobilisation with protected range of motion.The brace has dual axis polycentric hinges. Convenient adjustmentwith flexion and extension stops at 0°, 15°, 30°, 60°, and 90° - no toolsneeded. One size fits most adults. Excess strap and liner length canbe trimmed if necessary. A402550 Short 43cm Long £100.71A402551 Long 66cm Long £113.80

Regain Knee Brace3

A knee brace designed to control and regulate knee motion and to avoid excessive and harmful movements. Can be used as a post-operative knee brace or supporting aid in some kneepathologies that do not require surgery. Regain has two lateralhinges, which allows easy adjustment of both extension and flexion.Stops can be made from 0° to 80° extension and 0° to 120° flexion.Made from comfortable foam padding with a double lining. Bothhinge and foam can be trimmed if required. Available in two lengths.Washable at 30° in soapy water.

Hinge Length Total Length

AA9254A Short 55cm 57cm £88.27AA9254B Long 65cm 75cm £96.72

C.H.E.C.K.™4

Comfortable, Hyper, Extension, Control, Knee. The way C.H.E.C.K.brace contours to the shape and moves naturally with the leg, its superior lightweight (less than 0.4kg), and its unique strappingmechanism combine to provide effective hyper-extension controlfor the knee. Reduced force on the tibia and thigh, free flexionmovement and low profile make it as brace that is well toleratedby the patient. Indications; genu recurvatum, unstable kneecaused by laxity of the ligaments, mild valgus instability, mildvarus instability and neurological function impairment (post CVA).One size fits knee widths 9 to 15cm. Total length 45cm.AA9256 £182.17

4

007_EXPT_0049-0056:007_EXPT_0049-0056 23/11/09 17:24 Page 56


Orthop

aedics

Thigh, Calf & Shin

Vulkan Calf & Shin Support1

A one-piece neoprene support that provides support andcompression to the calf, shin and Achilles.006823 £15.17

1

2 3

4 5

S M L XL

30-34 34-38 38-42 42-46


Vulkan AE Calf & Shin2

Closed heel and open toe design to provide support andcompression to the calf, shin and achilles. Provides firm supportof the lower leg to improve blood circulation. Comfortable andeasy to wear.3114 £8.93

S M L

Below 25 26-28.5 28.5-31


Mueller® Shin Splint Compression Sleeve3

Sleeve provides gentle compression and firmly supports thelower leg muscles and soft tissue. Two foam core straps act asshock absorbers and help maintain proper position. Easilyadjustable. Can be worn under athletic socks.018570 White £24.20

M L

28-40 40-51


Neo-G Calf Support Rolyan4

Used to ease muscle pulls and protection against injury. Applies variable compression and warmth. Wrap around calf and fasten all straps. Universal size.09 116 0662 £10.15

Neo-G Thigh and Hamstring Support Rolyan5

Used for warmth and to ease variable muscle stress damage.The support applies warmth and variable compression. Wrap around thigh and fasten all straps. Universal size.09 116 0654 £11.34

INFORMATIONFor our complete range of Vulkan supports, please see pages 2 to 5.


008_EXPT_0057-0064:008_EXPT_0057-0064 23/11/09 17:24 Page 57


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Ankle Supports

3

21

4 5

Thermoskin™ Ankle Wrap2

Ideal for arthritis, sprains, and ligament damage in the post-trauma rehabilitation phase. Hook and loop closure providesease of application and adjustment to reduce swelling. Trioxonlining alleviates skin irritations, allows skin to ventilate, increasescirculation, and provides long term comfort for the wearer.929117 X-Small 21-22cm £15.34929118 Small 22-24cm £15.34929119 Medium 24-25.5cm £15.34929120 Large 25.5-26.5cm £15.34929121 X-Large 26.5-28cm £15.34929122 XX-Large 28-29cm £15.34

Neo-G Ankle Support Rolyan1

Used for sprains and stressed ankles applies variable levels ofcompression and warmth. Insert foot into strap with the productlogo at the top of the ankle then wrap the fastening strap underthe foot and fasten on the top of the foot, then wrap the straparound the ankle and fasten. One size. Fits left or right.09 116 2056 £11.34

Vulkan Elasticated Ankle Support3

A unique two way stretch material that provides effective supportand compression. Ideal for small amounts of swelling anddiscomfort surround the ankle immediately after twist or sprain.003878 £4.36

TakeOff™ Ankle Protec™ Wrap Rolyan5

For mild ankle sprains. The Fabrifoam material helps reduceslipping and provides soft compression and support for a comfortable fit. Designed to fit in most shoes. One size fits mostadults and shoe sizes. Colours may vary.A808450 £21.60

76

Hot/Cold Therapy Ankle/Elbow Wrap Rolyan6

Recommended following surgery and to relieve muscle achesand sprains for cost effective post-op cold therapy. Available inneoprene wraps for compression and foam wraps for economy.Use as a hot pack - simply microwave or heat in boiling water - non toxic. The benefits of ice in an application system that iscomfortable and well tolerated. When the pack freezes, icecrystals form around internal soft polymer crystal granules. In addition the ice pack does not go solid when frozen so is able to conform to body parts. One size fits most adults. Kit includes two FIRST+ICE packs and wrap. 559406 Neoprene Kit £52.69559407 Neoprene Wrap - Only £32.72559422 Foam Kit £35.11559409 Foam Wrap - Only £26.88

Bariatric X-Tend Ankle Support7

Designed for those of larger stature. Soft nylon lined neopreneankle support with latex free straps. The device fits either foot.Providing excellent support, flexibility, warmth and comfort all inone item the support is fully adjustable with hook and loopfastening. Wash in cold water by hand using mild soap. Wrap in towel and blot to remove excess moisture and air dry away from heat and sunlight. To size measure anklecircumference. Fits between 35.5cm and 51cm.09 117 1453 £15.90

S M L

19-22 22-25 25-28


Elasticated Ankle4

A comfortable and soft ankle support which is worn in a figure of8 style. Ideal for minor ankle injuries.011540 £9.36

S M L

42-48 49-54 55-60



008_EXPT_0057-0064:008_EXPT_0057-0064 23/11/09 17:25 Page 58


Ankle Supports

1

32

54

Vulkan SI Ankle Support1

The unique silicon around the contours of the tibia, fibula and talusand the lateral and medical ligaments provides compression,support and confidence. Ideal for those common ankle sprainswhere the ligaments connecting the ankle are stretched or torn.3116 £14.96

INFORMATIONFor more Vulkan products, please see pages 2 to 5.

S M L

20-24 25-29 30-34


Vulkan AE Ankle Support2

Closed heel design and comfort during movement. Ideal forweak ankles and slight strains of the tendons and ligaments.Provides effective support and compression. Unique antibacterialmaterial ensures support stays odour free.3112 £7.35

S M L

21-23 23.5-26 26-30


Vulkan Neoprene Ankle3

This neoprene support provides compression, warmth andsupport to injured ankles. The composition allows the skin tobreathe easily.003891 £8.35

XS S M L XL

16-19 19-22 22-25 25-28 28-31


Vulkan Ankle Strap4

For use prophylactically or post injury, the Vulkan Ankle Strapgives increased compression by way of an easy fit design figureof 8 strap. Spiral stays and a stabiliser help provide firm support.006840 Left £14.49014720 Right £14.49

S M L

19-22 22-25 25-28


Vulkan Ankle Wrap5

For ankle injuries, such as minor pain, stiffness and bruising, theVulkan Ankle Wrap is an ideal support for the ankle. It is designedto provide firm support following an ankle injury. One size fits all.017670 £3.68

Orthop

aedics

008_EXPT_0057-0064:008_EXPT_0057-0064 23/11/09 17:25 Page 59

• Minimises inversion and eversion without restricting plantarflexion and dorsiflexion

Fits left or right foot. Size is determined by shoe size. Without With UK Shoe SizeStrap Figure 8 Strap Womens MensA808250 A808255 X-Small 5 51/2

A808251 A808256 Small 51/2-7 6-8A808252 A808257 Medium 71/2-9 81/2-10A808253 A808258 Large 91/2-11 101/2-12A808254 A808259 X-Large 11+ 12+£31.24 £32.49


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Ankle Supports

Push® Med Ankle Brace1

The Push® Med Ankle Brace provides for long term support of the ankle joint and can be used for a wide range of cases andconditions. The brace is based on the principle of the functionaltape bandage. The degree of pressure and pronation/supinationlimits is adjustable and a silicone application ensures goodposition retention. Specify required size when ordering.014029 Left or right £69.85

1 2 3 4 5

26-29 29-32 32-35 35-38 38-41

Sizes Measure circumferenceof foot (cm)

Thuasne Ankle Sport Strap 2

Ankle strapping is intended to strengthen the internal and externallateral ligaments, which hold the tibio-fibular mortise in place. The flexible straps are fitted beneath the heel, in the direction of thejoint, and push from the bottom to the top, thus locking the Tenon’scapsule (talus) and mortise (tibio-fibular). Lateral movements arethus prohibited. Movements involving flexion-extension remainintact. Specify required size when ordering.010510 Left or right £22.22

S M L XL

24-27 27.5-31 34.5-36.5 37-42


Mueller® High Performance ATF3

A light and extremely strong brace with a vertical stretch elasticover the Achilles tendon for complete plantar and dorsal flexion.An inner ATF strap provides excellent ligament protection.Specify left or right and required size when ordering.002743 Left or right £25.56

XXS XS S M L XL

3-4 5-6 6-8 8-10 10-12 12-14

Sizes

S M L XL

4-6 7-8 8-9 10-11

Sizes

Mueller® Soccer Ankle4

The Mueller® Soccer Ankle is reinforced with a supportive steelspring to protect against inversion sprains. High front cut andnarrow bottom allow more foot movement. Full back elasticachilles tendon comfort. Specify required size when ordering.Measure by UK shoe size. £25.56

XS S M L XL

5-6 6-8 8-10 10-12 12-14

010852 010855 010854 010853 010851

Sizes

Swede-O AnkleLok®5

Swede-O AnkleLok®, designed for lateral instability, theelasticated back allows for unrestricted blood flow to the achillestendon and the short curved arch allows full range of motion.This is a favourite with netball, hockey, basket ball and cricketplayers. Plastic inserts are included. Available in black or white.002002 Measure by UK shoe size £24.44

1

3

4

2

5 6

TakeOff™ Sprint Brace6

008_EXPT_0057-0064:008_EXPT_0057-0064 23/11/09 17:25 Page 60


Orthop

aedics

Ankle Supports

S M L

up to 6 6-8 9-12

Sizes

Push® Aequi Ankle Brace1

The unique feature of Push® Aequi is that it only contains rigidmaterial on one side (the medial). By using stiffening in this way,Push® Aequi provides the best possible level of stabilisationwithout inhibiting freedom of movement. With it’s one-sidedstiffening, the Push® Aequi assures highly efficient inhibition of the inversion/eversion movement, leaving adequate freedomfor plantar/dorsiflexion.Measure around widest part between heel and top of foot.Right09 119 1204 Small Size 1 27-31cm £52.9409 119 1261 Medium Size 2 31-34cm £52.9409 119 1303 Large Size 3 34-40cm £52.94Left09 119 1311 Small Size 1 27-31cm £52.9409 119 1329 Medium Size 2 31-34cm £52.9409 119 1337 Large Size 3 34-40cm £52.94

Aircast Airsport Ankle Brace2

Designed for athletes or chronic sufferers of ankle sprains.Combines the proven air stirrup features with the unique step in design. ATF (Anterior Talo Fibular) ligament cross strap forankle stabilisation. Specify left or right when ordering.010421 Measure by UK shoe size £46.80

Aircast Airheel3

A new modality for dynamic, functional treatment of AchillesTendonitis. Intermittent compression through air-cell under thePlantar arch, interacting with air-cell surrounding the Achillestendon arch. Pulsating compression helps minimise swelling.017423 Measure in shoe size £40.95

Fits left or right

1 2

3

4 5

S M L

6 6-8 8


Dynastab Dual Ankle Brace4

The Dynastab Dual Ankle Brace provides optimum stabilisationof the ankle joint thanks to rigid lateral reinforcements and therigid strap to optimise their action. Lace-up fastening support,improved anatomical shape and an additional finger loop tomake the Dynastab easier to pull on. The use of a 3D weavematerial has been used to add greater wearer comfort.017185 £34.32

1 2 3

27-30 31-36 37-42


ASO Ankle Brace5

Manufactured from strong nylon with polyester cotton laces anda neoprene tongue to fit easily into an athletic or regular shoe.Stabilising straps mirror the technique of an athletic tapingapplication and removable plastic stays provide extra stabilitywhen required. Helps to prevent inversion/eversion injuries whilstallowing plantar flexion.012643 Fits left and right foot £36.74

XS S M L XL XXL

25-27.5 27.5-30 30-32.5 32.5-35 35-37.5 37.5-40

Sizes Measure around the ankle (cm)


008_EXPT_0057-0064:008_EXPT_0057-0064 23/11/09 17:25 Page 61


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Ankle Stabilisers

Surround™ Ankle Support with Air1

Ankle brace injection moulded shell and a soft foam heel pad.Two full length pre-inflated chambers lined with soft foam.Soft, plush liner covers exterior of bladders to help reduceswelling and enhance circulation. Air valve allows adjustment ofair when desired. Indications: acute ankle sprains and strains,chronic ankle instabilities and prophylactic use. Height 25cm.AA9272L Left £30.29AA9272R Right £30.29

Surround™ Ankle Support with Gel2

Ankle brace with rigid thermoplastic shell with adjustable heelstrap to prevent inversion/eversion. Two full length air and gelfilled bladders can be removed and cooled before application if desired. Indications: Ideal to treat tender or swollen ankles.Universal size. Height 24cm.AA9274 £37.24

Sprint Ankle Stabiliser3

Designed to support and protect unstable or injured ankles, thedual chamber design combines lightweight gel/air and closedcell foam materials for maximum support, compression and coldtherapy. A pre-inflated upper air bladder, adjustable heel pad,vertical side straps and swivel straps provide easy applicationand proper fit, with a lightweight anatomically contoureduniversal shell to conform to the ankle with minimal bulk in the shoe. One size fits most.012350 25cm £21.16

Aircast Air Stirrup4

The Aircast Standard is suitable for acute conditions, ideal forinversion and eversion control. Indicated for moderate to severesprains & malleolar fractures. One size fits most.001220 Left or Right £40.95

1 2

3 4

5 6

Economy Ankle Support5A lightweight ankle support designed to support and protectunstable or injured ankles. The shells are made from ABSmoulded plastic and filled with an ankle shaped memory foam to reduce pressure. The straps have a hook and loop closure. One size fits all.AA9266 £9.59

Ankle Support6A lightweight ankle support designed to support and protectunstable or injured ankles. The shells are made from polypropylenemoulded plastic and are filled with soft felt fabric for extracomfort. Adjustable heel pad and straps allows for easyapplication and proper fit. The straps have a hook and loop closure. One size fits all.AA9267 £11.66

BESTSELLER

008_EXPT_0057-0064:008_EXPT_0057-0064 23/11/09 17:25 Page 62


Orthop

aedics

Ankle & Foot Supports

Extra Strong Ankle Foot Orthosis1

A low profile prefabricated AFO, notable for its lightweight andeffective function. It provides dorsiflexion assistance and lateralstability for the ankle/foot area. The low arch and open heel giveit a streamlined profile that fits easily into any shoe. Left Right Height UK Shoe SizeAA92013A AA92014A Small 26cm 3-7 £37.49AA92013B AA92014B Medium 29cm 8-11 £37.49AA92013C AA92014C Large 34cm 8-11 £37.49AA92013D AA92014D X-Large 39cm 11+ £37.49

Posterior Leaf Splint Rolyan4

Multipurpose splint for semi-rigid support. Lightweight splintpromotes dorsiflexion in flaccid extremities. Minor modificationscan be made with a heat gun. Includes 5cm Super Strap.

Total Foot UK Left Right Length Length Shoe SizeA368LS A368RS Small 47cm 16cm 4-51/2 £38.76A368LM A368RM Medium 49.5cm 18cm 6-8 £38.76A368LL A368RL Large 52.1cm 20cm 8-91/2 £38.76A368LX A368RX X-Large 55cm 22cm 10-131/2 £38.76

AFO PLS5

• Vacuum formed polypropylene structure• Narrow calf section for more flexibility• Maybe heat moulded to fit• Specify left or right012883 £33.08

Extra Flex™ PLS Rolyan3

Flexible posterior leaf splint promotes dorsiflexion with a shorterfoot plate and smaller calf cuff than the Rolyan Posterior LeafSplint. This PLS is less rigid but will fit a more diverse population.Includes a 5cm Super Strap. Left Right UK Shoe SizeA369LS A369RS Small 2-5 £27.35A369LM A369RM Medium 6-8 £27.35A369LL A369RL Large 7-9 £27.35A369LX A369RX X-Large 10-12 £27.35

Ankle Foot Orthosis Rolyan2

Lightweight orthosis promotes dorsiflexion. Provides slight medialand lateral support for unstable ankles and greater rigidity toresist mild extensor spasticity. Larger foot plate gives moresupport to the forefoot. Minor modifications can be made withheat gun. Includes 5cm Super Strap. Fit according to shoe size. Left Right UK Shoe SizeA508LS A508RS Small 2-5 £40.01A508LM A508RM Medium 6-8 £40.01A508LL A508RL Large 7-9 £40.01Replacement Strap Strap LengthA315S 41cm £5.55A315M 46cm £5.55A315L 48cm £5.55

1

65

432

S M L

Shoe Size 2.5-6 7-9 7.5-12

Height 32cm 35cm 37cm

Sizes

Leg and Foot Orthosis6

• Vacuum formed polypropylene structure• Padded velcro structure• Broader contours for improved control of ankle and foot• Maybe heat moulded to fit• Specify left or right

012884 £33.08

S M L XL

Shoe Size 2.5-6 7-9 9.5-11 11+

Height 34cm 36cm 39cm 41cm

Sizes


008_EXPT_0057-0064:008_EXPT_0057-0064 23/11/09 17:25 Page 63


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Ankle & Foot Supports

1 2

3 3

3 4

Dyna Ankle1

The Dyna Ankle orthosis places the foot in moderate pronationand dorsiflexion. The dynamic restraint limits plantar flexion andsupination while preserving the range of motion in pronation anddorsiflexion. Positioning the orthosis with the dynamic strapprovides relief of the anterior talofibular ligament. The trimlinesand straps are positioned to leave the outer ankle free, avoidingpressure points, allowing immediate application of the orthosisfollowing injury. The Dyna Ankle is generally worn both day andnight for stability for 6 weeks and is removed only for bathing.The orthosis is waterproof and easy to clean and care for.Euro shoe sizes.09 117 4200 Left Small 35-37 £78.0709 117 4218 Left Medium 37-39 £78.0709 117 4226 Left Large 39-41 £78.0709 117 4234 Right Small 35-37 £78.0709 117 4242 Right Medium 37-39 £78.0709 117 4259 Right Large 39-41 £78.07

Walk On®2

Made from carbon, the Walk On® is especially designed for useby active patients with weak dorsiflexion or paralysis. It flexiblyand passively limits plantar flexion and ensures dynamic footrepositioning. The orthosis is made of carbon and is thereforevery stable with high energy return and simultaneously lowweight. The flexible elements in the anterior foot area and theheel make a dynamic physiological gait pattern possible for yourcustomer, both on even and uneven surfaces. The calf sectioncan be tailored, with the pliable thermoplastic calf section, and therefore optimally adapted to the individual requirements of the user. Euro shoe sizes.

Height09 117 4267 Left Small 36-39 35cm £328.1809 117 4275 Left Medium 39-42 36cm £328.1809 117 4283 Left Large 42-45 37cm £328.1809 117 4291 Left X-Large 45-48 39cm £328.1809 117 4309 Right Small 36-39 35cm £328.1809 117 4317 Right Medium 39-42 36cm £328.1809 117 4325 Right Large 42-45 37cm £328.1809 117 4333 Right X-Large 45-48 39cm £328.18

ToeOff™ Dynamic Drop-Foot Orthosis3

ToeOFF is a lightweight carbon reinforced rehabilitation gait orthosisfor the lower extremity. It is worn on the anterior aspect of the leg,bridging the ankle and preventing plantar flexion. The orthosis isdesigned to absorb the force at heel strike, and to support theaction of toe-off, thus achieving a more normal and dynamic gait.The name ToeOFF relates to the ‘push’ the patient gets at toe-offphase as the orthosis dynamically ‘unloads’ stored energy to assistwith propulsion. Indications; Foot drop resulting from neurologicalconditions, instability of the ankle. Available in the UK only.Left Right Length HeightAA9257A AA9258A X-Small 21cm 36cm £332.90AA9257B AA9258B Small 23cm 38cm £332.90AA9257C AA9258C Medium 24.5cm 40.5cm £332.90AA9257D AA9258D Large 27cm 43cm £332.90

ToeOFF™ SoftKIT4

The ToeOFF orthosis should be padded on the inside towardsthe tibia crest. The SoftKIT is a padding system that includes two narrow neoprene pads that create a pressure-free channel to help relieve any potential discomfort to bony prominences.Available in the UK only.AA9259E Small - Fits X-Small Orthosis £26.29AA9259F Medium £26.29AA9259G Large £28.53

008_EXPT_0057-0064:008_EXPT_0057-0064 23/11/09 17:25 Page 64


Orthop

aedics

Foot Splints

Hallufix® Bunion Protector1

1

1

2

3

Hallux valgus is a deformity of the big toe which produces aswelling of the bunion on the inside of the foot. It is a conditionwhich frequently troubles many women even at a young age. At first, the deformity is viewed as merely a cosmetic problem,whereas the painful symptoms due to the developing arthritisfrequently occur only in later years. Hallufix delays the developmentof this condition and assists with the reduction of pain.09 120 1706 £30.2309 120 1995 Replacemet strap set £15.52

Hallufix® Splayfoot Insole with Mobile Pelotte2

Get the lift that you need whilst walking. The stable SplayfootInsole is hard wearing, yet very sleek and fits in almost any kindof shoe. The advantage of the Splayfoot Insole is its mobilepelotte. It can be positioned individually and optimally adjustedto the shape of your foot. The hook-and-loop fastener holds thepelotte securely in place while walking. The Hallufix SplayfootInsole is a breathable device and supports the transverse arch.Area of use: Splayfoot, Metatarsalgia (inflammation of themetatarsal joints), claw and hammer toes. UK shoe size.09 118 6857 Size 31/2-4 £11.9409 118 6865 Size 5-6 £11.9409 118 6766 Size 61/2-7 £11.94

Hallufix® Mid-foot Brace with Pelotte3

A specifically designed fixation system provides for customisedadjustment of the mid-foot brace with pelotte. It can be wornright or left and fits all foot sizes.The breathable mid-foot brace with polette provides relief of painin Splayfoot and Hallux Valgus. The non-traction materialstabilises and supports the mid-foot with two functions: it lifts thetransverse arch and brings the mid-foot into its optimal position.Area of use: Splayfoot, Hallux Valgus, Metatarsalgia(inflammation of the metatarsal joints), mid-foot inflammationsand fractures. One size.09 118 6782 £16.85

NEW

NEW

009_EXPT_0065-0072:009_EXPT_0065-0072 23/11/09 17:25 Page 65


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Foot Supports

1 Cambion® Full Length Insoles1

Offer shock, torque and shear absorbancy. Can be trimmed.Sold in pairs. Latex Free. UK shoe sizing.09 117 4036 Size B 4-6 £13.3509 117 4044 Size C 7-9 £13.3509 117 4051 Size D 10-12 £13.35

Cambion® Half Length Insoles2

Provide support and cushion with a 4° posting to correct pronation.Sold in pairs. Latex Free. UK shoe sizing.09 117 4077 Size B 4-6 £10.1709 117 4085 Size C 7-9 £10.1709 117 4093 Size D 10-12 £10.17

2 3

4 5

Cambion® Heel Pads3

Help relieve direct pressure in heel spur/bursa area. Can be usedto help relieve plantar fasciitis. Sold in pairs. UK shoe sizing.09 116 1207 Size B 4-6 £7.9009 116 1215 Size C 7-9 £7.9009 116 1223 Size D 10-12 £7.90

Cambion® Heel Spur Pads4

Help relieve direct pressure in heel spur/bursa area. Can be used to help relieve plantar fasciitis. Sold in pairs. Latex free. UK shoe sizing.09 117 4119 Size B 4-6 £8.8109 117 4127 Size C 7-9 £8.8109 117 4135 Size D 10-12 £8.81

Cambion® Heel Lifts5

The Heel Lifts provide concentrated shock absorption in a heel-size insert. Sold in pairs. Latex free. UK shoe sizing.09 117 4150 Size B 4-6 £4.4909 117 4168 Size C 7-9 £4.4909 117 4176 Size D 10-12 £4.49

Full Length Insole6

Ideal as a replacement insole in shoes that have removableinsoles. Provides relief for heel, arch and forefoot problems.The insole’s dual formulation absorbs shock under high-pressureareas while supporting surrounding tissue. Multiple ventsenhance air circulation.

UK Shoe SizeAA92009 Small 4-6 £27.86AA920010 Medium 6-8 £27.86AA920011 Large 8-10 £27.86AA920012 X-Large 10-12 £27.86

Gel Metatarsal Pad with Toe Spreader7

Anatomically designed for comfort and protection of metatarsalheads. The pad helps reduce pain and burning sensations undermetatarsal heads that cause discomfort. Ideal for conditionssuch as Fat Pad Atrophy. Metatarsalgia, Morton’s Neuroma, etc.AA920013 Small - Medium £8.33AA920014 Large - X-Large £8.33

Gel Heel Cups8

To comfort heel pain. The heel cups absorb shock and cushionpainful heels for immediate relief. Recommended for treatment ofheel spurs or plantar fasciitis. They reduce tension on the achillestendon and support the longitudinal arch. Made from silicone gel.Supplied as a pair.

UK Shoe SizeAA9284A Ladies 3-7 £7.57AA9284B Ladies 7+ / Mens 7-10 £7.93AA9284C Mens 11+ £8.26

6 7

8

009_EXPT_0065-0072:009_EXPT_0065-0072 23/11/09 17:26 Page 66


Foot Supports

1

2 3

Darco™ Toe Alignment Splint1

An elastic metatarsal band with soft toe straps and hook & loopclosures. Obtains high quality post-operative alignment of thetoes during the healing process. Ideal for Hallux valgus, hammertoes and Tailors bunion. 012756 One size fits most £9.58

Hallux Valgus Combo ComforT2

The strap pulls the toes to the correct position and relieves thepain that can be caused by hallux valgus. The splint can be wornduring day or night. Universal size. Specify left or right.09 117 3954 Left £15.7909 118 9083 Right £15.79

Hallux Valgus Night Splint3

Completely immobilises the Hallux Valgus for uninterruptedhealing. The splint provides adjustable varus valgus positioningcontrol to maintain ideal Hallux and metatarsal phalangealalignment. Specify left or right.017550 Measure in shoe size £11.52

Orthop

aedics

4

Bunion Splint Rolyan4

To help reduce pain following bunionectomy by positioning the big toe in proper alignment and to help prevent deformity. Made from soft fabrifoam material for enhanced comfort. The slip-resistant material keeps the support in position. For additional support, choose the Deluxe Bunion Splint with a 1.6mm Aquaplast stay that can be customised easily for anintimate fit to the foot. One size fits most adults.LeftA730101 Bunion Splint £18.16A730103 Deluxe Bunion Splint £22.13RightA730100 Bunion Splint £18.16A730102 Deluxe Bunion Splint £22.13

5

3PP™ Toe Loop®5

The unique cushioning and grip of the foam-lined material makesthese straps ideal for repositioning the toes. The loop and strapdesign secures two or more toes together to stabilise fracturesand de-rotate toes that turn under. The Loop cushions thedorsum of the toe and helps straighten hammertoes and clawtoes. Available in two sizes the narrow Loop fits smaller toes andthe wide Loop fits the big toes.

09 116 0878 Narrow 1.5 x 7.6cm Pack of 5 £11.98

09 116 0886 Wide 4 x 10cm Pack of 5 £14.55


09 116 7642 Wide 4 x 10cm Pack of 25 £68.29B

A

B

A

A

B

M L XL

3-4 4.5-7 7.5-12

Sizes

009_EXPT_0065-0072:009_EXPT_0065-0072 23/11/09 17:26 Page 67


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Foot Supports & Night Splints

1 The Strassburg Sock1

It is a safe, comfortable, simple and highly effective product forthe treatment of plantar fasciitis heel pain. It consists of a tubularknit material that fits over the calf with two adjustable straps tohelp maintain the foot in a neutral to slightly stretched position.018542 £38.58

Regular Large

Up to 41 41-53


Plantar Fasciitis Night Splint Rolyan3

To be worn at night for relief from pain associated with plantafasciitis. Hinge is positioned with attached hook material to alignappropriately with the ankle joint. The hinge can be adjusted totolerated level of dorsiflection or plantar flexion (-10°, -5°, 0°, +5°).There is no exposed hardware to restrict movement for acomfortable night’s sleep. Includes metatarsal pad, which can bepositioned as appropriate. One size fits most adults; fabric splintcan be trimmed. Fits both right and left.A634500 £90.34

Plantar Fasciitis Splint4

Eliminates or reduces plantar fasciitis pain by preventing plantarflexion and accompanying muscle tightening while sleeping.Foot plate holds foot in 0-15° dorsiflexion. Strap at instep ensuresproper foot position in splint. Optional scaphoid pad forlongitudinal arch and MTP extension wedge included. Latex free.

Size UK Mens UK Womens791801 Small/Medium 51/2-61/2 31/2-71/2 £48.53791802 Medium/Large 71/2-111/2 71/2-111/2 £48.53

Plantar FXT Night Brace2

The adjustable D-ring strap pulls the toes to stretch the plantarfascia to assist in healing. Thermoskin’s patented Trioxon® liningmaintains elevated skin temperature and allows skin to ventilatefor long-term user comfort. Latex free.

UK Shoe Size09 116 1157 Small-Medium 4-6 £31.6909 116 1165 Medium 7-9 £31.6909 116 1173 Large 9+ £31.69

32

4

009_EXPT_0065-0072:009_EXPT_0065-0072 23/11/09 17:26 Page 68


Orthop

aedics

Night Splints

3

Demi Boot AFO3

Lightweight AFO helps treat pressure ulcers, ankle contracturesand foot drop. Lining wicks away moisture. Locking, adjustablehydro-cushion provides 100% pressure relief at the heel forbedridden patient with soft-flow gel. Unique, adjustablecompression leg strap for secure, custom fit. “Cut to View” windowallows caregiver to view exact location of patient’s heel for properplacement and greater air transmission. Includes removable,cushioned anti-rotation bar. Machine washable. Optional Flat orRocker Sole for transfers and ambulation. Latex free.

Size Maximum Foot Length55232501 Small 23cm £97.6655232502 Medium 25cm £97.6655232503 Large 28cm £97.6655232504 X-Large 30.5cm £97.66

Comfy Boot4

For treatment of plantar flexion contractures, foot drop, andinternal/external hip rotation. Resilient plantar surface resistsplantar flexion. Heel is elevated by shape of orthotic as well asthe soft fleece cover in order to prevent/aid in the treatment ofpressure areas. Universal sizing. Includes washable one-piecefleece cover and anti-rotation bar.927249 £77.63

4

INFORMATIONFor the complete range of Darco products see pages 73 to 79.

21Universal Night Splint1

Designed to provide relief from pain and discomfort of plantarfasciitis and achilles tendonitis. Adjustable side straps allowapplication of consistent stretch to the plantar fascia. Lightweightand low profile design with padded liner for patient comfort whilesleeping. Slip resistant sole for greater patient safety whilsttransferring. This will fit both the left and right foot. 017170S Small Up to UK size 41/2 £46.35017170M Medium UK size 5-8 £46.35017170L Large UK size 81/2-11 £46.35

Darco™ Night Splint2

The new Darco Pneumatic Night Splint is designed to supportand protect the foot and ankle comfortably while providing avariable dorsi flexion adjustment. Features include: Pneumaticdorsi flexion bladder provides infinite angle adjustment. TerryCloth lining is all natural, comfortable and moisture absorbent.Non slip tread on the sole. Lightweight.016371 Measure in shoe size £30.87

S M L XL

Up to 4.5 5-8 8.5-11 11+

Sizes

009_EXPT_0065-0072:009_EXPT_0065-0072 23/11/09 17:27 Page 69


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Lower Extremity Positioning

1

2

3

4 4

Comfi-Boot™ Foot Orthosis Rolyan1

Helps protect the heel from ulceration and maintains correctpositioning of the ankle and foot. Open design prevents heelfrom touching base and allows air circulation at the heel andankle. Soft fleece lining. Open-cell foam pad will not bottom out.Can also be used to help prevent hip rotation. Not for ambulation.Machine wash, air dry. One size fits most adults.A2001 £31.74

Anterior AFO Pre-Cut RolyanSplint Blank

2

Helps control foot drop during ambulation. Can be custom fitted in minutes making it more economical than customisedhigh-temperature orthoses. Eliminates pressure on malleoli.Anterior style accommodates shoes more easily than standardposterior AFOs. Fit according to shoe size.Pre-Cut Only

Ladies UK Size 4-9, Mens UK Size 6-8.A156100 Small/Medium 3.2mm Aquaplast-T £17.85

Ladies UK Size 9-11, Mens UK Size 8-12.A156101 Large 3.2mm Aquaplast-T £17.85

Kit includes two self-adhesive straps and Plastazote paddingmaterial for customised padding.

Ladies UK Size 4-9, Mens UK Size 6-8.A156104 Small/Medium 3.2mm Aquaplast-T £23.37A156106 Small/Medium 3.2mm San-Splint £25.75

Ladies UK Size 9-11, Mens UK Size 8-12.A156105 Large 3.2mm Aquaplast-T £23.37A156107 Large 3.2mm San-Splint £25.75

Waffle™ Heel Cushion3

Suitable for patients who require heel protection. Easy to use andsupplied ready inflated. The heel is completely free from pressureand can be used with existing decubitis. Minimises chance of foot drop. Does not restrict venous return and helps reduce riskof DVT. For size measure circumference of calf. Optional handpump available. Weight 450g.

Calf AA3903A X-Small 150-240mm (6-91/2") £97.18AA3903B Small 250-290mm (10-111/2") £97.18AA3903C Medium 300-360mm (12-14") £97.18AA3903D Large 370-460mm (141/2-18") £97.18AA3935A Calibrated Hand Pump £23.01

Heelbo™ Foot Elevator4

Octagonal design maintains space between heel and bed, preventingskin break-down. Dense polyurethane foam resists bottoming out.Adjustable plantar strap secures the foot, maintaining correct footposition. Permanently attached fasteners are guaranteed not to fall off.7976 £24.27

009_EXPT_0065-0072:009_EXPT_0065-0072 23/11/09 17:27 Page 70


Orthop

aedics

Lower Extremity Positioning

Leg Elevator Rolyan5

Foam elevator for reducing lower extremity oedema. Gradualincline and tapering allows knee flexion. Larger height used whilstsupine and for oedema control treatment. 20cm elevator.Latex free.6186 £32.53

Knee Elevator Rolyan6

Helps reduce lower back and leg pain. Elevator offers idealpositioning to relax the spine and improve circulation. High density foam with a washable cotton/polyester case. Length 65cm. Width 48cm. Height 20cm. Latex free.A38610 £35.56A38610C Replacement Cotton/Polyester Case £15.02

2 3

4

Foot-Drop Orthosis2

Anatomically contoured to help prevent heel pressure. Available inregular foam or foam coated with washable, flame retardant vinyl.Side opening for cross ventilation and visual contact. Polysnapstrap fastens securely. Vinyl wipes clean with non-abrasive,mild detergent or disinfectant and is ideal for multiple client use,clients requiring infection control precautions, or application ofmedication. Regular foam can be washed with detergent.Fits either foot. 40cm (153/4") wide at base. Gas autoclavable.Handwash with warm water. Latex free.6180 Regular Foam £28.74618001 Vinyl Coated £96.47

Spenco™ Foot Positioner3

Firm foam outer shell is coated with a vinyl, closed cell elastomerto make it waterproof. Gas sterilise to reuse. Inner liner is madeof a hollow core siliconised fibre. Liner’s cover is cotton polyester.It resists body stain, is hypoallergenic and radiolucent. Machinewashable using standard detergent. Flame resistant liner can beused by itself unless there is foot drop. Fits right or left foot.Latex free.6175 Protector - Only £36.496176 Pillow Liner £19.21

1Foam Foot Support Rolyan1

Positions and supports leg with mild to moderate tone and footdrop. Also appropriate for flaccid lower extremities. Appropriatefor people who have increased risk for sensitivity to pressure inthe bony prominences of the foot and heel. Not recommendedfor use with severe tone. Open cell foam can be modified with an electric knife for a custom fit. Handwash with warm water.Latex free.A5134 £52.69

4

5 6

Heelift™ Suspension Boot4

The Heelift Suspension Boots relieve heel pressure bysuspending the heel in space. It is ideal for pressure soreprevention and treatment, and for those with diabetes,cardiovascular disease, dietary deficiencies, and more.Adjustable hook and loop straps and elevation pads allow for acustom fit; Tricot backing and polyethylene stiffener reducefriction and enhance client mobility. Prevents foot drop, unlikepillows or flat foam pads. The smooth Heelift is specificallydesigned for edematous legs to minimise chance for irritation orpressure points. Machine washable. Latex free.

Smooth Size Calf Weight PriceCircumference Range

09 120 3520 Petite 152-254mm 32-59kg £41.31(6-10")

803901 Standard 203-356mm 54-114kg £41.31(8-14")

09 120 3546 Bariatric 305-584mm 100-272kg £41.31(12-23")

Convoluted Size Calf Weight PriceCircumference Range

09 120 3538 Petite 152-254mm 32-59kg £41.31(6-10")

8039 Standard 203-356mm 54-114kg £41.31(8-14")

Heelift™ Suspension Boot

009_EXPT_0065-0072:009_EXPT_0065-0072 23/11/09 17:27 Page 71


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Lower Extremity Positioning Aids

1 2

3

4

Foot Drop Splint Rolyan1

Plastic base helps prevent drop foot. The foam insert has a sectioncut out to suspend heel. Triangular support adjusts for rotation.Washable, replacement foam inserts available. For size, measurecircumference of widest part of calf.A3761 Complete Splint - Standard Insert £82.69

Accommodates calf sizes up to 36.8cm.A3762 Complete splint - X-Wide Insert £82.69

Accommodates calf sizes 36.9cm and up.A3781 Replacement Foam Insert & Straps... £23.41A3782 Replacement Foam Insert & Straps... £23.41

Adjustable Foot Drop Splint Rolyan2

Positions from 0° to 45° plantar flexion. Cut out section suspends heel. Triangular support base adjusts for rotation.Washable base. Replacement adhesive foam inserts available. For size, measure circumference of widest part of calf.A676A Complete Splint - Standard Insert £109.54

Accommodates calf sizes up to 36.8cm.A676AX Complete Splint - X-Wide Insert £112.89

Accommodates calf sizes 36.9cm and up.A3781 Replacement Foam Insert & Straps Standard £23.41A3782 Replacement Foam Insert & Straps X-Wide £23.41

Progressive Stretch RolyanFoot Splint

3

Helps correct plantar flexion contractures of the ankle followingtendon shortening or hypertonicity. Adjusts easily from full plantarflexion to the desired amount of dorsiflexion.Padded anklesupport stabilises the heel in the splint whilst minimising pressureover the dorsal aspect of the foot. Made from high temperatureplastic. Splint is fully padded with closed-cell foam. Not forambulation. Cotton/polyester ankle support can be removed fromsplint for washing. Hand wash and air dry. Shoe size determinessplint size.

UK Mens UK LadiesA63410 Small 5-7 4-6 £146.18A63411 Medium 71/2-91/2 61/2-81/2 £151.18A63412 Large 10-12 9-11 £153.06

Progressive™ RolyanAnkle/Foot Splint

4

Appropriate for a flaccid ankle as well as mild to moderate tone.Gently assists the ankle toward neutral dorsiflexion to progresscontractures quickly and effectively. Can be modified to fit variousangles of plantar flexion. Constructed using a soft foam splintbase to increase wearing compliance with unsurpassed comfort.Gel pad under heel resists bottoming out and helps preventpressure sores. Completely soft splint relieves pressure on theheel and lateral and medial ankle bony prominences. Ezeformstay, which must be custom moulded, can be modified to adjustthe position of the ankle. Additional dorsiflexion assist strap helpsmaintain desired position. Appropriate in supine position as wellas sidelying. Splint can be trimmed for a custom fit. Single patientuse only.A812500 Small Fits Small Women £108.68A812501 Medium Fits Small Women & Small Men £115.18A812502 Large Fits Most Men £121.76

INFORMATIONFor shoe size conversions, please see page 1201. Remember to stateyour required size when ordering.

009_EXPT_0065-0072:009_EXPT_0065-0072 23/11/09 17:27 Page 72

> postoperative for diabetic patients> for off-loading of ulcerations

and wounds

BodyArmor®

Walker IICast Replacement

> total contact system instead of a cast

Heelift®

Off-loading Boot

> for prevention and healing of open wounds and decubitus

Postoperative, Trauma and Diabetic Care by DARCO.Advanced foot and ankle products after foot and ankle injuries.

WCS™

Wound Care Shoe System

010_EXPT_0073-0080:010_EXPT_0073-0080 23/11/09 17:27 Page 73


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Walkers

1

2 3

Darco™ Body Armour II1

Provides total cast protection. Custom insole system for pressurerelief. New Rocker Sole - eases patient through the gait pattern.Flexible upper liner allows easy access. Anatomically designedmalleolar pockets. AFO built into upper to immobilise the ankle.Ideal for use with ankle sprains, strains, street fractures andoffloading purposes. Available in High and Low versions (cm).017164 High £71.66017165 Low £63.95

Darco™ FX Pro Walker2

This walker is redesigned with slotted stirrups that maintain idealstrap separation to conform to the leg and immobilize the ankle.It has an ultra low profile design that eliminates height differencebetween walker and normal shoe without altering gait. Thepadded liner is vented promoting air circulation which keeps the lower leg cool and comfortable. Anatomically contoured“spatula” stirrups immobilize the ankle comfortably while theshock absorbing insole has pressure mouldable characteristicswhich conform to the foot. Measure in shoe size.016372 £43.00

S M L

Size 31/2-6 61/2-9 91/2-13

High (cm) 34 37 40

Low (cm) 24 26 28

UK Size

S M L

Womens 5-81/2 9-11 11-13

Mens 6-81/2 8-101/2 11-13

UK Size

UK Size

XS S M L XL

2-41/2 5-71/2 8-101/2 11-13 131/2+

Samson Walker Full Length3

An alternative to casting, providing exceptional patient comfortand support. The static walker has an ultra low heel which allowsa more natural crutch free gait, with a hyperblend foam wrap foradditional patient comfort. Measure in shoe size.013001 £66.00


010_EXPT_0073-0080:010_EXPT_0073-0080 23/11/09 17:27 Page 74


Orthop

aedics

Walkers

1Darco™ Air Traveler™1

The Darco Air Traveler™ is used for support and management ofa range of lower leg conditions. The product is available in a highand low version. Features include• Circumferential Air Bladder

Provides the ultimate compression and security. The patientcan easily adjust pressure.

• LightweightThe Air Traveler is very lightweight only 397g.

• Low Profile The Air Traveler is one of the lowest profile walkers on themarket.

• Peg Assist™ System Use in conjunction for effective wound off loading.

• Five Way Strap System Five heavy duty straps adjust to patient’s needs, keeping thewashable liner secure.

018083 Low Version £34.98018083 High Version £36.75

UK Size

XS S M L XL

2-41/2 5-71/2 8-101/2 11-13 131/2+

Aircast XP Walker2

The next generation Aircast pneumatic walking brace features a low rocker sole, wider foot base and relocated valves forimproved ease of use. For use with severe ankle and foot post-op or injury. Replacement socks air cells and pumps are available. Measure in shoe size.011433 Aircast XP Walker £143.28013893R Heel Wedges (Right) £15.12013893L Heel Wedges (Left) £15.12016632 Pump £2.85

Aircast SP Walker3

A short pneumatic walking brace ideal for patients whose limblength, calf circumference or injury type prohibits the use of thelonger XP Walker. Replacement air cells and pumps areavailable. Measure in shoe size.010380 £97.92

Aircast Diabetic Walker4

Specifically designed to meet the needs of the higher riskdiabetic patient. The XP Diabetic Walker incorporates a highrocker sole for maximum off loading and an innovative dualdensity insole to help eliminate pressure points. Includes gaugeair pressure measurement. Replacement socks air cells andpumps are available. Measure in shoe size.012617 £178.56

2 3

4

S M L XL

4-51/2 6-8 8+ 101/2+

UK Size

UK Size

S M L

Up to 6 6-8 8+

UK Size

S M L

Up to 6 6-8 8+


010_EXPT_0073-0080:010_EXPT_0073-0080 23/11/09 17:27 Page 75

S M L XL

Women 2-4 41/2-6 61/2-8 -

Mens 6-8 81/2-10 101/2-12 121/2-14

XS XL

2-5 121/2-14

S M L

6-8 81/2-10 101/2-12

76

Ort

hop

aed

ics

Footwear

Darco™ Med-SurgTM Shoe1

Darco announces the biggest improvement in post operativeprotection since the introduction of the original semi-rigid post-opshoe in 1985. Rocker sole reduces plantar pressure on the forefootand heel by over 25%. Strapless forefoot closure eliminates bucklepressure on the forefoot and can expand to accommodatedressings up to 43.2cm in circumference. New ankle strapeliminates heel slippage. MetaShank protection provides morerigid control under the metatarsal heads. Removable insole fullycustomisable with over twice the padding. Sold as singles.Measure in shoe size.012688 £10.75

UK Size

Darco™ Ortho-Wedge™ Shoe2

The Ortho Wedge™ Shoe has been clinically proven to effectivelyreduce weight bearing pressure from the forefoot to promoteproper healing. The square toe design acts as a bumper toprovide additional protection when K-wires are present, andprovides better left/right fit. Promotes healing by reducing weightfrom the forefoot and may be used for any condition from themetatarsal heads distally in which it is desirable to reduce bodyweight such as ulcers, infections, trauma and surgery. S012693 Sold as singles. Measure in shoe size £13.23

012692 Sold as singles. Measure in shoe size £13.23

Darco™ Heel-Wedge™ Shoe3

The Heel Wedge™ offloads the heel by shifting weight to themidfoot to promote faster healing after surgery, trauma, or whenwounds are present on the heel. The modified rocker bottomencourages a smooth toe-off while maintaining a stable mid-footbase. Unique forefoot closure provides uniform security without thepressure points of buckles and strap and the cloth toe protectorkeeps toes warm and dressings clean and dry. Sold as singles.Measure in shoe size012682 £15.89

UK Size

UK Size

1

2

3

4

Darco™ All Purpose™ Boot4

The All Purpose Boots’ all season closed toe protection allowsdressings to be kept clean and toes dry, providing moreprotection for post operative procedures and fibreglass casts.The removable EVA insole is fully customisable to offloadpressure points if needed. The rocker bottom encouragessmooth roll through gait pattern and reduces plantar pressure onthe heel and forefoot. MetaShank™ construction provides for areinforced sole under the Metatarsal heads to reduce motion andthe strapless forefoot closure provides uniform security withoutthe pressure of buckles or straps. Unisex. Sold as singles.Measure in shoe size.012642 £12.62


XS S M L XL

2-5 6-8 81/2-10 101/2-12 121/2-14

UK Size

UK Size

XS S M L XL

2-5 6-8 81/2-10 101/2-12 121/2-14


010_EXPT_0073-0080:010_EXPT_0073-0080 23/11/09 17:27 Page 76


Footwear

Peg AssistTM System 5 Peg AssistTM System 7

To Fit:APBTM /OrthoWedgeTM/HeelWedgeTM/SlimLineTM Cast Shoe/ FX PROTM Walker/Air TravelerTM .Measure in UK shoe size.017367 £11.50

To Fit:APBTM /OrthoWedgeTM/HeelWedgeTM/SlimLineTM Cast Shoe/ FX PROTM Walker/Air TravelerTM. Measure in UK shoe size.018183 £11.50

Wound off loading system. The Darco PegAssistTM system is built around a multi purposeremovable peg insole that effectively off loadsthe plantar aspect of the foot.

Darco Peg Assist™ System

X-Small 1-31/2Small 4-61/2

Medium 7-91/2Large 10-12

X-Large 121/2+

UK Size Male Shoe UK Size Women Shoe Size Men Shoe Size Equivalent Equivalent

Small WS 3-5 MS 5-7

Medium WM 51/2-7 MM 71/2-9Large WL 71/2-9 ML 91/2-11

X-Large MXL 111/2-13

• Wound CareThe perfect choice for diabetic ulcerations, minimising pressure on wounds

• Post-Op Care• Pain Management

Orthop

aedics

INFORMATIONPlease state required size when ordering.For shoe size conversions please see page 1201

010_EXPT_0073-0080:010_EXPT_0073-0080 23/11/09 17:28 Page 77


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Footwear

XS S S/M M L XL

4-51/2 6-71/2 8-81/2 9-91/2 10-111/2 12-131/2

Darco™ Wound Care Shoe1

The ultimate for off-loading lesions of the foot to permit healing ofdiabetic foot ulcers and infections. The (16mm) deep rocker solecontains 4 layers of differing density insoles that may be alteredfor off-loading. This quality leather upper is lined with laminatedEVA material. Sections may be removed from the leather upperwithout disturbing the liner to remove pressure.• Rocker sole to provide easy ambulation.• Easy hook and loop closure.• Available in pairs to avoid sole height problems with the

unaffected foot.• Permits off-loading ulcers, infected areas, bony prominences

on both the plantar surface of the foot and protection of other areas of the foot.

• Allows health provider to off-load areas of the foot while thepatient remains ambulatory.

• Only available in black. Sold as a pair.016796 £82.69

Semi Flexible Post Operative3

Durable upper with soft padded lining. Grooved non-slip flexiblesole and return hook & loop fastening. Sold as singles.012998F Female £7.52012998M Male £7.52

Darco™ Wound Care Shoe Not IllustratedReplacement Insole

2

Set of 4 layered soles, which may be altered for off loading. Eachof 5mm thickness the layer comprise of: • Plastazote - for comfort and ease of wear• x2 EVA - for off loading• Poron - rebound material.• Latex free.018320 Set of 4 £11.00

UK Size

1

3

4

5

Post-Op Shoe4

Provides a supportive counter for stability. The upper is madefrom a soft nylon mesh foam fabric for a comfortable fit. With ahook and loop closure for easy adjustment. Size is determinedby shoe size.

Size UK SizeA50010 Womens Small 2-4 £8.33A50011 Womens Medium 4-6 £8.33A50012 Womens Large 6-8 £8.33A50013 Mens Small 7-9 £8.33A50014 Mens Medium 9-11 £8.33A50015 Mens Large 11-12 £8.33

Med-Surg Shoe5

Made from nylon mesh with Plastazote foam insole and acontoured padded back for a comfortable fit. The shoe has asupportive contour for extra stability. Style and colour may vary.Size is determined by shoe size.

Size UK SizeA50020 Womens Small 2-4 £7.74A50021 Womens Medium 4-6 £7.74A50022 Womens Large 6-8 £7.74A50023 Mens Small 7-9 £7.74A50024 Mens Medium 9-11 £7.74A50025 Mens Large 11-12 £7.74

INFORMATIONFor Casting Room & Emergency Supplies, please see pages 202 to 215.

S M L XL

Female 3-6 7-9 10 -

Male 41/2-7 8-10 11-12 12+

UK Size


010_EXPT_0073-0080:010_EXPT_0073-0080 23/11/09 17:28 Page 78

79

Footwear

Darco™ Body Armor Cast Shoe1

The New Darco Body ArmorTM Cast Shoe takes the look andperformance of a cast/post op shoe into the 21st century. Thecast/post op shoe has a contemporary design and soft feel toprovide the patient with a product they can wear with confidenceand comfort. The Darco Body ArmorTM Cast Shoe can be wornwith plaster and fibreglass casts, heavy compression bandagingor with a standard stocking for post operative recovery.021869XS X-Small Up to 3 £9.82021869S Small 3½ - 6 £9.82021869M Medium 6 - 8 £9.82021869L Large 8½ - 11 £9.82021869XL X-Large 11½ - 14 £9.82

Darco™ Softie Shoe2

Economical, post-op shoe indicated for soft tissue trauma orsurgery. Patented semi-rigid metatarsal shank provides control of forefoot motion to protect surgery to the metatarsal head areaof the forefoot. Tissue friendly upper material conforms to bonyabnormalities and is breathable. Easy to fasten hook and loop straps. Sold as singles.012736 Measure in UK shoe size £7.94

1

2

3

4

5

6

S M L XL

Women Up to 4 41/2 -6 61/2 -8 -

Men 5-6 7-81/2 9-11 111/2 -14

UK Size

Post Operative Shoe3

Features a rubber outer sole to help absorb shock and maintaina normal gait when walking and a padded, shaped heel. A softtricot lining for better fit and improved patient comfort. Usedprimarily for post surgical bunionectomy, hammer toe andosteotomies with or without pins. Sold as singles.012351 Measure in UK shoe size £7.52

S M L XL

Female (F) 4-6 61/2-8 81/2-10

Male (M) 6-8 81/2-10 101/2-12 121/2-14

UK Size

Darco™ Slimline Cast Boot4

Excellent for use with fibreglass casts or bulky compressionbandages. The square toe design acts as a protective bumperand gives patient more room and better accommodation forlarger casts and bandages. The stretchable upper material conforms to the cast for a betterfit. Includes a rocker sole and a removable EVA sole which canbe modified to offload pressure points. Latex free.016797 Adult Size £11.63

S M L XL

31/2-6 6-8 81/2-11 111/2-14

UK Size

Darco™ Open Toe Cast Boot5

Economical canvas cast boot with 3 hook and loop closures.Rocker bottom of 3 layers of EVA foam provides shockabsorption. Canvas upper. Sold as singles.012739 Measure in UK shoe size £7.67

S M L XL

31/2-51/2 6-8 81/2-11 111/2-14

UK Size

S M L XL

3-5 6-8 81/2-11 111/2-14

UK Size

Orthop

aedics

Darco™ Closed Toe Cast Boot6

A waterproof vinyl upper that covers the toe area to offerprotection in inclement weather. Economical canvas cast bootwith 3 hook and loop closures. Rocker bottom of 3 layers of EVAfoam provides shock absorption. Sold as singles.012752 Measure in UK shoe size £7.67


010_EXPT_0073-0080:010_EXPT_0073-0080 23/11/09 17:28 Page 79


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Paediatric Supports

Thuasne Ortel C1 Junior Collar1

Precise hook and loop adjustment. Removable rigid insert.Recommended for short-term wear. Height 6cm One size: neckcircumference 24 - 27cm.018545 £8.21

Thuasne Ligaflex Clavicular Straps2

Dorsal foam anchoring pad for total comfort. Buckle fastening.Hook and loop system making it possible to use one model forchildren with a shoulder width of less than 34cm. For treatment ofcollar bone fractures, with or without displacement.018546 £10.07

Thuasne Ligaflex Classic Junior Wrist Splint3

Firm support for the thumb. Optimum comfort: foam-lined fabric.Four hook and loop tightening straps for ease of application. Formild sprains of the wrist and/or thumb and scaphoid fractures.Tendonitis and tendon injuries of the wrist and thumb. Specifyright or left. One size: wrist measurement 10-13cm018547L Left £13.88018547R Right £13.88

1

32

010_EXPT_0073-0080:010_EXPT_0073-0080 23/11/09 17:28 Page 80

Analgesic support of the cervical spine

“Mild sprains”* of the wrist and/or thumb (functional treatment)

“Severe sprains”* of the thumb and scaphoid fractures (treatment following surgery)

Tendonitis and tendon injuries of the wrist and thumb

Immobilisation of the knee before or after surgery

Functional treatment of knee sprains and contusions

Resting of the knee joint

“Moderate sprains”*

Malleolar fractures (treatment during the re-education phase)

Treatment of collar bone fractures, with or without displacement

Inflammatory flare-ups in rheumatoid conditions

*Ephiphyseal disease


Orthop

aedics

Paediatric Supports

1 2

3

LIGAFLEX®

ORTEL® C1 JUNIOR LIGAFLEX® LIGAFLEX® LIGAFLEX®

JUNIOR CLAVICULAR CLASSIC MANU IMMO 0° LIGACAST®

LIGAFLEX® STRAPS JUNIOR JUNIOR JUNIOR JUNIOR

Thuasne Ligacast Junior Ankle Brace2

Rigid plastic shells. Foam inserts for a perfect fit on the ankle.Precise velcro adjustment. For moderate sprains. Malleolarfractures (treatment during the re-education phase). • Height: Adjustable heel strap

• Size: children under 10-1.40m

018927 £18.30

Thuasne Ligaflex Immo Junior Knee Splint3

Immobilisation of the knee due to 4 stays. Precise adjustmentwith four self-fastening straps. For moderate sprains. Malleolarfractures (treatment during the re-education phase). • Size: Thigh measurement 30-35cm

• Height 30cm

018543 £24.35

Firm support for the thumb and wrist. Optimum comfort: foamlined fabric. Four self-fastening straps for ease of application. For mild sprains of the wrist and/or thumb and scaphoid fractures.For severe sprains of the thumb and scaphoid fractures.Tendonitis and tendon injuries of the wrist and thumb.• Size: Wrist measurement 10-13cm

018548R Right £14.61018548L Left £14.61

Thuasne Ligaflex Manu Junior Wrist and Thumb Splint

1

011_EXPT_0081-0088:011_EXPT_0081-0088 23/11/09 17:28 Page 81


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Paediatric Supports

Do you need orthopaedic supports that look a bit morefun and less “clinical”? If so, look no further. Choosefrom this great range of orthopaedic supports that willhelp achieve greater compliance with paediatricpatients.

Cast Boot with Open Toe1

A paediatric cast boot with open toe and closed heel.Lightweight with a bright and colourful design. Fastens with ahook and loop closure. Measurements shown indicate the lengthof the sole. Colours may vary.AA9202B Small 11.5cm £7.10AA9202C Medium 14cm £7.10AA9202D Large 16.5cm £7.10

Adjustable Lace-Up Ankle Splint2

A splint to stabilise ankles after sprains or instability.Removable plastic stays provide additional medial and lateralsupport. Tension can be adjusted by moving the hook and loopfastening. To size, measure the circumference of the ankle.Colours may vary.AA920201 Small 10-12cm £7.52AA920202 Medium 12-14cm £7.52AA920203 Large 14-16cm £7.52

Three-Panel Immobiliser3

A soft support made from brush nylon fabric with a colourful printdesign. The support stabilises the knee joint. It can be adjustedto size with the hook and loop fastenings. The removable staysin the support enables further customisation for a good fit.Colours may vary.

LengthAA9202H Small 20cm £11.21AA9202J Medium 23cm £11.21AA9202K Large 25cm £11.21

Deluxe Shoulder Immobiliser4

The Deluxe Shoulder Immobiliser provides arm support whilerestricting shoulder and upper arm movement. Soft foam arm,wrist and chest bands are completely covered with a cushionedbrushed cotton fabric. Used following dislocations, strains andother injuries. Humeral and wrist cuffs can be positionedanywhere on chest band with hook and loop closures. Hand wash, air dry, fits either right or left. Colours may vary.AA920205 £8.58

Universal Arm Sling5

An adjustable fitted paediatric arm sling that has extra padding onthe shoulder strap for added comfort in use. The sling is lightweightand holds the lower arm securely against the body. The support isheld in place with a hook and loop fastening. The support fits eitherleft or right. Machine washable. Colours may vary.AA920204 £3.57

Thumb Splint6

Made from 3mm cushioned brushed cotton fabric. The lightweightsplint holds the thumb in place and can be adjusted with thehook and loop fastening to fit. Length of splint, 7.5cm. Fits eitherleft or right. Colours may vary. AA920206 £2.32

Adjustable Wrist Splint7

Contoured design for secure and comfortable fit. Removablepalm stay, fastened with three adjustable straps with buckle andloop closures. Colours may vary.Left RightAA920208 AA920207 Small £6.20AA920210 AA920209 Large £6.20

1 2

3

5

6

7

4

011_EXPT_0081-0088:011_EXPT_0081-0088 23/11/09 17:28 Page 82


Paediatric SupportsO

rthopaed

ics

1

3

2

3

4 4

Snoopy™ Arm Sling2

This Arm Sling provides a child’s arm or shoulder with theneeded support for secure positioning. The Snoopy Arm Sling isa comfortable, polycotton envelope style sling that is completelywashing machine safe. The 2.5cm wide shoulder strap has ahook and loop closure and slide for easy adjustment and acustomised fit. Latex free. AA9224A X-Small 13 x 26cm £9.32AA9224B Small 15 x 31cm £9.32AA9224C Medium 18 x 38cm £9.32AA9224D Large 23 x 43cm £9.32

Paediatric Wrist Brace3

Paediatric wrist brace with hook & loop fastening and thumbextension to restrict movement of the first MCP and CMC joints.Specify left or right. Elastic Wrist Brace available in blue or flesh colour.012234L Neoprene Wrist Brace - Left £5.12012234R Neoprene Wrist Brace - Right £5.12012230BL Elastic Wrist Brace - Blue Left £5.12012230BR Elastic Wrist Brace - Blue Right £5.12012230FL Elastic Wrist Brace - Flesh Left £5.12012230FR Elastic Wrist Brace - Flesh Right £5.12

Paediatric Philadelphia Style Collar1

Measure neck circumference to size.0186532 33-40cm £20.550186533 41-46cm £20.55

Chrisofix™ Finger Splints4

Easy to apply, adjustable, non-allergenic finger splints forimmobilisation of the PIP and MP joints. Made from a thinaluminium core covered by a skin friendly perforated, breathable material. Chrisofix splints are lightweight and verycomfortable. X-ray transparent. Hand wash in warm soapy waterand air dry. Supplied with adhesive fixation strips.

Size LengthAA9275A Child Small 4.3cm £5.01AA9275B Child Large 5.5cm £5.01

5

6

6

5

Chrisofix™ Palmar Forearm Splint5

A resting splint for the wrist, hand and fingers. Used clinicallyform immobilisation and fixation post surgery or hand injury. Ideal for conservative treatment of metacarpal fractures andmultiple hand pathologies. Made from Chrisofix material, which is soft, comfortable cotton material, with aluminium corethat is easily adjustable to provide quick fixation. Straps are fixedwith hook/loop closure. Machine washable at 30° with fasteningsclosed. Fits left or right forearm.AA9279A Child £47.71

TheraPlus™ Deluxe Hand Orthosis6

The Deluxe Hand Orthosis includes a pivotal thumb abductorwith medial and lateral thumb supports. It allows optimalpositioning and a custom fit for even the most difficult thumbadduction contractures and joint deformities. Softly padded diagonal straps provide improved handpositioning and colour coded hook and loop closures assureproper application. Available in three paediatric sizes. Choose right hand or left hand model. To size, measure thelength from wrist crease to the tip of the longest finger. Left Right Size Length79060502 79060501 Small 13-14cm £53.5579060602 79060601 Medium 14-15cm £53.5579060702 79060701 Large 15-16cm £53.55

XXS XS

10-11.5 11.5-13


NEOPRENE ELASTIC


011_EXPT_0081-0088:011_EXPT_0081-0088 23/11/09 17:29 Page 83


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Paediatric Supports

1 Tübingen Paediatric Hip Abduction Orthosis1

Paediatric Hip Stabilisation Orthosis2

Inner surfaces are lined for comfort, while the plastic material isreinforced with a metal bar for increased stability and control.Ideal for the management of pelvic subluxations and dysplasia.Provides a stable base for addressing sitting posture and trunkcontrol. For size, measure pelvis.

PelvisAA9292A XX-Small 30-34cm £43.51AA9292B X-Small 35-40cm £43.51AA9292C Small 41-45cm £43.51AA9292D Medium 46-50cm £43.51AA9292E Large 51cm+ £43.51

3

44

4

Craig Splint3

A one-piece polythene hip abduction orthoses for use over ababy’s nappy. With padded rolled vinyl edges for patient comfortand a hook & loop front fastening, the brace is easy to apply andcan be wiped clean. Measure internal distance between kneeswith hips flexed and abducted. 012938 12.7cm £36.63012939 14cm £36.63012940 15.2cm £36.63012941 16.5cm £36.63012942 17.8cm £36.63012943 19.1cm £36.63

Chrisofix™ Club-Foot Corrector for Babies4

This small Club-Foot Corrector is very light and does not burdenthe baby in any way. It provides extremely low risk for inducingdecubitus. Easy to make corrective re-adjustment and to removeand re-apply for hygienic purposes. Indications: For correction of deformities of the feet (eg. pesadductus, pes calcaneus, pes supinatus etc). For ensuring thecorrection of feet abnormalities after surgery or after applicationof a circular plaster cast. Splints are covered with cotton andpolyamide, and hook/loop fastening.Left Right Foot LengthAA9282A AA9283A 7.5cm £50.02AA9282B AA9283B 9cm £50.02AA9282C AA9283C 10.5cm £50.02

For the treatment of hip dysplasia in infants, flexion of the hipjoints in excess of 90° with controlled medium abduction is thebest pre-requisite for correction of the hip joints suffering fromdelayed development. The thigh supports are connected to theshoulder harness with two beaded cords used to establish thereproducible hip flexion setting. The desired degree of abductionis adjustable using a spreader bar with ratchet elements. It alsoprevents the legs from falling to the outside due to their ownweight, since undesirable increased abduction is probably one of the main reasons for hip head necrosis.

Age Spanning (Months) Widths (mm)

09 117 1131 Size 1 1 95-130 £62.9109 117 1149 Size 2 2-6 95-130 £62.9109 117 1156 Size 3 6-12 110-16 £62.91

2

011_EXPT_0081-0088:011_EXPT_0081-0088 23/11/09 17:29 Page 84


Orthop

aedics

Paediatric Supports

INFORMATIONFor the complete range of Darco products please see pages 74 to 79.


11Lower Extremity TAP Rolyan(Tone and Positioning) Splint

1

Provides functional positioning and soft support of foot and ankle.LE TAP Splint assists with normalising gait patterns by providinga slow stretch from ankle to hip. It is most appropriate for peoplewith hypertonicity or mild to moderate hypertonicity. Splints thatare used for foot inversion will also provide hip external rotation,and when they are used for eversion, internal hip rotation willoccur. For use following cerebrovascular accident or head injury.Also ideal for people who have cerebral palsy, spina bifida,multiple sclerosis or lower extremity paralysis or weakness.Circumferential straps support ankle and arch and provide easeof application and removal as well as flexibility to fit larger orsmaller extremities. Neoprene strap and elastic ankle wrap handwashable - air dry. Adult size fits most adolescents and adults.A834400 Child from 3 years (5.1cm wide) £34.00

Will invert right foot or evert left footA834401 Child from 3 years (5.1cm wide) £34.00

Will invert left foot or evert right footA834402 Adult (7.6cm wide) £51.27

Will invert right foot or evert left footA834403 Adult (7.6cm wide) £51.27

Will invert left foot or evert right foot

Darco Slimline Cast Boot3

Excellent for use with fibreglass casts or bulky compressionbandages. The square toe design acts as a protective bumperand gives patient more room and better accommodation forlarger casts and bandages. The stretchable upper materialconforms to the cast for a better fit. Includes a rocker sole and a removable EVA sole which can be modified to off-loadpressure points. Latex free.

012737N Navy £11.74012737P Pink £11.74

Air Stirrup Ankle Brace2

The Air Stirrup has anatomically designed semi-rigid heels linedwith the patented Duplex aircell system for support andgraduated compression during ambulation.The compression promotes efficient edema reduction in additionto helping accelerate rehabilitation from ankle sprains. Latex free.Specify left or right. Height 15cm018556LPAED Left £49.73018556RPAED Right £49.73

S M L

7-9 91/2-13 13-2

UK sizes

3

2NEW

011_EXPT_0081-0088:011_EXPT_0081-0088 23/11/09 17:29 Page 85


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Paediatric Supports

Aircast Paediatric Cuff4

Aircast Paediatric Ankle Cryo CuffThe Paediatric Ankle Cryo/Cuff is specifically designed to treat children’s injuries. Using a combination of controlledcompression and cold, the Cryo/Cuff minimises haemarthrosis,swelling and pain. Does not contain latex.

Aircast Paediatric Knee/Elbow CuffThe Paediatric Knee/Elbow Cryo/Cuff is specifically designed to treat children’s injuries. It combines the therapeutic benefits of controlled cold compression to minimise haemarthrosis andswelling and reduce pain. Due to the unique design of the cuff, it can be utilised effectively on both the knee and elbow of thepatient. Does not contain latex.

018636 Aircast Paediatric Ankle Cryo Cuff £65.79Ages 1-7

018637 Aircast Paediatric Knee/ Elbow Cuff £65.75Ages 1-7

B

A

B

A

Slimflex Plus Kids5

A reinforced EVA insole with a hard EVA stabiliser on the base.Comes with a deep heel cup and longitudinal arch provideincreased support.0163691 Size 26 - UK 8-9 £8.460163692 Size 28 - UK 10-11 £8.460163693 Size 30 - UK 111/2 - 121/2 £8.460163694 Size 32 - UK 13 £8.460163695 Size 34 - UK 11/2 £8.46

4

5

1

2 3

4 BA

Darco Body Armor II1

Second generation walker with built in vented liner and raisedcooling vents to allow ventilation and escape of body heat.Removable multi density insoles that allows off-loading and a lowprofile rocker sole assists with gait. Built in ankle foot orthosis andflexible upper that conforms to the leg allows total immobilisationof the ankle.Locking ski boot closures for easy on change. Adjustablecircumferential compression reduces oedema and promoteshealing. Available in standard or short lengths.• UK shoe size 13-2.

017164S High 32cm £72.09017165S Low 22cm £63.95

Aircast XP Walker2

The next generation Aircast pneumatic walking brace features alow rocker sole, wider foot base and relocated valves for improvedease of use. For use with severe ankle and foot post-op or injury.Replacement socks, air cells and pumps are available. 018557PAED UK shoe size 4 and under £152.24

Aircast SP Walker3

A short pneumatic walking brace ideal for patients whose limblength, calf circumference or injury type prohibits the use of thelonger XP Walker. Replacement air cells and pumps are available. 018555 UK shoe size 4 and under £104.04


011_EXPT_0081-0088:011_EXPT_0081-0088 23/11/09 17:29 Page 86


Orthop

aedics

Paediatric Supports

1

1

2

1

Junior Formthotics1

Junior Formthotics are soft, flexible foot orthoses,especially developed for children. They are designed to help the child’s foot assume its natural postureinside the shoe, thereby enhancing the development of the child’s musculoskeletal system.The most effective foot orthoses is the one that kids will wear. So with patient compliance in mind, Junior utilises some specialfeatures to provide gentle forgiving support and comfort.Junior Medial Heel Skive:The medial heel skive carefully increases the force the orthosisapplies to the foot medial to the subtalar joint axis, reducingrearfoot eversion. This helps to manage rearfoot pronationwithout the need for excessive arch height in the orthosis,increasing patient compliance. Junior Heel Cup:The medial heel wedge carefully increases the force the orthosisapplies to the foot medial to the subtalar joint axis, reducingrearfoot eversion.Deep Heel Cup:The deep heel cup increases the medial surface area of theorthoses next to the foot, making the heel wedge even moreeffective. The heel cup is also designed to wrap around the back of the foot providing additional rearfoot stability. Wide Medial Flange:The wide medial flange cradles the child’s medial arch, providinglong-term comfort and reducing fatigue by redistributing weightand pressure evenly.Junior Formthotics are available in 4 sizes to suit children fromabout 3 to 9 years of age. They are suitable for use where carefulmanagement of the hypermobile or excessively pronated foot or encouragement of normal development and foot function is required in treatment of your paediatric patients. Each pair of Junior Formthotics contains a colouring book.

Junior Formthotics Starter Kit2

The junior starter kit contains:• 4 Pairs of each size of Junior Formthotics

• A display stand

• Poster and leaflets

010472 £259.09

010447J1 J1 £16.75010447J2 J2 £16.75010447J3 J3 £16.75010447J4 J4 £16.75

Sizes J1 J2 J3 J4

UK 8-9½ 10-11½ 12-13½ 1-2

EUR 25-27½ 28–9½ 30–32½ 33-34½US 9-10½ 11-12½ 13-1½ 2-3½Foot Length 150-165mm 170-180mm 185-195mm 200-210mm

Approx Age (girls) 3-4 4½-5½ 6-7½ 8-9

Approx Age (boys) 3-3½ 4-5 5½-7 7½-8

Sizes

011_EXPT_0081-0088:011_EXPT_0081-0088 23/11/09 17:29 Page 87


Ort

hop

aed

ics

Paediatric Positioning

Tumble Forms 2™ SammonsBiform Wedges Preston

1

Innovative wedges provide two wedge positions in one.Side walls provide lateral support while keeping child’s armsflexed forward. Wedges can be nested together for more proneand supine positioning options. Hook and loop straps securepositioning. One side of wedge is 50mm (2") deeper than otherside. Elevation measured from bottom of channel to top of side.

Elevation Base2805A 100 or 150mm 455 x 560mm £158.002805B 200 or 250mm 455 x 560mm £180.002805C 150 or 200mm 560 x 660mm £203.002805D 250 or 300mm 560 x 660mm £226.00922805 Replacement Strap for 2805A and 2805B £49.51922806 Replacement Strap for 2805C and 2805D £49.51

1

Tumble Forms 2™ SammonsSlotted Wedges Preston

2

These durable wedges offer a variety of positioning options forchildren and adults. Used in conjunction with a supine mat, orbed positioning, the wedges help alignment of the hip,preventing rotation and providing abduction of lower extremities.They promote comfort and optimal positioning during treatmentsessions and the leg troughs offer a natural, comfortable supportto lower extremities. Available in four sizes. Latex free.

Height Width Depth09 115 7759 Small 229mm 610mm 356mm £102.74

Floor to slot 140mm (51/2")

Height Width Depth09 115 7767 Medium 305mm 635mm 356mm £118.97


Height Width Depth09 115 7775 Large 330mm 660mm 406mm £167.63

Floor to slot 178mm (7")

Height Width Depth09 115 7783 X-Large 406mm 737mm 483mm £194.67


2

Tumble Forms 2™ SammonsAdolescent Thera-Wedge Preston

3

Provides dynamic therapy and proper positioning. Speciallydesigned to meet the needs of adolescents and small adults.This system consists of two wedges contoured on oneside and flat on the other. Use together to help break extensor patterns and relax clients into a flexion pattern. Provides properprone and supine positioning, whether used alone or together.Complete system includes one double sided 430mm contouredwedge with ankle drop off, one double sided 305mm (12")contoured wedge, two wrap straps and one abductor module. 2799A £637.00Spares Available922799 Small Thera Wedge Half - no straps £480.8292279901 Large Thera Wedge Half - no straps £619.7092829901 Hook and Loop Strap - 660mm long £64.46928299 Thera Wedge Strap - hook half £21.48

3


INFORMATIONFor the complete range of Tumble Forms 2™ positioning products,please see pages 430 to 434.

011_EXPT_0081-0088:011_EXPT_0081-0088 23/11/09 17:29 Page 88


Orthop

aedics

Paediatric Positioning

1

2

3

4

Diana1

This unit is used extensively with the care of the terminally sick child.Professionals, parents and especially the children respond to thisvery simple lightweight and aesthetically pleasing unit. It has been especially designed for night positioning for abductionand adduction. The unit is placed as close to the crutch aspossible to reduce hip rotation. Reduced night tone can be observed, therefore it copes withstrong extensor spasm and the unit acts as an inhibitor. Good body symmetry is achieved just by using this unit. Length 483mm (19"). Width 610mm (24"). Depth 229mm (5").Weight 1.5kg.AA75411 £169.00

Jeffery2

For night positioning, this unit copes with clients having reducedactivity, eg. muscular dystrophy. It gives effective abduction andadduction. A corrective midline position is achieved and reductionof the lumbar curve has been observed. The unit is positioned as close to the crutch as possible to reduce hip rotation. Length 686mm (27"). Width 610mm (24"). Depth 254mm (10").Weight 2.5kg.AA75412 £215.22

Gustav3

The Gustav unit is designed for a range of conditions. It is extremely good for prone positioning as side rotation andslipping down are eliminated due to the unique support it provides.Visible reduction of high tone and the reduction of muscle spasm are soon observed. Whilst prone, good shoulder rotationcan be achieved. Supine and side lying are also possible, as is secure, comfortable postural drainage. Length 965mm (38"). Width 584mm (23"). Depth 635mm (25").Weight 5kg.AA75409 £299.00

Timor4

Designed for postural drainage. When placed face downwards, a child is held securely and comfortably, which is an importantfactor when children need long and frequent treatment sessions.When placed face up, it creates an effective pillow that givesgood trunk, neck and head support. This application caters forpatients with respiratory problems. It is also useful for kyphosisand scoliosis.Length 483mm (19"). Width 571mm (221/2"). Depth 356mm (14").Weight 1.8kg.AA75410 £135.19

012_EXPT_0089-0096:012_EXPT_0089-0096 23/11/09 17:29 Page 89

90

Ort

hop

aed

ics

Positioning Aids

1

2 3

5 5

4

Abduction Pillow Rolyan1

Soft foam pillow designed for individual use to provide hipabduction. Complete with foam straps. (Recommended for singlepatient use only). Depth of both pillows is 15.5cm.A5131 Small 34.5 x 34.5 x 15cm £53.05A5132 Large 41 x 43 x 20.5cm £56.49

Re-usable Abduction Pillow2

Seamless, vinyl coated wedges are ideal for multiple client use,and those requiring infection control precautions and medicationapplication. Velfoam no.2 straps. Flame retardant coating wipesclean with non-abrasive soap or disinfectant. Gas autoclavable.619701 Small 33 x 36 x 16.5cm £99.32619801 Large 41 x 46 x 20.5cm £112.97

Wedge Flex™ Abduction Pillow Rolyan3

Provides hip abduction as item 2 but with a slit in the foam toallow knee flexion whilst seated and sidelying. The hand strap,which slips through slots in wedge, controls the amount of kneeflexion allowed and also assists user in positioning wedge.Slit can be modified to allow greater flexion and foam can becarved for a custom fit. Soft foam pillow designed for individual use. Complete with foam straps. Open cell foam.A513500 Small 47 x 45 x 15cm £56.79

With knee slit 20cm from proximal edge of wedge.A513501 Large 53 x 53 x 15cm £64.75

With knee slit 24cm from proximal edge of wedge.

Full-Leg Abduction Wedge4

More comfortable than foam because its polystyrene bead filland vinyl mesh covering permit air flow. 12.5cm (5") thick wedgeseparates feet about 38cm (15"). Secures with two hook and loopstraps and has a concealed zipper closure for adjusting fill toaccommodate client. Fire retardant materials are long wearingand machine washable.8304 Wedge £71.38A81245 Replacement Polystyrene Beads £20.63

Knee Separators Rolyan5

Available with a polyester cover or an easy to clean vinyl coating.Comfortably holds hips in abduction while distributing pressureover the thighs. Strap is 117cm long. Positions thighs 10cm apart.

A513300 With Polyester Cover £27.48

A513301 With Vinyl Coating £32.62B

A

A B


012_EXPT_0089-0096:012_EXPT_0089-0096 23/11/09 17:29 Page 90


Positioning AidsO

rthopaed

ics

4 5

Charnley Wedge1

For use after hip replacement operations, the wedge shapekeeps the legs apart, while the hook and loop straps preventfurther movement. Made from combustion modified foam, thewedge is covered with a non-removable, vapour permeablecover for enhanced comfort.09 118 9737 £62.13

T Roll2

The T shaped structure controls spasticity and aids lowerextremity positioning where required. The circular roll allowsmanoeuvrability to assist the user. Made from combustionmodified foam, the T Roll is covered with a non-removable,vapour permeable cover for enhanced comfort.09 118 9729 £76.09

E & F Rolls3

E and F rolls are used to assist positioning and stabilisation ofupper and lower limbs, for example, the E rolls, use in supine tohelp maintain symmetry of the lower limbs where there is atendency for abduction, adduction or a combination of both.09 118 9752 E Roll £118.5309 118 9745 F Roll £107.24

Leg Spacer™4

Designed to help relieve pressure and strain on the lower back,knees and ankles. Hour glass shape maintains lower extremitiesand spine in correct alignment. Washable.6618 25.5 x 20.5 x 15cm £21.58

Carve-IT™ Knee Positioning Splint Rolyan5

For use with strokes, traumatic brain injuries, dementia and otherneurological impairments. Helps position the knee with mild tomoderate spasticity and contractures. Easy to modify by cuttingfoam with an electric knife for a custom fit and to accommodatepeople who do not have symmetrical flexion of the knees.Also helps prevent pressure sores that can be caused by bonyprominences of the legs. Constructed from fire retardant open cellfoam. Can be used with patients who tend to hold their legs tightlyadducted and draw one or both into a foetal position. Available withor without removable, washable polyester cover. When both legsare affected, order both a right and a left. One size fits all. A812603 Left Knee £27.46A812602 Right Knee £27.46A812601 Left Knee with Removable Cover £39.29A812600 Right Knee with Removable Cover £39.29A812614 Centre Attachment £21.76A812615 Centre Attachment with Cover £34.74

1

2

3

3

E Roll

F Roll

012_EXPT_0089-0096:012_EXPT_0089-0096 23/11/09 17:30 Page 91


Positioning Aids

Head Pad1

009793 18 x 24 x 2.5cm £10.24

D Roll2

009789 15 x 60 x 7.5cm £19.35

Positioning Roll3

009787 Small 13 x 44cm £29.99009786 Large 15 x 60cm £23.15

Knee Squeeze4

009792 15 x 15 x 10cm £10.24

Large Positioning Wedge5

009790 Large 65 x 50 x 33cm £49.50

Half Barrel Roll6

This foam wedge cushion can be used to support either yourback or legs. It is made from hard foam.009788 Small 38 x 43 x 8cm £24.19009791 Large 38 x 43 x 10cm £28.27

Flexi-Sit7

The Flexi-sit is a dynamic sit cushion that is ergonomicallyformed. It is inflatable so it can be adjusted for individual patients weights. Can be used to improve posture and train muscles. 33cm Diameter.011534 £10.97

Restrite Response Pillow8

100% hypoallergenic, high density visco-elastic foam withretentive memory. Responds to body weight and temperature bymoulding to the individual. Distributes support evenly helping tomaintain an ideal neck position whilst sleeping and minimisescompression on pressure points. Includes fleece pillowcase.009682 45 x 32 x 13 (L x W x D) £30.82

Medipillow9

Orthopaedically designed to support the neck and upper backmuscles. Manufactured from non-allergenic latex foam, 100%cotton machine washable cover. Individually moulded to cradlethe neck and ensure the spine is held in the correct alignment.009681 45 x 32 x 13 (L x W x D) £26.07

Designed by experts to give a high degree of versatilityfor patient positioning. Also ideal for Pilates workouts.Easy to clean covers.

1 2

3

5 6

4 4

6

7

8 9

7

7

Ort

hop

aed

ics

012_EXPT_0089-0096:012_EXPT_0089-0096 23/11/09 17:30 Page 92


Orthop

aedics

Positioning Aids

1

Economy Vinyl Rolls and Wedges1

Outstanding value with these superb quality vinyl coated,high density foam filled rolls and wedges. Available in variousshapes and sizes to allow a variety of positioning and therapeuticactivities. Covers are removable and have a zip fastening.Choose colour Blue (B) or Beige (H) ie. AA9815B

AA9815 Half Roll 500 x 170 x 85mm £24.87

AA9816 Roll 500 x 170mm £29.20

AA9817 Roll 500 x 250mm £32.45

AA9818 Wedge 400 x 400 x 100 x 10mm £28.12

AA9819 Trapeze 650 x 350 x 400mm £85.44

AA9820 Rectangle 600 x 300 x 150mm £37.85

A

F

E

D

C

B

Cubo Wedge2

A two piece positioning wedge in the form of a cube. Designed toenable a variety of therapeutic positions. The pieces have extratensile strength hook and loop so they can be attached togetheror used as two single wedges. Covered in a wipe clean vinyl witha removable zip cover. Colours are one Blue and one Green wedge.AA9821 400 x 400 x 400mm £85.44

Valu-Form™ SammonsRolls and Wedges Preston

3

A high quality line of positioning products from Tumble Forms,a trusted brand in the industry. Designed to be both durable andcomfortable with a seamless Tumble Form coating that is urineresistant and easily cleaned. Colour, Burgundy.Valu-Form Rolls • Soft yet firm for increased patient compliance

• Adaptive shapes allow rolling and rocking movement,positioning and co-ordination training

• Bolsters have a solid to core to prevent bottoming out

2700D 102 x 610mm £56.782700A 152 x 610mm £65.872700C 203 x 610mm £76.502700E 203 x 914mm £113.562700B 254 x 914mm £141.942700F 304 x 914mm £147.632700G 304 x 1220mm £185.102700H 355 x 1220mm £204.402700I 406 x 1220mm £244.15Valu-Form Wedges• Designed for gross motor activities such as rolling, tumbling,

walking up or downhill, or creating a comfortable environment

• Available in therapist approved sizes

2699A 102 x 510 x 560mm £85.442699D 152 x 510 x 560mm £102.212699B 203 x 510 x 560mm £112.482699E 254 x 510 x 560mm £129.782699F 152 x 610 x 711mm £140.602699G 203 x 610 x 711mm £151.412699C 254 x 610 x 711mm £173.042699H 304 x 610 x 711mm £178.45

A

B C

DF

E

E

1

2

2

2

3

4 4

Dual-Positioning Comfort Wedge4

In upright position, multi-contoured foam wedge provides propersitting support. As a sleeping cushion, it elevates and supports thehead, neck, back and shoulders to relieve respiratory discomfortand ease breathing. Non-allergenic foam. Washable cover.6192 Wedge with Cover £38.27619201 Extra Cover £10.86

012_EXPT_0089-0096:012_EXPT_0089-0096 23/11/09 17:30 Page 93

Positioning AidsO

rtho

pae

dic

s


Treat Your Own Back1

A self help book written by leading physiotherapist Robin McKenzie. This book provides valuable information and exercises for anyone suffering with back pain.000295 £11.99

McKenzie® Cervical Roll5

Helps relieve postural neck and shoulder pain by supporting thecervical spine during sleep. Should be placed inside the patientspillowcase to provide extra support.006104 £6.65

McKenzie® Night Roll6

The Night Roll ties around your waist or can be pinned to the bedsheets, to support your lower back and prevent strain that can becaused by bad sleeping positions or inadequate sleep surfaces.Washable cover included. This roll is designed to be worn whilstsleeping, it supports the lower back whether your lying on yourback or side.006109 Up to 875mm (35") Waist £10.00006110 Up to 1000mm (40") Waist £10.75

Treat Your Own Neck2

This book addresses many of the problems associated with neckrelated pain, including headaches and shoulder pain. It outlinesactive patient exercise and prevention programmes for varioustypes of neck pain. It provides education and understanding tohelp prevent recurrence of symptoms.017807 £9.99

Effective Back & Neck Pain Relief from the ExpertsWe all know how neck and back pain can seriously affect our lives. But it doesn’t have to…..No-one knows more about alleviating this all-too-common complaint than Robin McKenzie. The world-renowned physiotherapist and author has dedicated his working life to finding innovative and effective solutions to neck and back ailments.Currently used by leading physiotherapists worldwide. Lumbar Rolls are the result of 40 years of expertise in successfully treating neck and back problems.

The OriginalMcKenzie®

Lumbar RollsMaking LifeMore Comfortable

5 6

1 2

3 4Treat Your Own Shoulder3

This easy to follow patient hand book provides the reader with an active self treatment plan to assist in resolving and managingshoulder pain. The book clearly explains how to identify whetherthe pain is coming from the neck or the shoulder.09 131 2172 £11.99

Against The Tide: Back Pain Treatment - The Breakthrough

4

An autobiography by Robin McKenzie. This book provides thereader with an insight into Robin McKenzie’s life, offering bothentertainment and pause for reflection.09 131 2164 £19.99

NEWNEW

012_EXPT_0089-0096:012_EXPT_0089-0096 23/11/09 17:30 Page 94

Positioning AidsO

rthopaed

ics


McKenzie® D-Shape Roll4

Firm Density: The Original McKenzie® D-Section Lumbar Roll is made of highdensity foam and is therefore quite firm. It is recommended for use in soft furnishings such as sofas, lounge chairs etc or for people who require lots of support (heavy-built people, or people with a large hollow in the lower back).006102 £6.50

McKenzie® Super Roll1

The Original McKenzie® Super Roll is a superior lumbar support that provides the ultimate in function and aesthetic value. This roll is made ofinjected-moulded foam, which retains support for an almost indefinite period.Its flatter, curved shape contours comfortably around the body.006103 £7.95

McKenzie® Air Back6

Inflatable lumbar roll is ideal for commuters and travellers. It is especiallyuseful on planes where the lumbar support is generally inadequate for longdistance travel.009667 £7.15

McKenzie® Original Roll2

Medium Density: The Original McKenzie® Lumbar Roll was the first ever lumbar roll made in the world. Although this roll looks quite bulky, it compresses down very easily, while still giving the appropriate support.006100 100mm (4") £6.50006101 125mm (5") £6.50

McKenzie® Slimline Roll3

Medium Density and flatter design “for just that little bit extra”: The OriginalMcKenzie® Slimline Lumbar Roll is designed to be used with modern seating that has some lumbar support. It is also ideal for elderly or petitepersons and those who have a limited range of motion in their low back and therefore cannot tolerate the larger size lumbar roll.009666 £6.50

McKenzie® Heavy Duty Roll5

Heavy Density: McKenzie® Heavy Duty Lumbar Roll is available in 100mm (4")and 125mm (5") thickness, and is perfect for use in the home or the office.006111 100mm (4") £6.70006112 125mm (5") £6.70

1

2

3

4

5

6

Supporting YouWe believe that it is extremely important to support our customers with their sales of our products. With this in mind we have pleasure in introducing our McKenzie® Lumbar Roll display unit. We are alsooffering consumer literature to help you.

For further information, please contact your local Area Sales Manager.

The Original McKenzie® Lumbar Rolls can help prevent the onset of painand reduce pressure in the discs when correctly positioned on a backrest at waist level against the lumbar spine. The foam Lumbar Rolls havean adjustable strap and a removable washable cover.

012_EXPT_0089-0096:012_EXPT_0089-0096 23/11/09 17:30 Page 95

96

Ort

hop

aed

ics

Positioning Aids

Functional Foam Arm Elevator2

Combines a splint and an elevating support into one positioner.Anatomically correct foam positioning splint helps reduce oedema.Positions the hand in a resting position, with the wrist in 30° ofextension, the MCPs in 60° of flexion, and the IPs slightly flexed.Elevator positions the forearm in mild supination and the thumband fingers in a reflex inhibiting position. For use in bed or on ahalf or full lap tray or arm trough. Open cell foam support can bemodified with an electric knife for a custom fit.A1863 Left £26.54A1864 Right £26.54

Arm Elevator Tray1

Universal Wheelchair Arm Tray. Plastic arm tray attaches to abase that slides on upholstered armrest. Fits standard and deskarm chairs on right or left. Includes 3.2mm (1/8") Kushion flex® padfor comfort and protection. Modified Universal Wheelchair ArmTray has a cutaway base allowing access to brakes. (Original design courtesy of the Occupational Therapy Departmentof Kaiser Foundation Rehabilitation Center in Vallejo, California.)09 116 2080 £17.53

2 2

1

3

4

5

Vinyl-Coated Arm Support Rolyan3

Easily cleaned with soap and water or a surface disinfectant;ideal for multiple patient use. Beneficial for patients withexcessive wound drainage or who require application ofmedication. Can be used with Terry Cloth Cover (see below)to maximise patient comfort.A18610 47 x 14 x 14cm £68.92

Contoured Arm Support Rolyan4

Designed for use in reducing upper extremity oedema. Fits onhemi-lapboard, table or bed without slipping. Arm can be placedin supination, and support can be used as an exercise block.Terry Cloth Cover (see below) can be used over arm support.A1861 47 x 14 x 14cm £22.86

Terry Cloth Cover for Arm Support Rolyan5

For Rolyan Arm Supports A1861 and A18610. Easy to apply andremove. Durable and washable for long term use.A186C £10.01

Post-Surgical Arm Support Rolyan6

Comfortably elevates the upper extremity in a splint, cast or bulkydressing to help reduce oedema and pain following hand surgeryor traumatic injury. The support eliminates the need to suspendthe arm from an IV pole or to continually reposition the arm onpillows. The support has open areas on the sides to allowobservation of the extremity for correct arm position, vascularchanges or drainage. Also provide ventilation for increased comfort. A1862 38 x 23 x 23cm £45.19

Arm Elevator7

Lightweight wedge pillow has an open weave mesh materialcover to inhibit growth of bacteria and reduce the risk of crossinfections. Fabric is cool and comfortable against the skin.Polystyrene bead filling conforms to client’s arm for even support.Completely washable; does not lose shape after repeatedlaundering.8297 Arm Elevator Wedge £36.13A81245 Replacement Polystyrene Beads £20.63

Positioning Wedge8

Eliminates the need for makeshift rolls to safely maintain theindividual in proper position. Soft, washable outer fabric cover,with enclosed zipper, encapsulates the polystyrene bead filling toprovide support, adjustability and comfort for the user.829801 Small 330 x 100 x 140mm £17.65829802 Medium 410 x 150 x 180mm £23.88829803 Large 430 x 200 x 200mm £32.22829804 X-Long 635 x 200 x 200mm £30.22A81245 Replacement Polystyrene Beads £20.63

6

8

7

8


012_EXPT_0089-0096:012_EXPT_0089-0096 23/11/09 17:30 Page 96

FootOrthoses

Dual Density FormthoticsFor full range see pages 98 - 104

Formthotics Heat MouldableFormthotics AdditionsFormthotics PaediatricExpress PreformedVectorthotic Rigid PreformedVasyli Medical Foot SupportsPreformedSemi Bespoke ManufacturedCastingMaterialsSimple InsolesSplints

98 - 103104105

106 - 107108 - 109110 - 112

113114 - 115

116117 - 118

119120 - 122

013_EXPT_0097-0104:013_EXPT_0097-0104 24/11/09 11:04 Page 97

Dear Formthotics™ User,I invented Formthotics™ orthotics in 1981 to provide mypatients with an efficient and cost effective way ofimproving their lower extremity functionin treating theirsports injuries. I combined Root’s principles of forming

a custom orthotic shell to the contours of the neutralfoot using wedges or posts, with a unique

material, design and manufacturing method.The result was a milled insert with triplanar

contours that could be fitted to the shoeand foot and thermoformed by the

patient’s body weight...

Sports and Workwear

Full Length Standard Shape

Football Boot

Sport Boot Shape

Men’s Shoe

Low Volume Shape

Ladies Court Shoe

3/4

Increasing Shoe Volume HIGHLOW

1 2 3 4 5 6

“

”Charlie Baycroft

The Formthotics System™ Course is a hands on experience in whichyou will:1. Become more familiar with

theoretical concepts of foot and leg function

2. Learn the diagnostic methodcalled The 6Tests™

3. Practice the use of The 6Tests™in fitting and modifying FootOrthoses to improve foot and leg function

4. Develop the confidence to useFoot Orthoses in conjunctionwith the other therapeuticmodalities you already use

5. Assist in helping the patientunderstand their treatment

6. CPD hours and applied learningtools included

Please contact Customer Servicesfor more information.

FORMTHOTICSTRAINING COURSES


Foot

Ort

hose

sFormthotics Heat Mouldable

The Formthotics System™ consists of:1) 6 simple clinical tests, which do not require

special equipment.2) Selection of appropriate products to suit

patient’s footwear.3) 6 Steps that can be clearly understood by both

the patient and the practitioner for fitting andadjusting the devices.

013_EXPT_0097-0104:013_EXPT_0097-0104 24/11/09 11:04 Page 98

Foot Orthoses

Formthotics Heat Mouldable


The 6 tests™The 6 tests™ can be completed with aminimum of training and involve aspects offunction that can be appreciated by boththe therapist and the patient.

The 6 steps™The 6 steps™ used in fitting orthotics arebased on the belief that the effect oforthotic therapy is related to the patient’sadaptation to them rather than the devicesthemselves. This is a diagnostic-therapeutic method by which the devicesare modified in response to the patient’sfunction and symptoms.

FormthoticsTM are Custom Foot OrthosesFormthotics do provide the 3 degrees of customisation required to meet thedefinition of foot orthoses:1. Formthotics can be thermoformed to the plantar surface of the foot (or on a

positive cast) at temperatures and pressures that can be utilised in thetherapists’ office. This is due to the unique material that they are made of andthe milling (vs. compression) method used in their manufacture.

2. Well regarded and independent RCT trials have validated the therapeutic effectsof Formthotics in treating and preventing problems.

3. Independent research has proven that customised Formthotics do improvepostural stability immediately and at 6 weeks follow up (and the improvementsin function remained when the subjects were not standing on the devices).Customised Formthotics are also comfortable and comfort has been establishedby Nigg and others to be a reliable indicator of optimised function.

013_EXPT_0097-0104:013_EXPT_0097-0104 24/11/09 11:04 Page 99



Supportive Density Formthotics - Black1

A supportive density between the existing Blue and RedFormthotics. Provides long term comfort and reduces fatigue bysupporting the whole foot and redistributing weight and pressureevenly. Shock absorbency and stability allows your body tofunction in the way in which it was designed. See below for sizing chart.

Size Size017714XXS XX-Small 017714XS X-Small017714S Small 017714M Medium017714L Large 017714XL X-Large017714XXL XX-Large

(1-3 pairs) £19.95 (4-9 pairs) £18.05 (10+ pairs) £17.10

Foot

Ort

hose

s

Medium Density Formthotics - Burgundy2

An accommodative medium density orthotic. Provides a mediumlevel of functional support and biomechanical control. Suitablefor diabetic, arthritic and elderly patients. See below for sizing chart.



At the time it was believed that functionalorthoses had to be made from hardmaterials and people have alwaysquestioned how a relatively soft and flexibledevice could exert significant biomechanicaleffects on the foot and leg. Recent researchindicates that although “mechanical” footorthoses are effective in relieving lower limbpain they do not have significant or reliableeffects on subtalar kinematics...

“

” Charlie Baycroft

XXS (Kids) XS S M L XL XXL

UK 2.5 3 - 4.5 5 - 6.5 7 - 8 8.5 - 9.5 10 - 11.5 12 - 14

EUR 35 35.5 - 37.5 38 - 40 40.5 - 42 42.5 - 44 44.5 - 46.5 47 - 50

Formthotics Sizing Chart

013_EXPT_0097-0104:013_EXPT_0097-0104 24/11/09 11:04 Page 100


Foot Orthoses


Firm Density Formthotics - Blue1

A firm flexible orthotic support allowing effective use in a broadspectrum of applications. Suitable for use in the treatment ofknee, heel pain, shin splints and achilles tendon injuries. Providing biomechanical control, good functional support andstabilisation of the foot and lower limb.See below for sizing chart.



BESTSELLER

High Density Formthotics - Red2

Hard semi-rigid orthotic support. For those that can tolerate aharder base of support. Greater biomechanical control where theorthoses are subject to high repetitive impact, sport or abnormalshoe wear. See below for sizing chart.




UK 2.5 3 - 4.5 5 - 6.5 7 - 8 8.5 - 9.5 10 - 11.5 12 - 14

EUR 35 35.5 - 37.5 38 - 40 40.5 - 42 42.5 - 44 44.5 - 46.5 47 - 50


It is now evident that lower extremityfunction is too complicated to beunderstood by only using a biomechanicalmodel. Foot orthoses have neuromotor aswell as mechanical effects.These neuromotor effects are not wellunderstood but they are real and doimprove function...

“


013_EXPT_0097-0104:013_EXPT_0097-0104 24/11/09 11:04 Page 101



Shock Stop Formthotics®1

Made from revolutionary foam materials only available toFormthotics. The new foam can deflect impact up to 500% morethan standard foams used in footwear. Particularly beneficial forpatients with diabetes, rheumatology and fat pad atrophy.Reduces high pressure points on the plantar aspect of the foot.The Shock Stop offers protection of bony prominence and isgood for active patients who require shock absorption. See below for sizing chart.



Sportboot Formthotics®3

Sportboot Formthotics® are especially designed for any sportboots or shoes that require or use studs, blades, or spikes.Their unique dual density construction protects feet from studpressure, providing optimal forefoot and heel cushioning andrelieving pressure points. Sportboot Formthotics® feature our newlow profile last shape. This allows it to fit easily inside narrow-lasted sports boots. See below for sizing chart.

Size Size012504XXS XX-Small 012504XS X-Small012504S Small 012504M Medium012504L Large 012504XL X-Large

£20.99

Low Profile Formthotics®2

Low Profile are a special narrow-fit orthotic designed for closefitting shoes such as sports boots, cycling shoes and trackshoes. They are also suitable for patients who can only tolerate a low to medium level of medial arch support.See below for sizing chart.




UK 2.5 3 - 4.5 5 - 6.5 7 - 8 8.5 - 9.5 10 - 11.5 12 - 14

EUR 35 35.5 - 37.5 38 - 40 40.5 - 42 42.5 - 44 44.5 - 46.5 47 - 50


Foot

Ort

hose

s

Over the past few years I have developed the Formthotics System™ as a practical clinicalmodel and method for making devices that improve both the mechanical and neuromotorfunction of the foot and leg. It is an adaption of Panjabi’s model of dynamic spinal stabilityto the foot and leg...

“” Charlie Baycroft

013_EXPT_0097-0104:013_EXPT_0097-0104 24/11/09 11:04 Page 102



Dual Density Formthotics®

A layer of low density PE foam bonded to a firm functional base.Suitable for conditions where additional cushioning is requiredwithout compromising stability or functional control - e.g. plantarfascia problems or tibial stress syndrome. They allow for bettertolerance and patient acceptance of orthoses. Good for use inmulti-directional sports to reduce forefoot pivoting irritation. Seebelow for sizing chart.

Comfort Formthotics®

Charcoal 3/4 Length - Firm Density4

You can make your patients’ business and high heel shoes feelas good as their other shoes. You can use Formthotics in justabout any shoe. Comfort Formthotics are a slim, ¾ length,insole that have been specifically designed to fit all those‘hard-to-fit’ shoes such as dress, business and high heeledshoes. Comfort Formthotics are designed to slip straight insideyour patients’ shoes without heating or moulding. So quick,easy and time efficient.

See below for sizing chart.Size Size

003576XXS XX-Small 003576XS X-Small003576S Small 003576M Medium003576L Large 003576XL X- Large


Red 3/4 Length - High Density3



Dual Density Full Length1



Dual Density 3/4 Length2



The Formthotics System™ method enables thetherapist to assess mechanical, muscleand neural function and to fit and customiseFormthotics in order to reliably improve them.The 6 tests™ and 6 steps™ of the FormthoticsSystem™ enable therapists and patientsto validate the functional effects of the devicesthey use.

“



UK 2.5 3 - 4.5 5 - 6.5 7 - 8 8.5 - 9.5 10 - 11.5 12 - 14

EUR 35 35.5 - 37.5 38 - 40 40.5 - 42 42.5 - 44 44.5 - 46.5 47 - 50


BESTSELLER

Foot Orthoses

013_EXPT_0097-0104:013_EXPT_0097-0104 24/11/09 11:04 Page 103


Foot

Ort

hose

sFormthotics Additions

Formthotics Conditioning Machine with Starter Pack

2

Includes:• Conditioning Machine

• 5 pairs of Formthotics

001367 £295.00

Formthotics Conditioning Machine1

The Formthotics conditioner machine automatically heats theorthotic to the correct temperature for the density selected.012577 £130.00

4° Rearfoot Wedge3

These high density, self-adhesive rearfoot wedges provide shockabsorption and comfort, and reduce the need for excessive arch height. Sold in pairs.

Size Colour003236S Small Blue (1-4) £2.63 (5+) £2.49003236M Medium Blue (1-4) £2.63 (5+) £2.49003236L Large Blue (1-4) £2.63 (5+) £2.49018925S Small Black (1-4) £2.63 (5+) £2.49018925M Medium Black (1-4) £2.63 (5+) £2.49018925L Large Black (1-4) £2.63 (5+) £2.49

4° Forefoot Extension Wedge4

Blue high density, self-adhesive extension wedge. Available insmall, medium and large. Sold in pairs.

Sizes Colour004611S Small Blue £2.89004611M Medium Blue £2.89004611L Large Blue £2.89018926S Small Black £2.89018926M Medium Black £2.89018926L Large Black £2.89

8mm Heel Raisers5

The heel lifts are designed to help relieve heel pain, calf pain andother lower limb problems. Improves your recovery time andgives you the best chance for continuing your sport or lifestyle.Available in small, medium and large. Sold in pairs.003235S Small (1-4) £2.63 (5+) £2.49003235M Medium (1-4) £2.63 (5+) £2.49003235L Large (1-4) £2.63 (5+) £2.49

Arch Pads6

These high density, self-adhesive arch supports are designed tobe used with Formthotic insoles. Helps support the arch with itsfirm but comfortable padding, and enables you to haveprotection where you need it most.

Sizes003237S Small (1-4) £2.63 (5+) £2.49003237M Medium (1-4) £2.63 (5+) £2.49003237L Large (1-4) £2.63 (5+) £2.49

Metatarsal Domes7

The self-adhesive metatarsal domes are designed to be usedwith Formthotic insoles.

Sizes003238S Small (1-4) £2.63 (1-4) £2.49003238M Medium (1-4) £2.63 (1-4) £2.49

1 2

3

4

76

5

013_EXPT_0097-0104:013_EXPT_0097-0104 24/11/09 11:05 Page 104


Foot Orthoses

Formthotics Paediatric

1

1

2

1

Junior Formthotics1

Junior Formthotics are soft, flexible foot orthoses,especially developed for children. They are designed to help the child’s foot assume its natural postureinside the shoe, thereby enhancing the development of the child’s musculoskeletal system.The most effective foot orthoses is the one that kids will wear. So with patient compliance in mind, Junior utilises some specialfeatures to provide gentle forgiving support and comfort.Junior Medial Heel Skive:The medial heel skive carefully increases the force the orthosisapplies to the foot medial to the subtalar joint axis, reducingrearfoot eversion. This helps to manage rearfoot pronationwithout the need for excessive arch height in the orthosis,increasing patient compliance. Junior Heel Cup:The medial heel wedge carefully increases the force the orthosisapplies to the foot medial to the subtalar joint axis, reducingrearfoot eversion.Deep Heel Cup:The deep heel cup increases the medial surface area of theorthoses next to the foot, making the heel wedge even moreeffective. The heel cup is also designed to wrap around the back of the foot providing additional rearfoot stability. Wide Medial Flange:The wide medial flange cradles the child’s medial arch, providinglong-term comfort and reducing fatigue by redistributing weightand pressure evenly.Junior Formthotics are available in 4 sizes to suit children fromabout 3 to 9 years of age. They are suitable for use where carefulmanagement of the hypermobile or excessively pronated foot or encouragement of normal development and foot function is required in treatment of your paediatric patients. Each pair of Junior Formthotics contains a colouring book.

Junior Formthotics Starter Kit2

The junior starter kit contains:• 4 Pairs of each size of Junior Formthotics

• A display stand

• Poster and leaflets

010472 £259.09

010447J1 J1 £16.75010447J2 J2 £16.75010447J3 J3 £16.75010447J4 J4 £16.75

Sizes J1 J2 J3 J4

UK 8-9½ 10-11½ 12-13½ 1-2

EUR 25-27½ 28–9½ 30–32½ 33-34½US 9-10½ 11-12½ 13-1½ 2-3½Foot Length 150-165mm 170-180mm 185-195mm 200-210mm

Approx Age (girls) 3-4 4½-5½ 6-7½ 8-9

Approx Age (boys) 3-3½ 4-5 5½-7 7½-8

Sizes

014_EXPT_0105-0112:014_EXPT_0105-0112 23/11/09 17:31 Page 105


Foot

Ort

hose

sExpress Preformed

Foot Science International sets a new standard in preformed orthoticswith Foot Science Express Orthotics. For the health professionalwanting a preformed and ready-to-use orthotic solution. They donot require heat moulding, they conform to your patient’s individualfoot shape using their own bodyweight and body heat.

Foot Science Express Orthotics are easy to fine-tune using theExpress range of additions. Preformed and designed to fit theorthotics precisely resulting in a convenient, attractive andprofessional looking orthotic solution.

Express Orthotics 3/4 LengthFirm Density

1

See page 107 for sizing chart.016455B XXS-XL £16.95

Express Orthotics Full LengthFirm Density

2

See page 107 for sizing chart.016456B XXS-XL £16.95

Additions now includedin each pack

Express Orthotics can be easily modified to correct for most forefoot and rearfoot deformities utilising the Express range ofpreformed self adhesive wedges. These are designed to fit precisely to the medial heel and the medial and lateral forefootarea and guidelines are provided on the base of the orthotics for quick and easy placement.

The Express Range of Additions - included in each pack

Foot Science Express Orthotics

The Foot Science Express Orthotics Product RangeExpress Orthotics come in two unique densities of foam, Blue - Firm Density andRed - Hard Density to suit usage and loading requirements. They are available as¾ length and full length models for ease of use in different types of footwear.

Blue - Firm DensityFor the patient with general orthotic requiring comfort and improved biomechanicalfunction. Suitable for all kinds of footwear including shoes without laces and shoeswith non-removable insoles.

Red - Hard DensityFor the patient requiring excellent biomechanical control and high performanceintensity. Provides added durability for patients > 90kg. Suitable for shoes withlaces or shoes with removable insoles.

Express Forefoot Lateral WedgesUsed when more lateral forefoot controlrequired than already in the orthotic.

Express Forefoot Medial WedgesUsed when more medial forefoot controlrequired than already in the orthotic.

Express Rearfoot WedgesUsed when more medial rearfoot controlrequired than already in the orthotic.


014_EXPT_0105-0112:014_EXPT_0105-0112 23/11/09 17:31 Page 106


Foot Orthoses

Express Preformed

Additions now includedin each pack

Foot Science Express Orthotics provide a quick and simple method ofmanaging the biomechanical component of common musculoskeletalproblems. Yet they are also based on new scientific understanding offoot function such as the facilitation of the windlass mechanism andresupination force.

Why Foot Science Express Orthotics?

The Key Features of Foot Science Express Orthotics are:Proven Medial Arch Profile:Express Orthotics utilise the “classic” tried and proven Formthotics archprofile which has been used successfully by health professionals.• Increases fit and comfort for the foot in any shoe

• Corrects support for the arch

• Improves alignment of the lower limb

• Improves proprioception and balance

Heel Strike Shock Absorption:

This cushioned recess built into the lateral outside border of the heel cup(the heel strike area);

• Reduces the shock of heel strike

• Decreases the velocity of rearfoot pronation

• Decreases shoe wear on the outside side of the heel

Cushioning Under the 1st Met Head:

The cushioned recess under the 1st Met head is designed to:

• Reduce shock on the forefoot during propulsion

• Allow plantar flexion of the 1st ray

• Facilitate the windlass mechanism which acts to stabilise the foot during propulsion

Express Orthotics 3/4 LengthHard Density

1

See below for sizing chart.016455R XXS-XL £16.95

Express Orthotics Full LengthHard Density

2

See below for sizing chart.016456R XXS-XL £16.95

BESTSELLER

XXS (Kids) XS S M L XL

UK 1-2.5 3-4.5 5-6.5 7-8 8.5 - 9.5 10-11.5

Express Orthotics Sizing Chart


014_EXPT_0105-0112:014_EXPT_0105-0112 23/11/09 17:31 Page 107


Foot

Ort

hose

sVectorthotic Rigid Preformed

A B BC C CD D SE

UK 11 - 12 9 - 10 8 - 9 7 - 8 6 - 7 5 - 6 3 - 4

EUR 44 - 45 43 - 44 42 - 43 41 - 42 40 - 41 38 - 39 36 - 37

Vectorthotic Sizing Chart

From its foundation in 1996 the Vectorthotic manufacturers havefollowed a radical design programme in the development of footorthoses using the latest in 3D CAD design and significant investmentin injection mould tooling. The primary driving force was theirrecognition of the practitioner’s need to be able to fit their patientswith a tailored high quality and durable foot orthosis right there in theclinic. Our mission is to put the practitioner back in the driving seat tocontrol their patient’s foot function.

ControlThe control of a custom device

SpeedFitted in minutes in the clinic

EffectivenessDurability and patient

satisfaction

ValueThe Performance of a customdevice at a much lower cost

We offer you the...“Orthotic Laboratory at your Fingertips”The devices can be customised to patient’s requirements in minutes in the clinic and provide levels of control equivalent to custom devices.

Vectorthotic®1

UK Shoe Size UK Shoe Size014281A 11-12 014281B 9 - 10014281BC 8 - 9 014281C 7 - 8014281CD 6 - 7 014281D 5 - 6014281SE 3 - 4

(1-5) £26.50 (6-10) £24.70 (11-49) £23.40 (50+) £22.75


014_EXPT_0105-0112:014_EXPT_0105-0112 23/11/09 17:31 Page 108


Foot Orthoses

Vectorthotic Rigid Preformed

Vectorthotic® ModificationsImagine all the benefits of a custom orthotic laboratory right there in your clinic. The abilityto prescribe, to fit and to modify a durable foot orthosis accurately to each individual patientsneeds. Vectorthotic’s development centred around putting the practitioner in control.By combining versatility with speed of fitting we believe this is the ultimate customisableorthosis available.

Vectorthotic allows you to achieve levels of control and durability only previously achievablewith custom devices. We are now seeing Vectorthotics back in the clinic after 2 years ofwear and they only need a replacement top cover.

Vectorthotic® AdditionsEvery pack comes with:• A pair of shells

• All wedging required to modify the device:2°, 4° ,6° Rearfoot wedges 2°, 4° Forefoot wedges

• A pair of top covers and adhesive tape toadhere the top cover to the shell

Modification Possibilities:• Rearfoot posts

• Forefoot posts

• Re-pitching

• 1st Met cut-outs

• 1st Ray cut-outs

Vectorthotic® Sizing Shells1

Use this handy set of sizing shells to measure against the foot toconfirm the size of Vectothotic® required for the patient. It savesyou opening up a number of packets before finding the right size.014358 £8.43

Orthotic Scissors2

For use with Vectorthotics®

014282 £27.51

X-Line™ Insoles3

An effective device offering an introduction to simple foot orthoses.See below for sizing chart.• Versatile, easy to use and low volume in shoes

• Flat bottomed, so wedges can be applied easily

• A deep heel cup offers more stability and added patient comfort

• A midfoot saddle improves biomechanical control

• A 1st Ray ‘dell’ improves 1st Ray mobility, additions are available

014283S £6.28014283M £6.28014283L £6.28014283XL £6.28

3

2

1

S M L XL

UK Size 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10

Sizing Chart

014_EXPT_0105-0112:014_EXPT_0105-0112 23/11/09 17:31 Page 109


Moulding Vasyli Orthotics

Regular (3/4 Length) Green 6° Custom Orthotics1

Regular (3/4 Length) Blue 6° Custom Orthotics21 2

Medium density 6° orthotic. Offering excellent all roundbiomechanical control. Designed for the ‘average’ patient withgeneral orthotic needs, blue density orthotics provide excellentbiomechanical control.

UK Shoe Size09 118 5271 Paediatrics Y12-Y13 £21.5809 118 5263 Paediatrics 1-21/2 £21.5809 118 5255 X-Small 3-41/2 £21.5809 118 5248 Small 5-61/2 £21.5809 118 5230 Medium 7-81/2 £21.5809 118 5222 Large 9-101/2 £21.5809 118 5214 X-Large 11-121/2 £21.5809 118 5206 XX-Large 13-141/2 £21.58

Low density 6° orthotic. Ideal for elderly, diabetic and arthriticpatients. Patients adapt easily to the mild functional control whilethe correct biomechanical position is maintained.

UK Shoe Size09 118 5198 Paediatrics 1-21/2 £21.5809 118 5180 X-Small 3-41/2 £21.5809 118 5172 Small 5-61/2 £21.5809 118 5164 Medium 7-81/2 £21.5809 118 5156 Large 9-101/2 £21.5809 118 5149 X-Large 11-121/2 £21.58

Vasyli Custom RangeRegular (3/4 length insoles)VASYLI Custom are available in three densities in both 3⁄4and full length styles. The orthotics from the custom rangeare heat mouldable and should be fitted by a professional for the optimum fit.

Choosing the correct orthotic for your patient

Determine the density required by your patient. Vasyli Custom Orthotics are availablein three densities (low, medium and high) to accommodate for various levels ofbiomechanical control. Generally, a blue orthotic suffices. Patients in need of morecontrol will require a red and others a softer green orthotic.

Green Blue Red= Low Density = Medium Density = High Density

> 80kg> 176lbs

50 - 80kg110 - 176lbs

< 50kg< 110lbs

Features & Benefits of the Custom Range

Rearfoot Angular Restraining Mechanism “ARM” controlsfrontal plane motion (calceneal eversion)

STC: Sustentacula tali control™ the control point for therearfoot wedge

1st ray plantar flexor assists function of the 1st ray, a major stabilising influence on the forefoot

Lateral grid: prevents lateral shifting of the heel cup during the strike phase

Metatarsal raise assists function of the metatarsals“transverse arch”

Deep heel cup stabilises heel position with maximumcontrol

Sorbon™ shock dot designed to dissipate force along the edge of strike

Rubbed nylon with “Footfresh™” deodorising covereliminates odour and moisture build up

Sagittal plane control assists in controlling midfoot alignment

2

8

7

6

5

4

3

1

1

2

3

8

4

5

6

7

Step 1

Fitting the Orthotic Device1. Firstly, check the condition of the shoe that the orthotic is to be

fitted in to. If the shoe is too badly worn it must be replaced, ifthe shoe has some form of thick lining or arch cushion, this mustbe removed from the shoe.

2. Next step is to pick a size of device that closely fits the contoursof the foot. Ensure that the distal edge for the orthotic finishes510mm behind the bisection of the 1st MPJ as per the diagramsshown.

3. Fit the device to the extreme back of the shoe and ask thepatient to walk around the room for a few steps,

4. If heat moulding is required refer to the information box below.

5. The patient may need time to adjust to their new orthotic. If theyexperience discomfort, have them remove the orthotic for a shortperiod (up to two hours) then replace them and continue toreplace and remove until comfortable.

6. Monitor and assess, if the patient is still suffering form initialsymptoms you may need to reassess the density of the orthoticand make adjustments to the prescription. Excessive archintolerance usually indicates a lack of rear foot control andadditional rear foot positioning may be required. Add Vasyliorthotic additions or wedges if necessary.

Step 2

Heat Moulding Vasyli Orthotics

1. Place the orthotic (base up) on a heat resistant surface. Apply the heat gentlybetween the two Sorbon inserts. Wave the heat, do not focus on one spot for too long or along the arch profile as this may damage the product.

2. When the raised lettering if the Thermal Indicator and the STC disappear, thisindicates that the moulding temperature has been reached (Approximately 90ºC).

3. Whilst the patient is seated, place the heated orthotic into shoe (ensure that thepatient is wearing a sock or a stocking).

4. Place the foot in to the shoe. Place and hold the Subtalar Joint in the neutralposition and ask the patient to stand.

5. Palpate and hold the foot in the neutral position using the Talo-NavicularTechnique and ask the patient to stand with weight evenly distributed on both feet while maintaining the neutral position.

6. Palpate the shoe, moulding up into the arch area and around the heel cup. Press down in the forefoot to mould in to the end of the shoe.

7. Ask the patient to sit, controlling the neutral position until fully seated. Remove the orthotic from the patient’s shoe and allow to cool for 5 minutes.

8. Repeat the process for the other foot. Add Vasyli orthotic additions or wedges if necessary.

Step 3

Incorrect: orthotic too short

Incorrect: orthotic too long

Correct: orthotic finishes 5mm behind the ball of the foot

Foot

Ort

hose

s

014_EXPT_0105-0112:014_EXPT_0105-0112 23/11/09 17:32 Page 110


Vasyli Medical Foot Supports

Regular (3/4 Length) Red 6° Custom Orthotics1

Full Length Green 6° Custom Orthotics2

Full Length Blue 6° Custom Orthotics3

6 degree, high density orthotic. Offering firm biomechanical control.UK Shoe Size

09 118 5446 Paediatrics Y12-Y13 £22.6609 118 5438 Paediatrics 1-21/2 £22.6609 118 5420 X-Small 3-41/2 £22.6609 118 5412 Small 5-61/2 £22.6609 118 5404 Medium 7-81/2 £22.6609 118 5396 Large 9-101/2 £22.6609 118 5388 X-Large 11-121/2 £22.6609 118 5370 XX-Large 13-141/2 £22.66

Full Length Red 6° Custom Orthotics4

Specifically designed to fit ladies’ fashion shoes features a builtin metatarsal raise. The flexible base allows easy contouring ofthe shank of the shoe. The rearfoot angle is reduced to 2° due tothe high heel factor. A built in metatarsal raise ensures correctalignment of the metatarsal bones.

UK Shoe Size09 118 5628 X-Small 3-41/2 £21.5809 118 5610 Small 5-61/2 £21.5809 118 5602 Medium 7-81/2 £21.5809 118 5594 Large 9-101/2 £21.58

Extended Slimfit 2° Custom Orthotics5

Medium density 6° orthotic with a lateral cut-away providing aneasy fit into hard-to-fit footwear. Designed to fit into men’smoccasins, loafers and ladies’ low heeled court shoes.

UK Shoe Size09 118 5636 Paediatrics 1-21/2 £21.5809 118 5644 X-Small 3-41/2 £21.5809 118 5651 Small 5-61/2 £21.5809 118 5669 Medium 7-81/2 £21.5809 118 5677 Large 9-101/2 £21.5809 118 5685 X-Large 11-121/2 £21.58

Easyfit Orthotics 6° Custom Orthotics6

High density, high performance orthotics are ideal for athletesand overweight patients.


6 degree, low density orthotic. Ideal for elderly, diabetic andarthritic patients.

UK Shoe Size

09 118 5503 Paediatrics 1-21/2 £22.6609 118 5495 X-Small 3-41/2 £22.6609 118 5487 Small 5-61/2 £22.6609 118 5479 Medium 7-81/2 £22.6609 118 5461 Large 9-101/2 £22.6609 118 5453 X-Large 11-121/2 £22.66

Medium density 6 degree Orthotic, offering excellent all roundbiomechanical control.


1 2

3

4

65

Foot Orthoses

014_EXPT_0105-0112:014_EXPT_0105-0112 23/11/09 17:32 Page 111


Foot

Ort

hose

sVasyli Medical Foot Supports

Vasyli Pro Regular 4

This model features a lateral cutaway providing an ‘easy fit’ intohard to fit footwear, including men’s moccasins, narrow fittingshoes and ladies’ court shoes. See below for sizing chart.• Deep heel seat

• 4° Rearfoot varus post

002016 XXS to XL £21.44

Vasyli Pro Slimfit 5

Designed to fit inside ladies’ high heeled court shoes. Theflexible base allows easy contouring to the shank of the shoe.The rearfoot posting is reduced to 2° due to the high heel factor.See below for sizing chart.• Flat heel seat • 2° Rearfoot varus post

002026 XS to M £20.18

Vasyli Pro Full Length 6

Designed for footwear that features any type of removableinnersole including most sports shoes, walking boots andorthopaedic footwear. Simply remove the existing innersoles.See below for sizing chart.• Deep heel seat • 4° Rearfoot varus post

002023 XXS to XL £21.44

3 4

1

2

5 6

Vasyli Dananberg Orthotic1

Professional orthotic device with removable 1st ray sections.The flexibility of the design of this premium grade orthotic allows fora wide combination of applications to address your patients’ tri-planar motion problems. The proximal and distal plugs have beendesigned to be removed individually or together as necessary. 09 118 5362 X-Small 3-41/2 £24.8209 118 5354 Small 5-61/2 £24.8209 118 5347 Medium 7-81/2 £24.8209 118 5339 Large 9-101/2 £24.8209 118 5321 X-Large 11-121/2 £24.82

Vasyli McConnell Extended Slimfit Orthotic3

Designed to fit easily into high heel shoes and sandals.With a new slimmer profile and enhanced metatarsal support, the new Vasyli - McConnell slimfit device 'disappears' under thefoot making it the perfect solution for hard to fit footwear.09 118 5313 X-Small 3-41/2 £23.7409 118 5305 Small 5-61/2 £23.7409 118 5297 Medium 7-81/2 £23.7409 118 5289 Large 9-101/2 £23.74

Vasyli Armstrong Diabetic Orthotic2

The Vasyli Armstrong Diabetic orthotic addresses the key problemareas for the diabetic foot - shearing / friction and pressure. Byutilising patented Glidesoft® technology, this unique combination ofconstruction and materials has been scientifically shown to reduceshear pressures by over 50% and dramatically reduces the onset ofplantar ulcers, compared to conventional diabetic insoles.These insoles should be used in conjunction with correct diabeticfootwear and regular medical check ups.09 118 5735 X-Small 3-41/2 £43.2109 118 5743 Small 5-61/2 £43.2109 118 5750 Medium 7-81/2 £43.2109 118 5768 Large 9-101/2 £43.2109 118 5776 X-Large 11-121/2 £43.21

SHEAR REDUCTION ZONE DISTAL SHEAR PROXIMAL SHEAR

XXXS XXS XS S M L XL XXL

UK 12-13 1 - 2.5 3 - 4.5 5 - 6.5 7 - 8.5 9 - 10.5 11 - 12.5 13-14.5

Vasyli Sizing Chart


014_EXPT_0105-0112:014_EXPT_0105-0112 23/11/09 17:32 Page 112


Preformed

Orthaheel Regular1

Fits all types of men’s and women’s (low heeled) footwear. 09 118 5883 Paediatrics 1-21/2 £16.1709 118 5941 X-Small 3-41/2 £16.1709 118 5958 Small 5-61/2 £16.1709 118 5966 Medium 7-81/2 £16.1709 118 5974 Large 9-101/2 £16.1709 118 5982 X-Large 11-121/2 £16.17

Orthaheel is an award winning, patented orthotic shoeinsert invented by podiatrist Philip Vasyli to re-align thefeet and ankles to their natural position and to correctbody posture. In turn, Orthaheel provides natural,lasting relief and comfort from many aches and pains.Sold off-the-shelf, no adjustment needed.

SHOCK ABSORPTION WITH PORON®

Orthaheel Workforce2

Designed to fit work boots and shoes, as well as hiking boots.09 118 6055 Paediatrics 1-21/2 £19.4209 118 6063 X-Small 3-41/2 £19.4209 118 6071 Small 5-61/2 £19.4209 118 6089 Medium 7-81/2 £19.4209 118 6097 Large 9-101/2 £19.4209 118 6105 X-Large 11-121/2 £19.42

Orthaheel Sports3

Designed to fit running shoes, walking shoes and most types ofsports shoe. Designed to help prevent sports injuries.09 118 5990 Kids 1-21/2 £21.5809 118 6006 X-Small 3-41/2 £21.5809 118 6014 Small 5-61/2 £21.5809 118 6022 Medium 7-81/2 £21.5809 118 6030 Large 9-101/2 £21.5809 118 6048 X-Large 11-121/2 £21.58

Vasyli Additions and Wedges5

All feet are not the same and often there is a need to modify theorthotic for specific problems that require extra biomechanicalcontrol. Suitable for use alongside Vasyli and Orthaheel insoles.

Rearfoot Varus Wedges09 118 4951 2º Wedge (5 pairs) £14.0109 118 4969 4º Wedge (5 pairs) £14.01

Forefoot Valgus Wedges09 118 4423 4º Wedge (5 pairs) £14.0109 118 4811 6º Wedge (5 pairs) £14.01

Heel Lifts09 118 4852 4mm Small (5 pairs) £14.0109 118 4860 4mm Medium (5 pairs) £14.0109 118 4878 4mm Large (5 pairs) £14.0109 118 4886 6mm Small (5 pairs) £14.0109 118 4894 6mm Medium (5 pairs) £14.0109 118 4902 6mm Large (5 pairs) £14.0109 118 4910 8mm Small (5 pairs) £15.4109 118 4928 8mm Medium (5 pairs) £15.4109 118 4936 8mm Large (5 pairs) £15.41

Forefoot Varus Wedge09 118 4829 2º Wedge (5 pairs) £14.0109 118 4837 4º Wedge (5 pairs) £14.0109 118 4845 6º Wedge (5 pairs) £14.01

Metatarsal Raise - Not Illustrated09 118 4944 (5 pairs) £14.01E

D

C

B

A

Orthaheel Pain Reliever4

For natural, lasting relief from most types of heel pain.09 118 5057 Small 3-71/2 £16.1709 118 5040 Large 7-121/2 £16.17


1

2

3

5 5

5 5


A

B

D

C

4

Orthaheel Insoles

Foot Orthoses

015_EXPT_0113-0120:015_EXPT_0113-0120 23/11/09 17:32 Page 113

Instance Simple InsolesInstance simple insoles are used in many cases as the first line of treatment for deflection or redistribution of pressure. Our range of simple insoles is accurately made to thepractitioner’s prescriptions.Use our prescription pad to outline the patient’s foot or simplyuse their foot size. Then choose from any combination of foam,base materials and additions to provide insoles to suit yourpatients specific needs.

Instance Instants™

1ST MET CUT OUT 1ST RAY CUT OUT HEEL AREA CUT OUT

A choice of: Everlite: a pressure and shockabsorbing material with a rapid recoveryafter compression.

Soft Cell: a cushioning foam that recoversslowly once pressure is removed, used forsensitive feet.

Dual Cell: a combination of an Everlitebase and a Soft Cell top layer.

Instance StandardStandard width shell, top cover to length ofshell, no foam liner, posting as specified.Standard and flat heel cup option.

Additional Foam Liners Instance Shell Modifications

Instance SportStandard width shell, top cover to full length,lined with dual set foam, posting as specified.Standard and flat heel cup option.

Instance Heel EaseStandard width shell with flat heel cup andaperture, top cover to full length, lined with dualset foam, no posting. Flat heel cup option only.

Instant Sizing Kit

Instance Instant systems are non casted orthoses manufactured from 2mm thick Carbonflex™ material. Posting and padding can be added to the prefabricated shellsaccording to the practitioners specific requirements without the need for casting or a foambox impression. Simply use the sizing kit to specify the required shell size, add this to theprescription form and send it into our Lab. This system allows you to prescribe quality, cost effective, functional foot orthoses for patients who do not require custom-made devices.


Foot

Ort

hose

sSemi Bespoke Manufactured

015_EXPT_0113-0120:015_EXPT_0113-0120 23/11/09 17:32 Page 114

Halo Bespoke Orthoses

The Custom Range of Foot Orthoses offered by Halo providesthe practitioner with a choice of materials, modifications andadditions in order to meet the needs of the patients. All ourcustom devices are manufactured using either the ultimatecad/cam technology or the traditional method of a modifiedpositive cast. Each device is manufactured accurately to thepractitioners’ prescription offering excellence in quality andperformance for the patient.

Custom Foot OrthosesFor ultimate foot control, Halo will manufacture detailed foot orthoses prescriptions from a range of materials, Carbon fibre, Polypropylene, Everflex and EVA.

Total Contact InsolesFor ultimate foot comfort and support, Halo will manufacture your Total Contact Insoles to your specific prescription using EVA and a range of shock absorbing top covers, Poron, X2, Softcell and Everlite. Call for a foot orthoses catalogue and a prescription pad.

Bespoke Plastic OrthoticsHalo Healthcare can offer a range of bespoke plastics includingDAFO, Fixed AFO, Ground Reaction AFO and Articulated AFO.Call for furtherinformation.

For further details onpricing or to requesta prescription pad please call: Customer Services.

Instance Sizing Kit - Child• Sizing Templates Children’s 4 - 13 Youth 1 - 3• Samples of top covers• Samples of foam liners• 2 x trial posting wedges 3°, 4°, 5° & 6°• Heel raise 4mm, 6mm and 8mm• Prescription pad• Sample Insoles 013174 £151.20

Instance Sizing Kit - Adult• Sizing Templates Men’s 6 - 14 Ladies 3 - 9• Samples of top covers• Samples of foam liners• 2 x trial posting wedges 3°, 4°, 5° & 6°• Heel raise 4mm, 6mm and 8mm• Prescription pad• Sample Insoles 013173 £189.00

HEEL RAISE MET PADHEEL CUSHION MEDIAL ARCH PADHEEL SPUR PAD

Instance Shell Additions

Instance FashionNarrow shaped shell, top cover to full length,no foam liner, posting as specified. Standardand flat heel cup option.

Instance KidsStandard width shell, top cover to length ofshell, no foam liner, posting as specified. Deep,standard and shallow heel cup option.


Foot Orthoses

Semi Bespoke Manufactured

015_EXPT_0113-0120:015_EXPT_0113-0120 26/11/09 16:18 Page 115

CastingFo

ot O

rtho

ses STS Casting Slipper Socks1

Intended for use in moulding the foot for the purpose of makinga cast. It can also be used for duplicating an orthotic device forthe foot, ankle or lower leg. STS Casting Slipper Socks are madefrom a stretchy, fibreglass knit, which are impregnated with awater curable polyurethane resin. By exposing the material to water, a chemical reaction is initiatedwhich causes the moulded material in the STS Casting SlipperSocks to become rigid. Finished moulds or lasts made from the material are strong,lightweight and replicate the limb with great accuracy. Theclinician using STS Casting Slipper Socks will find their usecleaner and quicker than traditional methods based on Plaster ofParis. Each of these is supplied with a poly cover.

Size UK Size018989S Small 2 - 4 £12.08018989M Medium 2 - 4 £12.08018989L Large 2 - 4 £12.08018989XL X-Large 2 - 4 £12.08

Plaster of Paris Bandage2

A cost effect method of obtaining slipper impressions of thepatients feet. Simple immersion in water allows the Plaster ofParis bandages to be wrapped around the lower section of thefoot to form a slipper which rapidly dries to a permanent record.000057 7.5cm x 2.7m Roll £2.63000058 10cm x 2.7m Roll £2.05000059 15cm x 2.7m Roll £2.36016621 20cm x 2.7m Roll £2.89

Foam Impression Box3

A cost and time effective method of obtaining a cast impression. 004246 4cm Standard £1.63017370 6cm Deep £2.26

Variban5

Variban is a lightweight foam which prevents skin coming intocontact with the plaster of paris when casting. 009357 5cm x 3.5m £0.68009331 7.5cm x 3.5m £0.80009356 10cm x 3.5m £1.13

Plaster of Paris4

018991 25kg Tub £18.35

1

1

2 3

4 5



015_EXPT_0113-0120:015_EXPT_0113-0120 1/12/09 13:13 Page 116


Materials

Poron® 4708 Blue (Medical Grade)Specially developed for the footcare industry Blue Poron 4708has passed numerous medical assessments for biologicalresponses. It is approved by the American Podiatric Associationand performs to criteria similar to those of other Poron productswhilst also satisfying professional needs for a soft tissuesupplement. It is commonly used in orthopaedic and prostheticapplications, including custom orthotics, custom prefabricatedorthotics, prosthetic padding and other biomechanical supports.Sheet size: 1370 x 1000mm.018885 1.6mm £24.92018886 3.2mm £33.63018887 6.35mm £52.15

Poron® 4400Non Medical Grade. Poron® is a microporous polyethylene foam.Permafresh offers an anti-bacterial protection. Sheet size: 1370 x 1000mm.009119 1.6mm £14.39009120 3.2mm £21.28009117 6mm £31.53

Poron® 4708 Heel Cushion018888S Small - Pair £2.31018888M Medium - Pair £2.31018888L Large - Pair £2.31

Poron® 4000 Grey (High Performance)Non Medical Grade. Poron® is a microporous polyethylene foam.Sheet Size: 225 x 315mm. 32mm. Pack of 4 Sheets.005352 Adhesive £17.98005340 Non-Adhesive £10.92

Poron® 96 Jade Green (Slow Memory Medical Grade)

Poron Medical Slow Recovery urethane is a unique customcontouring material. This material rebounds slowly whencompressed, which results in a custom fit or contour during eachuse. The material will continue to return to its original shape whennot in use. Sheet size: 1370 x 1000mm.018892 3.2mm £39.73018891 6.35mm £59.22

Foot Orthoses

Poron® Medical Urethanes offer a variety of formulations for lastingand compression set resistance in diverse applications. They areengineered, medium density, microcellular (cells are roughly 1000microns) foam material. They contain no plasticisers or processingagents, and will not become brittle or crack with age. Poron® materials pass both the Schwartz and Peck Human PatchTests (for primary skin irritation). They also carry the AmericanPodiatric Medical Assocation seal of approval. Poron materialshave consistently met the demands of the orthopedic andpodiatric market for more than 20 years.

Poron® Medical Urethanes

015_EXPT_0113-0120:015_EXPT_0113-0120 23/11/09 17:33 Page 117


Materials

Plastazote™1

Plastazote is a thermoplastic polyethylene foam.It is readilywashable, discourages bacteria growth and has good thermalproperties. A cross linked construction and non toxicity make it astandard for orthotic linings.Sheet Size: 500 x 500mm. Heat mouldable at 85 - 140°c.

Black009106 2mm £2.59006963 3mm £2.70006964 5mm £4.14006965 6mm £4.68

White006971 2mm £2.59006972 3mm £2.70006973 5mm £4.14006974 6mm £4.68

Spenco Roll2

1050 x 1200mm004045 £83.24

Yampi Synthetic Leather3

1400 x 500mm018081 Beige £8.38008125 Black £8.38

Pig Skin4

8 - 14ft005781 0.7-1mm £18.84

Skivers5

5 - 8ft. 005782 Very thin £30.10

Double Sided Tape6

For use as an adhesive in the fabrication of Chairside OrthoticInsoles. It is easy to use and with no inflammable liquids orvapours is safe for use in clinical situations.004035 25mm x 25m Roll £3.80

Elastic Net Not Illustrated8

Elastic net is ideal for the manufacture of orthotics, and isavailable in 4 widths. 10m roll.007213 2.5cm £12.07007214 5cm £20.83007215 6.25cm £13.57007216 7.5cm £24.28

Renia Ortec7

Specially designed adhesive for O&P work. Renia Ortec driesclear, stays flexible and is sweat and water resistant.Ortec can be used for bonding:• Poron• EVA• Plastics• Polyethylenes• Leather• Textiles• Some MetalsThis top notch adhesive is also Toluene free.Ortec has an open time of 10-60 minutes and can also bereactivated when heated.018915 0.64kg £10.92018916 4kg £33.60

1

2 3

4 5

6 7

Foot

Ort

hose

s Top Covers

Traditionally a thin layer of material is used to cover anappliance, providing a durable, comfortable and naturalsurface against the patient’s skin. We are only able tosupply complete skins which are sold by the squarefoot or tenth of a square foot.

015_EXPT_0113-0120:015_EXPT_0113-0120 23/11/09 17:33 Page 118


Simple Insoles

Slimflex Plus1

A reinforced EVA insole with a hard EVA stabiliser on the base.Comes with a deep heel cup and logitudinal arch provideincreased support. Pair.018922B Size 37 - UK 4 £6.35018922C Size 38 - UK 5 £6.35018922D Size 40 - UK 6 £6.35018922E Size 41 - UK 7 £6.35018922F Size 42 - UK 8 £6.35018922G Size 44 - UK 91/2 £6.35018922H Size 45 - UK 101/2 £6.35018922I Size 46 - UK 11 £6.35018922J Size 48 - UK 12 £6.35

Slimflex Plus Kids2

A reinforced EVA insole with a hard EVA stabiliser on the base.Comes with a deep heel cup and logitudinal arch provideincreased support. Pair.0163691 Size 26 - UK 8-9 £8.460163692 Size 28 - UK 10-11 £8.460163693 Size 30 - UK 111/2 - 121/2 £8.460163694 Size 32 - UK 13 £8.460163695 Size 34 - UK 11/2 £8.46

Slimflex Moulded Insole3

Slimflex Insole is a thin moulded EVA insole with a strengtheneddeep heel cup. Pair.006895 UK Size 3 £3.42006896 UK Size 4 £3.42006897 UK Size 5 £3.42006898 UK Size 6 £3.42006899 UK Size 7 £3.42006900 UK Size 8 £3.42006901 UK Size 9 £3.42006902 UK Size 10 £3.42006903 UK Size 11 £3.42006904 UK Size 12 £3.42

Eva Moulded Insoles4

A lightweight moulded insole that can be used as a temporaryorthotic. It is solvent fast so postings and paddings can beadded. Pair. One size.016106 3mm £1.84

X-Line™ Insoles5

An effective device offering an introduction to simple footorthoses: Versatile, easy to use and low volume in shoes. Flat bottomed, so wedge can be applied easily. A deep heel cupoffers more stability and added patient comfort. A midfoot saddleimproves biomechanical control. A 1st ray ‘Dell’ improves 1st raymobility. Pair.014283S Small £6.28014283M Medium £6.28014283L Large £6.28014283XL X-Large £6.28

Polypropylene Orthotic Shells6

A preformed and finished 2mm polypropylene shell which can beused as a base shell by either simply adding wedges, additionsand a top cover or by using it as a custom shell by heating andmoulding it to the positive. It can be heat moulded between 120-130°C. Pair.016375 £7.17

Poron® Insoles - Grey7

Poron® 4000 Pair. One size.006796 Cut to size 3mm £2.43

1 2

3

54

76

Foot Orthoses

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

11-12 9-10 8-9 7-8 6-7 5-6 3-4

UK Shoe Sizes

015_EXPT_0113-0120:015_EXPT_0113-0120 23/11/09 17:33 Page 119


Foot

Ort

hose

sSplints

Universal Night Splint1

Designed to provide relief from pain and discomfort of plantarfasciitis and achilles tendonitis. Adjustable side straps allowapplication of consistent stretch to the plantar fascia. Lightweightand low profile design with padded liner for patient comfort whilesleeping. Slip resistant sole for greater patient safety whilsttransferring. This will fit both the left and right foot. 017170S Small Up to UK size 41/2 £46.35017170M Medium UK size 5-8 £46.35017170L Large UK size 81/2-11 £46.35

The Strassburg Sock2

It is a safe, comfortable, simple and highly effective product forthe treatment of plantar fasciitis heel pain. It consists of a tubularknit material that fits over the calf with two adjustable straps tohelp maintain the foot in a neutral to slightly stretched position.018542R Regular Up to 41cm (Calf) £38.58018542L Large 41-53cm (Calf) £38.58

Darco Night Splint3

The new Darco Pneumatic Night Splint is designed to supportand protect the foot and ankle comfortably while providing avariable dorsi flexion adjustment. Features include: Pneumaticdorsi flexion bladder provides infinite angle adjustment. TerryCloth lining is all natural, comfortable and moisture absorbent.Non slip tread on the sole. Lightweight.016371S Small Up to UK size 41/2 £30.87016371M Medium UK size 5-8 £30.87016371L Large UK size 81/2-11 £30.87016371XL X-Large UK size 11+ £30.87

Aircast Podus Boot4

Lightweight, quality plastic shell with poly/pile liner helps treatand prevent lower extremity disorders associated with trauma orimmobility including pressure necrosis, ankle contractures andpost operative hip abduction or rotation. Adjustable toe extensionhelps protect toes from bedding. Fits left or right foot. Latex free.018578R Up to UK size 9 £38.58

AFO Adjustable Leaf Spring5

• Injection moulded polypropylene

• Removable washable soft laminate calf padding

• Contact closure calf strap

• Maybe heat moulded to fit

Left Right018980LS Small £33.08 018980RS Small £33.08018980LM Medium £33.08 018980RM Medium £33.08018980LL Large £33.08 018980RL Large £33.08018980LXL X-Large £33.08 018980RXL X-Large £33.08

Dyna Ankle6

Places the foot in moderate pronation and dorsiflexion. Dynamicrestraint continuously limits the plantar flexion and supination.Limits rotation. Can be worn with a shoe. Easy to clean.

Left Right018383L1 Small £89.28 018383R1 Small £89.28018383L2 Medium £89.28 018383R2 Medium £89.28018383L3 Large £89.28 018383R3 Large £89.28018383L4 X-Large £89.28 018383R4 X-Large £89.28

1 2

3 4

5

6

S M L XL

Shoe Size 21/2-6 7-9 71/2-91/2 91/2+Height 28 29 34 39

Shoe Sizes & Height

1 2 3 4

35-37 37-39 39-41 41-43


015_EXPT_0113-0120:015_EXPT_0113-0120 23/11/09 17:33 Page 120


Foot Orthoses

Splints

Hallux Valgus Splint2

Applied around for good fit, PCM padding provides excellentcomfort and can be worn at night. The extra length strap pullsthe big toe into its correct position, thereby allowing muscles towork as designed.001287L Left £13.55001287R Right £13.55

Hallux Valgus Night Splint3

Completely immobilises the Hallux Valgus for uninterruptedhealing. The splint provides adjustable varus valgus positioningcontrol to maintain ideal Hallux and metatarsal phalangealalignment. Specify left or right.

Left Right017550LM Medium £11.52 017550RM Medium £11.52017550LL Large £11.52 017550RL Large £11.52017550LXL X-Large £11.52 017550RXL X-Large £11.52

Darco Toe Alignment Splint4

An elastic metatarsal band with soft toe straps and hook & loopclosures. Obtains high quality post-operative alignment of thetoes during the healing process. Ideal for Hallux Valgus, hammer toes and Tailors bunion. 012756 One size fits most £9.58

1

32

4

5

3PP™ Toe Loops™1

The unique cushioning and grip of the foam-lined material makesthese straps ideal for repositioning the toes. The loop and strapdesign secures two or more toes together to stabilise fracturesand derotate toes that turn under. The Loop cushions the dorsumof the toe and helps straighten hammertoes and claw toes.Available in two sizes the narrow Loop fits smaller toes and thewide Loop fits the big toes.

09 116 0878 Narrow 1.5x7.6cm Pack of 5 £11.98

09 116 0886 Wide 4x10cm Pack of 5 £14.55

09 116 7634 Narrow 1.5x7.6cm Pack of 25 £54.23

09 116 7642 Wide 4x10cm Pack of 25 £68.29B

A

B

A

A

B

Bunion Splint Rolyan5

To help reduce pain following bunionectomy by positioning the big toe in proper alignment and to help prevent deformity. Made from soft fabrifoam material for enhanced comfort. The slip-resistant material keeps the support in position. For additional support, choose the Deluxe Bunion Splint with a 1.6mm Aquaplast stay that can be customised easily for anintimate fit to the foot. One size fits most adults.LeftA730101 Bunion Splint £18.16A730103 Deluxe Bunion Splint £22.13RightA730100 Bunion Splint £18.16A730102 Deluxe Bunion Splint £22.13

M L XL

3-4 4.5-7 7.5-12

UK Shoe Sizes

016_EXPT_0121-0128:016_EXPT_0121-0128 23/11/09 17:33 Page 121


1

1

2

Hallufix® Bunion Protector1

Hallux valgus is a deformity of the big toe which produces aswelling of the bunion on the inside of the foot. It is a conditionwhich frequently troubles many women even at a young age. At first, the deformity is viewed as merely a cosmetic problem,whereas the painful symptoms due to the developing arthritisfrequently occur only in later years. Hallufix delays the developmentof this condition and assists with the reduction of pain.09 120 1706 £30.2309 120 1995 Replacemet strap set £15.52

Hallufix® Splayfoot Insole with Mobile Pelotte2

Get the lift that you need whilst walking. The stable SplayfootInsole is hard wearing, yet very sleek and fits in almost any kindof shoe. The advantage of the Splayfoot Insole is its mobilepelotte. It can be positioned individually and optimally adjustedto the shape of your foot. The hook-and-loop fastener holds thepelotte securely in place while walking. The Hallufix SplayfootInsole is a breathable device and supports the transverse arch.Area of use: Splayfoot, Metatarsalgia (inflammation of themetatarsal joints), claw and hammer toes. UK shoe size.09 118 6857 Size 31/2-4 £11.9409 118 6865 Size 5-6 £11.9409 118 6766 Size 61/2-7 £11.94

Hallufix® Mid-foot Brace with Pelotte3

A specifically designed fixation system provides for customisedadjustment of the mid-foot brace with pelotte. It can be wornright or left and fits all foot sizes.The breathable mid-foot brace with polette provides relief of painin Splayfoot and Hallux Valgus. The non-traction materialstabilises and supports the mid-foot with two functions: it lifts thetransverse arch and brings the mid-foot into its optimal position.Area of use: Splayfoot, Hallux Valgus, Metatarsalgia(inflammation of the metatarsal joints), mid-foot inflammationsand fractures. One size.09 118 6782 Foot supports mid-foot brace with Pelotte £16.85

NEW

3NEW

Foot

Ort

hose

sFoot Splints

016_EXPT_0121-0128:016_EXPT_0121-0128 23/11/09 17:33 Page 122

SiliconesAppliancesSocksPerformance InsolesShock Absorbing Insoles

and Additions

124 - 128129

130 - 131132 - 133134 - 136

Footcare Appliances

Sorbothane InsolesFor full range see pages 132 - 133

016_EXPT_0121-0128:016_EXPT_0121-0128 23/11/09 17:33 Page 123


Silicones

Silipos Ball of Foot Gel Cushion1

Thin fabric-covered gel pad (2mm) to protect against abrasion,friction, and pressure. Excellent for relieving the burningsensation under the metatarsal heads. May be used as a softtissue supplement for metatarsalgia. Ideal for calluses and smallneuromas. Thin enough to fit in any shoe type.018960 One Size - Pair £5.24

Silipos Gel Toe Crest2

Helps to relieve pressure and pain caused by hammer, claw, and mallet toes. Silicone gel designed to absorb shock andprovide even pressure distribution. Reinforced toe loop to ensureproper fit. Will not bottom out like foam products.010326LS Small Left Pack of 3 £8.16010326RS Small Right Pack of 3 £8.16010326LL Large Left Pack of 3 £8.16010326RL Large Right Pack of 3 £8.16

5

1 2

3 4

Foot

care

Ap

plia

nces

Silipos gels cushion and protect specific parts of the body against impact,pressure, and shear forces, while simultaneously releasing moisture-richmineral oil that gently hydrates, softens, and conditions the skin without theuse of additional creams or lotions. Visco-elastic properties enable our gelsto move synergistically with the skin which prevents abrasion anddiscomfort. Our user-friendly products easily adapt to a wide range of bodytypes and moulds to ensure high patient compliance.

All of our gels are clear, non-toxic, and hypoallergenic. Technologicallyadvanced manufacturing capabilities allow Silipos to create a vastassortment of gels for a variety of uses. Additives such as vitamins andminerals, antioxidants, moisturisers, and fragrances can be applied to ourgels to address specific concerns across numerous markets. Silipos gelsare washable and reusable, and with proper care will continue to releaseskin-beneficial mineral oils throughout the life of the product.

Washable and ReusableAll of the Siliposproducts are washableand reusable yet retainall of their uniquebenefits. In fact, propercleaning and care ofour products willactually help to extendthe life of the item.

ConformsOur user friendly gelproducts have the ability toconform to whatever shapeor surface contour theycome in contact with,adapting to the person ratherthan the person adapting tothe product, to ensure highpatient compliance.

Cushions and ProtectsBecause of theirvisco-elastic or fluid-like nature, our gels‘flow’ to provide reliefwhen subjected toimpact, shear forces,pressure, shock andvibration.

Silipos Gel Metatarsal Pad3

Absorbs shock, impact and provides even distribution ofpressure in the foot area. Silipos Gel Metatarsal Pad helpsreduce the burning sensation on the metatarsal heads. Made of 100% silicone with a reinforced toe loop for increaseddurability and is anatomically designed for comfort and support.010327 One Size - Pair £6.89

Silipos Gel Metatarsal Pad with Toe Spreader4

Anatomically designed for comfort and protection of metatarsalheads. Helps reduce pain and burning sensations undermetatarsal heads. Ideal for fat pad atrophy, metatarsalgia, andMorton’s neuroma. Made of 100% silicone with built-in toe spreaderhelps reduce discomfort between toes while securing product inplace. Ideal for activities that place stress on toes and metatarsals.016365M Small / Medium - Pair £6.89016365L Large / X-Large - Pair £6.89

Silipos Digital Care Kit5

A convenient and economical way to store, display, anddispense our most popular digital care products. Specialcompartments for each product allows you to easily select thebest solution for the condition you are treating.Kit includes: Digital Caps (6) S/M, Digital Pads (4) Mini (4) S/M(4) L/X-L, Mesh Tubing (2) 3/4" x 6", Gel Toe Separators (6) Small (6) Large, Gel Toe Spreaders (4) Medium (4) Large. 008199 1 Kit £41.79

016_EXPT_0121-0128:016_EXPT_0121-0128 23/11/09 17:33 Page 124


SiliconesFootcare A

pp

liances

Silipos Digital Pad on a Strip™1

Mineral oil gel pads on a continuous strip. Elastic tube is easy tocut to preferred size. Once cut, product is turned inside out sogel can be applied to skin. Provides a more cost effectivealternative to Digital Pads. (2 strips per pack).008184 Mini - Strip of 17 £10.97008185 Small / Medium - Strip of 16 £10.97008186 Large / X-Large - Strip of 14 £10.97

Silipos Digital Caps™2

Fully lined with Silipos polymer gel for all round digital protection.Helps protect against pain caused by pressure and friction. Can be used to help treat nail or skin problems due to dryness.Helps reduce discomfort caused by corns, blisters, and ingrownnails. Fits toes or fingers (average cap length is 2.5"/6.5cm) and can be cut to size.0068581 Mini - Pack of 6 Ribbed £14.330068582 Small / Medium - Pack of 6 Ribbed £11.97006859 Large / X-Large - Pack of 6 Ribbed £13.07001514 One Size - Pack of 8 Mesh £9.82

Silipos All Gel Digital Caps3

Made with new longer lasting thermoplastic elastomer. Helpsprotect against pain caused by pressure and friction. Can beused to help treat nail or skin problems due to dryness. Helpsreduce discomfort caused by corns, blisters, and ingrown nails.Wear with sandals or open-toe shoes.010328 Small / Medium - Pack of 2 £4.90014602 Large / X-Large - Pack of 2 £5.46

Silipos Digital Pad™4

Protects toes and fingers from friction and abrasion. Helps toalleviate footwear pressure from toes. Use where corns, calluses,and hammer toes cause discomfort.0068601 Mini - Pack of 12 £13.180068602 Small / Medium - Pack of 12 £13.18006861 Large / X-Large - Pack of 12 £14.44

Silipos Digistrip™5

Half coated with mineral oil gel. Elastic tubing is easy to cut topreferred size. Once cut, product is turned inside out so gel canbe applied to skin. Provides a more cost effective alternative toour corn pads. Approx 20 toe protectors per strip.0095241 Narrow 60cm - Pack of 2 £22.120095242 Medium 60cm - Pack of 2 £22.120095243 Wide 60cm - Pack of 2 £22.12

Silipos Gel Tubing™6

Fully lined with Silipos polymer gel. Provides all round digitalprotection. Not as bulky as conventional foam tubing. Durableand will not bottom out as foam materials do. May help reducescar tissue. Can be cut to size required for toes.009051 Mesh Narrow - Pack of 3 £9.380068111 Ribbed Narrow - Pack of 2 £9.380068112 Ribbed Wide - Pack of 2 £9.38

Silipos Gel Toe Spreader™8

Conforms and comfortably fits between toes. Larger in sizecompared to the Gel Toe Separators. Use as an inter-digitalwedge for bunion deformity, overlapping toes, or toe drift.008167 Small - Pack of 4 £4.19008168 Medium - Pack of 4 £4.19009047 Large - Pack of 4 £4.63006814S Small - Pack of 100 £91.12006814M Medium - Pack of 100 £91.12006814L Large - Pack of 100 £91.12

Silipos Gel Toe Separator™7

008172 Small - Pack of 15 £9.04008173 Large - Pack of 15 £9.87006816S Small - Pack of 100 £56.67006816L Large - Pack of 100 £56.67

1 2

4

5 6

7 8

3

016_EXPT_0121-0128:016_EXPT_0121-0128 23/11/09 17:33 Page 125

126

Foot

care

Ap

plia

nces

Silicones

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

9 10

Silipos Gel Bunion1

Anatomically designed to comfortably conform to the shape ofthe bunion. Mineral oil gel pad cushions, protects, and reducespressure on affected area. Helps reduce scarring after surgery.003153 One Size - Pack of 5 £15.38

Silipos Bunion Care Gel Sleeve2

Anatomically designed to comfortably conform to the shape ofthe bunion. Mineral oil gel pad cushions, protects, and reducespressure on affected area. Helps to reduce scarring after surgery.010360 Small / Medium - Single £12.73010361 Large / X-Large - Single £13.88

Silipos Gel Squares™7

Versatile solution for discomfort related to pressure and friction.Can be trimmed to customised size. Mineral oil gel moisturisesand conditions skin. Can be used as an interface between theskin and a brace.

Adhesive001423 10 x 10cm, 3mm thick - Pack of 2 £9.92

Non-Adhesive002451 10 x 10cm, 3mm thick - Pack of 2 £10.53

Silipos Gel Foot Cover5

Thin layer of gel covered with fabric offers complete toeprotection. Extends to provide protection and cushioning to themetatarsal heads. Ideal for activities that place stress on toesand metatarsals.009864 Small 9.5 x 12.5cm - Pair £8.96008152 Medium 10 x 13.5cm - Pair £9.24009865 Large 11 x 15cm - Pair £9.43

Silipos Universal Gel Strap6

Comfortable elastic sleeve with anatomically designed gel pad tocover all five metatarsal heads. Helps reduce pain anddiscomfort in the forefoot. Serves as a soft tissue supplement forfat pad atrophy.

Gel covered008149 Small / Medium - Pair £11.63008150 Large / X-Large - Pair £13.62

Gel uncovered008147 Small / Medium - Pair £11.63008148 Large / X-Large - Pair £13.62

Plantar Cushions3

These cushions replace the natural footpad thanks to theremarkable properties of Epithelium 26®. This patented siliconegel is designed to distribute the weight of the body over the wholepressure zone. Machine washable.

UK Shoe SizeAA4367A Small 4-5 £25.60AA4367B Medium 6-71/2 £25.60AA4367C Large 8-101/2 £25.60

Bunion Protector4

The pain caused by the friction over the bunion will be alleviatedthanks to 1mm thickness of Epithelium gel. This silicone moduleavoids friction and it is designed so that the gel module stays inplace just over the area of pain. Machine washable.AA4368A Small 80-100mm (3-4") £16.17AA4368B Medium 100-115mm (4-41/2") £16.17AA4368C Large 115mm (41/2") £16.17

Body Discs8

Multi-purpose discs of mineral oil gel. Apply to parts of the bodysuffering from discomfort caused by pressure and friction. Canbe trimmed to customised size with scissors.018881 6.3cm Diameter. Pack of 2 £9.36

Otoform K2 Kit9

A mouldable putty with the addition of a curing agent which hardens to forma permanent rubbery appliance.007730 170g £11.50007731 800g £19.74007732 Hardener 20g £5.75

Silipos Gel Dots10

Self-adhesive backing allows for use with most materials (not skin). May beused to reduce abrasion, friction and pressure points in splints, casts,braces, or footwear. Can be fabricated with insoles and placed underindividual metatarsal heads.008165 3mm thick x 3cm diameter - Pack of 15 £10.20


016_EXPT_0121-0128:016_EXPT_0121-0128 23/11/09 17:33 Page 126


SiliconesFootcare A

pp

liances

Silipos Heel/Elbow Slip over1

Versatile mineral oil gel pad can be positioned almost anywherearound the foot and heel. Aids in the healing and skinconditioning of dry cracked heels and elbows. Effective inhelping to prevent heel and elbow ulcerations.009067 Small / Medium - Single £10.61009009 Large / X-Large - Single £11.19

Silipos Malleolar Sleeve4

Designed with two discs of gel moulded on both the medial andlateral malleolae. Cushions and protects the ankle againstimpact, pressure and abrasion. Provides gentle compression tothe ankle. Effective in protecting against discomfort caused byski boots, skates, cleats and other athletic footwear.010411 One Size - Single £15.35

Silipos Achilles Heel Pad3

Soft conforming gel pad which protects the posterior of the heelfrom the pressure, impact and friction. Provides gentlecompression and dissipation of pressure around inflamed area.Effective in protecting against discomfort caused by ski boots,skates, cleats, other athletic footwear, and shoes or boots.Reduces pain caused by footwear pressure on irregular heelbumps.008183 Small / Medium - Single £12.99008187 Large / X-Large - Single £14.45

Silipos Boot Bumper5

Helps protect the foot and ankle from abrasions without theadded bulk. Effective in protecting against discomfort caused byski boots, skates, cleats and other athletic footwear. Provideslight compression to the foot and ankle.AA92001 Small / Medium - Single £27.83AA92002 Large / X-Large - Single £27.83

Silipos Lace Bite Protector6

Anatomically designed gel pad to protect the dorsal aspect ofthe foot from pressure, friction and pinching from shoelaces.Effective in protecting against discomfort caused by ski boots,skates, cleats and other athletic footwear. Provides lightcompression to the foot and ankle.018884 One Size - Single £10.97

Silipos Soft Skin Heel Sleeve2

This gel pad is anatomically moulded to fit the heel. Designed tomoisturise and soften dry, cracked skin and help to reduce heelfissures. Beneficial for dermatitis and eczema can be used inconjunction with skin moisturising creams and lotions.Recommended as a non-ambulatory therapy product, not to beworn with shoes.010433 One Size - Single £11.80

1

3

5

2

4

6

016_EXPT_0121-0128:016_EXPT_0121-0128 23/11/09 17:33 Page 127

128

Foot

care

Ap

plia

nces

Silicones

Gel Toe Cap1

Cushioning protection for toes or fingers. Helps reduce discomfortcaused by corns, blisters, and ingrown nails. Pack of 1.09 117 6353 Small £3.87 09 117 6361 Large £4.52

Cushion Toe Cap2

Cushioning protection for toes or fingers. Helps reducediscomfort caused by corns, blisters, and ingrown nails. Pack of 1.09 117 6395 Small £3.87 09 117 6403 Large £3.87

Gel Corn Pads3

Helps to relieve painful corns. Gel pad allows for customplacement. Pack of 2. One size.09 117 6411 £4.52

Gel Toe Tubes4

Fully lined with gel for all-around protection. Cushions andprotects toes against pressure and friction. One size but can becut for suitable fit. Pack of 2.09 117 6445 £4.52

Gel Toe Separators5

Relieves pressure and friction between toes. Helps correctoverlapping toes. Pack of 6 (2 small, 2 medium, 2 large).09 117 6460 £5.15

Cushion Toe Separators6

Relieves pressure and friction between toes. Helps correctoverlapping toes. Pack of 6 (2 small, 2 medium, 2 large).09 117 6486 £3.87

Cushion Toe Comb7

Separates and cushions toes. Helps relieve discomfort causedby crooked or overlapping toes. One size pack of 2.09 117 6494 £4.52

Gel Toe Support8

Helps relieve toe pain caused by hammer, claw, and mallet toes.Reduces toe and forefoot pressure. Pack of 1. Specify left or right.09 117 6502 Left £4.52 09 117 6510 Right £4.52

Gel Bunion Shield9

Protects and helps relieve pain caused by bunions. Gel dotcushions, protects, and reduces pressure. One size, pack of 1.09 117 6528 £5.17

Cushion Heel Pad10

Helps relieve heel pain. Self-adhesive backing for proper placement.Reduces discomfort caused by plantar fasciitis. Pack of 2.09 117 6544 Small £4.52 09 117 6551 Medium £4.5209 117 6569 Large £4.52

Ball of Foot Cushion Pad11

Absorbs shock and pressure on the ball-of-foot gently massagesthe bottom of the foot. Helps prevent calluses by reducing friction.One size, pack of 2.09 117 6585 £5.16

Heel Cups12

Relieves heel pain caused by plantar fasciitis and heel spursHelps reduce lower back pain and discomfort Silicone construction.One size, pack of 2.09 117 6593 £9.03

Arch Supports13

Provides gentle compression and comforting support to arch offoot, comfortably lifts and supports the plantar fascia. Helps torelieve heel and arch pain. One size, pack of 2.09 117 6601 £8.38

21

43

65

87

109

1211

13 14


Gel Forefoot Pad14

019202 £3.68

016_EXPT_0121-0128:016_EXPT_0121-0128 23/11/09 17:34 Page 128

Appliances

Met Pad 2/CH1

A central pear shaped metatarsal dome, covered in soft chamoisleather with a 5cm wide fine weave band. Pair.004388 Small £8.45004393 Medium £8.45004394 Large £8.45

Mobilis Toe Bolster5

Mobilis Toe Bolsters are latex foam moulds covered in chamoisleather with elastic loop to fit over toe. The bolsters provide undersupport to the toes which have a tendency to retract.Right007201 Small £1.76007202 Medium £1.76007204 Medium Long £1.76007203 Large £1.76Left007205 Small £1.76007206 Medium £1.76007208 Medium Long £1.76008603 Large £1.76

PQ Heel Lift - 6mm6

Firm flat heel lift in gel. Supplied as a pair.010487S Small Size 3-5 £4.40010487M Medium Size 6-8 £4.40010487L Large Size 9-11 £4.40010488S Small Size 3-5 £4.40010488M Medium Size 6-8 £4.40010488L Large Size 9-11 £4.40

Poron® 4708 Heel Cushion - 6mm7

Supplied as a pair. Made from Poron® 4708, a speciallydeveloped material for the footcare industry.018888S Small £2.31018888M Medium £2.31018888L Large £2.31

21

4

5

3

76

Met Pad 4/CH3

A wide, shaped foam pad, under full width rubber base, coveredin chamois leather with a 5cm wide fine weave band. Pair.007277 Small £8.45007281 Medium £8.45007288 Large £8.45

Met Pad 6/CH2

Full width shaped foam pad, supporting the 5th met covered inchamois leather with a 5cm wide fine weave band. Pair.007295 Small £8.45007299 Medium £8.45007300 Large £8.45007301 X-Large £8.45

Met Pad 11/CH4

Kidney shaped foam met pad, covered in leather with 5cm widefine weave band. Pair.007318 Small £8.45007321 Medium £8.45007322 Large £8.45

129www.mobilisrolyan.com Tel: 08448 730 035

Footcare Ap

pliances

017_EXPT_0129-0136:017_EXPT_0129-0136 23/11/09 17:34 Page 129


Foot

care

Ap

plia

nces

Socks

1 Gel Therapy Socks1

• Mineral oil gel comfortably conforms to the feet to continuouslymoisturise and condition the skin

• Beneficial for skin conditions such as eczema, psoriasis anddermatitis

• Designed with non-restrictive cuff• Can be used as warming socks for arthritic conditions• Gel is hypoallergenic and does not contain any additives,

fragrances or latex• Outer fabric is made of 90% Cotton, 10% Spandex• Socks can be worn at night for intensive treatment (products

are non-ambulatory)018908 One Size Pair Oatmeal £17.59

2

3

Seal Skinz2

Silipos Arthritic & Diabetic Sock4

• Single layer sock with 1/16" (2mm) of gel throughout the sole• Helps prevent foot ulcerations• Non-restrictive cuff• Can be used with or without diabetic shoes• Provides optimum protection for the neuropathic foot• Helps reduce friction, abrasion, and shear forces while

preventing callus formation• Serves as a soft tissue supplement for fat pad atrophyBlack White UK Size012081S 010330S Small up to 6 £13.22012081M 010330M Medium 6 to 9 £13.22012081L 010330L Large 9 and above £13.22

5

NEW

4

• Merino wool/acrylic inner sock, with a wicking/absorption layerfor extra warmth and maximum comfort

• 100% waterproof and breathable porelle membrane.• Elasticated nylon with Lycra outer sock - faster drying, low

absorption and excellent durability • Calf length - 100% waterproof protection up to the calf muscle • Seamless technology - no bulky stitched seams • New stretch technology offering superb fit and excellent comfort

UK Size021733S Small 3-5 £34.65021733M Medium 6-8 £34.65021733L Large 9-11 £34.65021733XL X-Large 12-14 £34.65

Socks for Diabetics3

These socks have been designed specifically for diabetics andfoot sufferers. Totally ridgeless, with flat seams, they reduce therisk of rubbing and sores. They also have an elastic free top.Made of 100% cotton for maximum comfort, they are smart,traditional and suitable for everyday use.

UK SizeAA4575GS Small 4-7 £14.76AA4575GM Medium 7-9 £14.76AA4575GL Large 9-13 £14.76

Therasock®5

The Therasock® special ‘sock within a sock’ design helps eliminatethe factors that can lead to foot complications from diabetes andother conditions, so feet stay healthier and more comfortable.Therasock is the best selling sock for diabetics in the USA.

Colour Size UK Size007589 Black Small 3-5½ £5.68007590 Black Medium 5½-8 £5.68007591 Black Large 8-11 £5.68007592 Black X-Large 11+ £5.68007595 Black Medium Wide 5½-8 £5.68007596 Black Large Wide 8-11 £5.68007585 White Small 3-5½ £5.68007586 White Medium 5½-8 £5.68007587 White Large 8-11 £5.68007588 White X-Large 11+ £5.68007593 White Medium Wide 5½-8 £5.68007594 White Large Wide 8-11 £5.68

017_EXPT_0129-0136:017_EXPT_0129-0136 23/11/09 17:34 Page 130


SocksFootcare A

pp

liances

Protect Your FeetIntelligent, Silver, Seamless Socks Designed to:

• Reduce friction, shear and pressure• Provide effective temperature and moisture

management• Offer resistance against compression• Assist in providing a bacteriostatic environment• Adapt to the individual shape of the foot• Offer safe, warm, non-constrictive hosiery• Provides an important protective interface between

the skin and the shoe• An excellent choice for diabetic patients

The Paladin Therapeutic Sock was created specifically for the medical market. Developed in consultation with expert clinical advisors. Produced with advanced,

cutting-edge technology, and incorporating a unique combination of natural fibres.

Merino WoolThe Paladin sock is 100% pure New ZealandMerino wool, chosen for its natural ability toeffectively manage temperature and moisture.New Zealand Merino wool fibre ensuresthermostatic regulation by absorption and re-absorption of moisture away from the skin,insulating and regulating the skins surfacetemperature. This naturally occurringthermostatic activity retains its temperature toheat the skin in colder climates or cool theskin in warmer climatic conditions.• a natural, healthy alternative to synthetic

fibres• superior softness & comfort• warmth without weight• odour resistance• an ability to breathe• temperature & moisture management• strength & durability• extra resilience for impact protection

SeaCellCellulose + Seaweed + Silver

= SeaCell activeEntwined within the thread of the NewZealand merino yarn is SeaCell active, aninnovative, cellulose and seaweed-basedfibre.

The fibres work by slowly releasing silver ionswhen coming into contact with moist, warmconditions. The nontoxic silver content acts byinhibiting the growth of bacteria and fungi,discouraging skin contamination and BacteriaSilver Ions reduce the presence of odour.• skin compatible• antimicrobial• bacteriostatic• anti-fungal• anti-inflammatory• hypo-allergenic• odour inhibiting• environmentally friendly• safe, stable, and permanent in action,

even after frequent washing

Elastic Support SystemESS locks the sock onto the foot and thelower leg with minimal compression,providing support particularly under theplantar arch region, the highest qualityelastics provide stretch and recovery.• a form-fitting system• minimal compression• a snug, customised fit• no bunching or ride-down• reduce friction & shear forces

BaseMed BaseMed AirborneMed AirborneMed LifestyleMed ProtectiveMedWomen Men Quarter Invisible

Fabrication 60% Merino Wool 60% Merino Wool 58% Merino Wool 60% Merino Wool 55% Merino Wool 57% Merino Wool21% Nylon 21% Nylon 25% Nylon 24% Nylon 29% Nylon 30% Nylon9% Elastic 9% Elastic 9% Elastic 8% Elastic 9% Elastica 10% Elastic7% SeaCell 7% SeaCell 5% SeaCell 5% SeaCell 4% SeaCell 3% SeaCell3% Lycra 3% Lycra 3% Lycra 3% Lycra 3% Lycra

Weight Lightweight Lightweight Midweight Lightweight Midweight Heavyweight

Double Cuff Short Short Short Short Long Long

Lateral Stretch 240mm 240mm 245mm 180mm 270mm 320mm

Sex Women Men Unisex Unisex Unisex Unisex

Sole Pad 4mm 4mm 4mm 4mm 4mm 6mm

Colour Black(B), Navy(N) Black(B), Navy(N), String(S) Black(B), White(W) Black(B), White(W) Black(B), White(W) Black(B), String(S)

Code 018875 018876 018877 018963 018874 018878Price £9.87 £9.87 £9.87 £9.87 £9.87 £9.87

Paladin™ Medical Range

S M L XL

3-5 5½-7½ 8-10½ 11-13½

UK Size*

INFORMATIONPlease state required size & colour when ordering.

017_EXPT_0129-0136:017_EXPT_0129-0136 23/11/09 17:34 Page 131

®

132

Performance Insoles


Our unique world leading technology is now even moreadvanced to give maximum performance with every impact.

• Unrivalled ShockAbsorption

• 100% effective withevery stride

• Up to 30% lighter

• Nano silverantibacterialtechnology formaximum comfort

• New cutting edgepack designs

SHOCKWAVES

RETURNRETURN

DISPERTIONDISPERTION DISPERSIONDISPERSION

RRETURN IMPACT

Shockwaves are created every time your feet strike the ground, causing damage to joints, muscles, ligaments and tendons. Sorbothane’s® unique visco-elastic material mimics the characteristics of human flesh, and at the moment of impact changes shape to disperse shockwaves sideways.

1

2

3

½

½

½

RECOMMENDED BY

MEDICAL PROFESSIO

NALS

NECK

BACK

KNEE

HEEL

Foot

care

Ap

plia

nces

017_EXPT_0129-0136:017_EXPT_0129-0136 23/11/09 17:34 Page 132

133

Performance Insoles

4

5

6

The Professionals Choice

We’re always a step ahead...


Sorbo-Pro Insoles4

0218811 UK Size 3-4½0218812 UK Size 5-60218813 UK Size 70218814 UK Size 80218815 UK Size 90218816 UK Size 100218817 UK Size 11-12½

Full Strike3

0218741 UK Size 3-4½0218742 UK Size 5-6½0218743 UK Size 70218744 UK Size 80218745 UK Size 90218746 UK Size 100218747 UK Size 11-12½

Single Strike1

0218721 UK Size 3-4½0218722 UK Size 5-6½0218723 UK Size 70218724 UK Size 80218725 UK Size 90218726 UK Size 100218727 UK Size 11-12½

Double Strike2

0218731 UK Size 3-4½0218732 UK Size 5-60218733 UK Size 70218734 UK Size 80218735 UK Size 90218736 UK Size 100218737 UK Size 11-12½

Heel Pads5

021875S Small UK Size 3-5021875M Medium UK Size 6-8021875L Large UK Size 9-13

Cush ‘N’ Step6

0172821 UK Size 3-40172822 UK Size 5-60172823 UK Size 70172824 UK Size 80172825 UK Size 90172826 UK Size 100172827 UK Size 11-12

½

½

Footcare Ap

pliances

017_EXPT_0129-0136:017_EXPT_0129-0136 23/11/09 17:34 Page 133


Foot

care

Ap

plia

nces

Shock Absorbing Insoles

1 2

3 4

5

7 8

6

Spenco® 3/4 Length Orthotic Arch Support1

Mouldable Arch Insert - may be heat adjusted for a custom fit.Sold in pairs. Please see sizes in table below.009550 Size 0 to 6 £20.23

Spenco® Arch Support2

Made from the same long lasting materials as Standard insolesbut with added soft arch cushions for extra comfort. Sold inpairs. Please see sizes in table below. 009551 3/4 Length Size 0 to 6 £10.97009552 Full Length Size 0 to 6 £12.08

Spenco® Standard Heel Cushion3

Closed-cell Nitrogen-injected Spenco® Material - 6.35mm (1/4")cushioning layer absorbs shock and impact. Tapered Edge - fitscomfortably in any closed shoe.0001521 Small UK Size 4-6 £5.120001522 Medium UK Size 7-9 £5.120001523 Large UK Size 9-13 £5.12

Spenco® Standard Insoles4

Spenco® Standard Insoles are the original green insole. They provide long-lasting heel to toe comfort, are washable andcan be trimmed to fit with scissors. Suitable for all shoe types.Sold in pairs. Please see sizes in table below. 000150 0 to 6 £5.75

Spenco® Iron Man Performance Gel Insoles5

Provides superior energy return for performance using TPR gel,crash pads absorbs impact and shock that affect the forefootand heel. The anatomical centring device helps provide motioncontrol to correctly position the foot, support the arch and helpreduce the risk of injury. The perfect fit for those who needactivated energy from start to finish. Trim to fit. Sold in pairs.012315S Small 5-8 £12.08 012315L Large 9-12 £12.08

Spenco® Ball of Foot Cushion6

A cushioning layer provides maximum comfort, cushioning andstability to the ball of foot. Sold in pairs.018941 One size fits all. £5.24

Spenco® Iron Man Sports Plus Replacement Insoles

8

A cushioning layer provides maximum comfort, cushioning andstability to the ball of foot. Trim to fit. Sold in Pairs012312S Small 5-8 £12.08 012312L Large 9-12 £12.08

Spenco® Iron Man All Sport Replacement Insoles

7

A cushioning layer provides maximum comfort, cushioning andstability to the ball of foot. Sold in pairs. Please see sizes in table below.018970 Size 0 to 6 £12.08

Spenco RX™ Footcare Products improve overall foot comfort.They are the first choice for thousands of Podiatrists and MedicalProfessionals who refer patients to insole retailers for mostcommon foot conditions (plantar fasciitis, over-pronation andsupination). Exclusive closed-cell nitrogen-injected Spenco®

Material creates a soft “comfort bubble” environment - to absorbshock and return energy while reducing friction and sheer to helpprevent blisters. Spenco RX™ Footcare Products contain Ultra-Fresh Silpure. Exceptional odour control through advanced silver-based antimicrobial 4-way Stretch Fabric with Ultra-FreshSilpure - helps prevent blisters while controlling odour. 7 sizes - correct arch placement for better fit and comfort.Unconditionally guaranteed for one full year. Hand wash. Air Dry.

UK 2-3 4-5 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14

EUR 32-34 36-38 38-40 40-42 42-44 44-46 46-48

Sizes 0(XXS) 1(XS) 2(S) 3(M) 4(L) 5(XL) 6(XXL)


017_EXPT_0129-0136:017_EXPT_0129-0136 23/11/09 17:34 Page 134


Shock Absorbing InsolesFootcare A

pp

liances

Wonderspur Red Dot1

Relieves pain throughout heel. Aids in bursitis, achilles tendonitis,pressure ulcers, and plantar fasciitis. Pair.0020581S Small UK Size 2-4 £20.250020581M Medium UK Size 5-7 £20.250020581L Large UK Size 8-10 £20.250020581XL X-Large UK Size 11+ £20.25

Wonderspur Blue Dot2

Aids in calcaneal spurs, plantar fasciitis, heel spurs, and kneeand back pain. Pair.0020582S Small UK Size 2-4 £20.250020582M Medium UK Size 5-7 £20.250020582L Large UK Size 8-10 £20.250020582XL X-Large UK Size 11+ £20.25

S-Gel Full Length Insole with Met Bar3

0129691 Small UK Size 41/2-51/2 £13.230129692 Medium UK Size Size 6-7 £13.230129693 Large UK Size 7-8 £13.230129694 X-Large UK Size 8-12 £13.230129695 XX-Large UK Size 13+ £13.23

Silipos Gel Full Length Insole4

Ideal as replacement insole in shoes with removable insoles.Provide relief for heel, arch, and forefoot problems. Dualformulation absorbs shock under high pressure areas whilesupporting surrounding tissue.016367S Small UK Size 31/2-6 £20.40016367M Medium UK Size 61/2-9 £20.40016367L Large UK Size 91/2-121/2 £20.40016367XL X-Large UK Size 13+ £20.40

S-Gel 3/4 Length Insole5

0130521 Small EU Size 36 £15.500130522 Medium EU Size 38 £15.500130523 Large EU Size 40 £15.500130524 X-Large EU Size 42 £15.50

S-Gel Heel Cup6

012929S Small £8.82012929M Medium £8.82012929L Large £8.82

Mobilis Gel Plus Full Length Insole7

Provides shock absorption and cushioning, with the option ofadding orthotic gel additions.

EU Size018947A Small 33-36 £13.22018947B Medium 37-40 £13.22018947C Large 41-43 £13.22

1

3

4

5

6

2

7

017_EXPT_0129-0136:017_EXPT_0129-0136 23/11/09 17:34 Page 135


Foot

care

Ap

plia

nces

Shock Absorbing Insoles & Additions

Mobilis Gel Plus Posted Heel Cushion4

Assists in dissipating shock and cushioning with an added 4°wedge it helps control small amounts of pronation.

UK Size018950A 1-3 £12.12018950B 4-6 £12.12018950C 7-9 £12.12018950D 10-12 £12.12

Sorbothane Medical Insole1

A slim line insole that works as a replacement for your existinginsole to provide optimim shock absorbtion.

UK Size EU Size0172871 21/2-41/2 35-37 £3.470172872 5-61/2 38-40 £3.470172873 7-71/2 41 £3.470172874 8-81/2 42 £3.470172875 9 43 £3.470172876 91/2-101/2 44-45 £3.470172877 11-13 46-48 £3.47

Sorbothane Medical Soft Spot2

A versatile heel pad with a removable central plug. Specificallydesigned for the treatment of plantar fasiitis and heel spurs.

UK Size EU Size017286S 21/2-5 35-38 £3.35017286M 51/2-81/2 39-42 £5.03017286L 9-131/2 43-49 £5.03

Sorbothane Medical Heel Pad3

Used where both shock absorbtion and lift are required.Relieves calf strain and helps in the treatment of achillestendonitis.

UK Size EU Size017283S 21/2-5 35-38 £1.95017283M 51/2-81/2 39-42 £1.95017283L 9-13 43-48 £1.95

Mobilis Gel Plus Posted Heel Cushion5

Assists in dissipating shock and cushioning, a removable plugprovides an additional relief from medial calcaneal pain orplantar fasciitis. With removable plug.

UK Size018949A 1-3 £8.81018949B 4-6 £8.81018949C 7-9 £8.81018949D 10-12 £8.81

Mobilis Gel Additions Corrective Wedge6

018962S 7mm Small - Pair £5.50018962L 7mm Large - Pair £5.50

Mobilis Gel Additions Heel Lift7

018953S 3.5mm Small - Pair £4.40018953L 3.5mm Large - Pair £4.40018954S 7mm Small - Pair £4.40018954L 7mm Large - Pair £4.40

Mobilis Gel Additions Metatarsal Pads8

018952S Small - Pair £3.84018952L Large - Pair £3.84

Mobilis Gel Additions Longitudinal Arch Pads9

018951S Small - Pair £4.95018951L Large - Pair £4.95

4 5

6 7

8 9

1

2 3

Sorbothane is an established market leader of shockabsorbing insoles in the sport and medicine sector and has been for over 25 years. Renowned for itsinsoles and heel pads the injury prevention range isregularly recomended by leading medical, sports andoccupational health practitioners. Sorbothane medicalinsoles are designed to absorb harmfull shockwavesand aid rehabilitation and prevention from injury.

017_EXPT_0129-0136:017_EXPT_0129-0136 23/11/09 17:35 Page 136

Splinting MaterialsPre-Cuts & Pre-Formed SplintsPadding MaterialsStrapping MaterialsTools & AccessoriesDynamic SplintingFinger Splints

138 - 158159 - 165166 - 169170 - 174175 - 184185 - 192193 - 200

Splinting

Dynamic SplintingFor full range see pages 185 - 192

018_EXPT_0137-0144:018_EXPT_0137-0144 23/11/09 17:35 Page 137


Splinting Materials

• Half the weight of 3.2mm splinting material

• Easy to cut when cold

• Ideal for paediatrics, finger splints and hand -based splints

• Lightweight with moderate support

• Minimises bulkiness

• Perfect for a wide range of static and dynamic splints including arthritis splints and thumb, hand and forearm splints

• Traditional thickness for greater support

• Well-suited for upper and lower extremity splints, spasticity splints and fracture bracing

• Maximum rigidity for body jackets, spasticity splints, lower extremity splints and fracture braces

1.6mm

Thermoplastics at a glanceChoosing the appropriate thickness:

Choosing solid versusperforated material:

3.2mm 19% OptiPerf

1.6mm 19% OptiPerf

1.6mm 13% UltraPerf

2.4mm 19% OptiPerf

1.6mm 42% Perf

We exclusively offer a variety of Rolyan® thermoplastics withan anti-microbial component built in for odour reduction.

2.4mm 4.8mm3.2mm

SolidFor extra rigidity.

PerforatedPerforated (1%, 2% or 21/2%) for slightventilation and added comfort withoutcompromising rigidity.

UltraPerfOptiPerfSuperPerfUltraPerf (13%), OptiPerf (19%), andSuperPerf (38% or 42%) for lighter weight,exceptional ventilation and greater comfortand compliance. For additional support,select a thicker material.

2.4mm 38% SuperPerf

3.2mm 42% Perf 3.2mm 1% Perf

Sp

lintin

g

018_EXPT_0137-0144:018_EXPT_0137-0144 23/11/09 17:35 Page 138


Splinting Materials

Polyform™Most conformable Rolyan® materialSee page 141.

RE

SIS

TAN

CE

TO

STR

ETC

H:

MIN

IMU

M

At Rolyan we believe that our diverse and comprehensive rangeof thermoplastic materials reflects the varying needs of clinicians today.Different handling and performance properties are required for the varied caseloadsand client groups that therapists work with.These recommendations provide a general guide. Special circumstances and theclinician’s preference may make one material more appropriate than another.

TailorSplint™Our most versatile material for a wide variety of applicationsSee page 150.

Polyflex II™ The optimum combination of intimateconformability and resistance to stretchSee page 143

San-Splint™High degree of controlSee page 154.

Ezeform™Extremely strong and durableSee page 151.

Aquaplast™ Resilient™-T, Aquaplast™ Original Resilient™Aquaplast™ with maximum controlled stretchSee page 153.

Synergy™Offers harmony between rigidity and mouldabilitySee page 152.

MINIMUM RESISTANCEHand splints require a material that has a low resistanceto stretch. There are, however, special cases in which asmall splint requires a material that has a higherresistance to stretch, for example when splintingagainst gravity or for spasticity.

MODERATE RESISTANCEMedium-sized splints and orthotics, such as wristsplints, elbow splints, neck collars, and knee splints,require a material with a moderate amount of resistance to stretch.

MAXIMUM RESISTANCEMost large appliances, such as back braces, foot dropsplints, leg braces, and spasticity splints, require amaterial with high resistance to stretch.

Aquaplast™ ProDrape™-TMost conformable Aquaplast™ materialSee page 142.

Seria

l sta

tic (s

tatic

pro

gres

sive

) spl

ints

Face

mas

ks

Anti-

Mic

robi

al O

ptio

n Av

aila

ble

Nec

k co

llars

Thum

b an

d fin

ger s

plin

ts

Han

d sp

lints

Wris

t spl

ints

Elbo

w s

plin

ts fo

r fle

xion

and

exte

nsio

n

Bas

es fo

r dyn

amic

spl

ints

Bod

y su

ppor

ts a

nd b

ody

jack

ets

Foot

dro

p sp

lints

Foot

spl

ints

(am

bula

tory

)

Ankl

e st

irrup

spl

ints

Knee

spl

ints

for i

mm

obilis

atio

n

Splin

ts fo

r spa

stic

ity

RE

SIS

TAN

CE

TO

STR

ETC

H:

MO

DE

RA

TE

RE

SIS

TAN

CE

TO

STR

ETC

H:

MA

XIM

UM

The Rolyan® Range

Aquaplast™-T, Aquaplast™ Original andAquaplast™ Watercolors™ The optimum Aquaplast™ combination of intimateconformability and resistances to stretchSee pages 144 to 147.

Sp

linting

018_EXPT_0137-0144:018_EXPT_0137-0144 23/11/09 17:35 Page 139


Splinting Materials

Contains a wide range of splinting materials for the therapist whowants to gain experience with a variety of materials and products.The kit includes the following:30 x 46cm Sheets of Splinting Material• Aquaplast Resilient-T, 3.2mm, white, solid23 x 30cm Sheets of Splinting Material• Ezeform, 3.2mm, white, solid • Aquaplast ProDrape-T, 3.2mm, white, solid• Synergy, 3.2mm, white, solid• TailorSplint, 3.2mm, beige, solid5 x 5cm Pieces of Splinting Material• Polyform, 3.2mm, white, solid• Aquaplast-T, 3.2mm, white, solid• Synergy, 3.2mm, white, solid• Ezeform, 3.2mm, white, solid• Polyflex II, 3.2mm, white, solid• San-Splint, 3.2mm, beige, solid• TailorSplint, 3.2mm, beige, solid• Watercolors, 3.2mm, purple, solidOther Splinting Products• SoftStrap Strapping material, 5cm wide, 183cm long • Self-adhesive hook strapping material, 2.5cm wide,

91cm long, beige• 4 finger loops, 5cm wide, 2.5cm long • 2 outrigger wires, 3.2mm diameter, 91cm long • 8 rubber bands, size 30, 5cm long, 3.2mm wide• 15cm goniometer A783101 £92.11

1 Introductory Splinting Kit Rolyan1

Fundamentals of Hand Therapy Book2

Clinical Reasoning and Treatment Guidelines for CommonDiagnoses of the Upper Extremity by Cynthia Cooper. Copyright 2007. This illustrated text and reference emphasisesthe fundamentals of hand therapy - for both specialists and non-specialists who encounter clients with hand issues. It provides a consistent format with tips and guidelines for handtherapy treatment. Coverage includes hand anatomy, key termsand concepts, and the evaluation process. A focus on professionalissues includes clients with functional somatic syndromes andchallenging behaviour, client-therapist rapport, and the roles oftherapy assistants. Providing many case studies, this text helpstherapists think critically about clients’ individual needs.09 116 8996 £66.32

2

3 4

5

Contains a selection of Rolyan thermoplastic materials ideal forsplinting hand conditions. The perfect way to sample the Rolyanrange. Contains one of each of the following:• Aquaplast Watercolors UltraPerf, Electric Blue, 1.6mm, 15 x 30cm• Polyform, Solid, White 3.2mm, 15 x 30cm• Polyflex II, Solid, Beige, 3.2mm, 22 x 30cm• Aquaplast ProDrape-T OptiPerf, White, 2.4mm, 22 x 30cm550534 £36.55

Clinic Pack A Rolyan3

Contains a selection of Rolyan thermoplastic materials, ideal forhand and wrist splints. The perfect way to sample the Rolyanrange. Contains one of each of the following:• TailorSplint, Solid, Beige, 2.4mm, 22 x 30cm• Aquaplast-T OptiPerf, White, 2.4mm, 22 x 30cm• Polyflex II, Solid, Beige, 3.2mm, 22 x 30cm• Ezeform, 1% Perforated, 3.2mm, 20 x 45cm550535 £37.89

Clinic Pack B Rolyan4

Contains a selection of Rolyan thermoplastic materials, ideal for addressing conditions that require increased rigidity and support. Contains one of each of the following:• Aquaplast-T, OptiPerf, White, 2.4mm, 22 x 30cm• Aquaplast Resilient-T, OptiPerf, White, 1.6mm, 22 x 30cm• Ezeform, 1% Perforated, White, 3.2mm, 20 x 45cm• San-Splint, 2.5% Perforated, Beige, 3.2mm, 20 x 45cm550536 £54.15

Clinic Pack C Rolyan5

MORE BOOKS ABOUT SPLINTING CAN BE FOUND ON PAGES 152 & 640

Sp

lintin

g

018_EXPT_0137-0144:018_EXPT_0137-0144 23/11/09 17:35 Page 140


Splinting Materials - Polyform™ & Polyform Light™

PATTERN DRAW

CUT MOULD

1 1

1

1 1

Polyform™ Splinting Material Rolyan1

Minimum resistance to stretch. The effortless materialachieves an intimate fit.Handling Characteristics• Offers natural drape with minimal handling

• Intimate fit achieved for reduced pressure areas and splint migration

• Cuts easily when cold, eliminating the need for precise patterns

• For a temporary bond, pinch heated surfaces together

• For a permanent bond, remove the coating with spirits or by scraping with a sharp instrument

• Anti-microbial component available where shown

Heating and Working Times• 3.2mm for 1 minute at 65°C-70°C gives 3 to 5 minutes

working time

Clinical Indications• Ideal for patients with acute trauma, pain and joint irritation

• Thumb, finger, wrist and hand based splints

• Dynamic outrigger bases

• Lightweight paediatric splints

3.2mm - SolidA29201 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £70.30A2921 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £239.01A29203 White, sheet, 61 x 91cm £112.48A292030 Blue, sheet, 46 x 61cm £67.09A292024 Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £70.30

551220 , white, sheet, 46 x 61cm £69.603.2mm - 1% PerforatedA292012 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £67.09A292031 Blue, sheet, 46 x 61cm £62.23A29212 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £228.37A29202 White, sheet, 61 x 91cm £112.48A292026 Beige, sheet, 61 x 91cm £112.48A292029 Blue, sheet, 61 x 91cm £107.52551222 , white, sheet, 46 x 61cm £69.60

Polyform™ Light Splinting Material Rolyan2

The effortless material.Handling Characteristics• Half the thickness of Polyform for lightweight yet rigid splints

• Offers natural drape with minimal handling for increasedcomfort and contours

• Cuts easily at room temperature with scissors


• For a permanent bond, remove the coating with spirits or by scraping with a sharp instrument

Heating and Working Times• 1.6mm for 30 seconds at 65 - 70°C gives 1 minute

working time

Clinical Indications• Lightweight finger and hand splints

• Ideal for elderly clients and paediatrics

• Suitable for night resting splints

1.6mm - SolidA29213 White, case of 4, 31 x 46cm £164.141.6mm - 1% PerforatedA29214 White, case of 4, 31 x 46cm £166.90

DID YOU KNOW . . ....that all Rolyan thermoplastics are latex free?

Sp

linting

018_EXPT_0137-0144:018_EXPT_0137-0144 23/11/09 17:35 Page 141


Splinting Materials - Aquaplast™ ProDrape™-T

DID YOU KNOW . . ....that Rolyan thermoplastics are biodegradable?

DRAWPATTERN

MOULDCUT

1

11

11

Aquaplast™ ProDrape™-T RolyanSplinting Material

1

Minimum resistance to stretch. The most conformableAquaplast material providing an intimate fit.Handling Characteristics• Stretches easily with excellent drapability and minimal

handling for an intricate fit

• 100% memory allows for repeated reheating and splint revisions- increased cost effectiveness and reduced clinical waste

• Transparent when heated allowing the user to observe landmarks and potential pressure areas


• For a permanent bond, remove the coating with spirits or byscraping with a sharp instrument


Heating and Working Times• 1.6mm for 30 seconds at 70°C-75°C gives 1 minute

working time

• 2.4mm for 1 minute at 70°C-75°C gives 2 to 3 minutesworking time

• 3.2mm for 1 minute at 70°C-75°C gives 4 to 6 minutes working time

Clinical Indications• Serial splinting (100% memory)

• Ideal for patients with acute trauma, pain and joint irritation



• Lightweight paediatric splints

1.6mm - Solid550765 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £60.72550766 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £230.36554828 , white, sheet, 46 x 61cm £59.89

1.6mm - UltraPerf550767 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £58.66550768 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £234.69554830 , white, sheet, 46 x 61cm £59.89

2.4mm - SolidA96266 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £57.53A96266C4 White, case of 4, sheet, 46 x 61cm £218.612.4mm - OptiPerfA96267 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £57.53A96267C4 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £218.6155326304 Red, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £224.983.2mm - SolidA96264 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £65.97A96264C4 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £249.83553260 Electric blue, sheet, 46 x 61cm £64.1055326004 Electric blue, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £243.4855326204 Red, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £243.48554820 , white, sheet, 46 x 61cm £65.46

3.2mm - OptiPerfA96265 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £64.07A96265C4 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £243.4755326104 Electric blue, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £249.73553261 Electric blue, sheet, 46 x 61cm £65.71553263 Red, sheet, 46 x 61cm £65.71

Sp

lintin

g

018_EXPT_0137-0144:018_EXPT_0137-0144 23/11/09 17:35 Page 142


Sp

lintingSplinting Materials - Polyflex II™ & Polyflex II Light™

Polyflex II™ Splinting Material Rolyan1

Moderate resistance to stretch. Offers the optimumcombination of intimate conformability and stretch.Handling Characteristics• Stretches easily with excellent drape, conforming well to

contours to provide a seamless splint

• Excellent strength and rigidity, with flexibility to resist fatigue

• Flexible when cured allowing the splint to accommodate tonaland postural fluctuations

• Easy trim edges for superior finishing


• For a permanent bond, remove the coating with spirits or byscraping with a sharp instrument


Heating and Working Times• 2.4mm for 30-45 seconds at 65°C-70°C gives 2-3 minutes

working time

• 3.2mm for 1 minute at 65°C-70°C gives 3-5 minutes working time

Clinical Indications• Ideal for patients with acute pain or joint irritation

• A helping hand for those having difficulty with splint application



• Larger circumferential arm and leg splints

• Neurological splinting

2.4mm - SolidA292901 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £56.182.4mm - 1% PerforatedA292902 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £57.583.2mm - SolidA29205 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £68.75A2925 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £249.24A29206 White, sheet, 61 x 91cm £102.74A292020 Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £65.59A292021 Beige, sheet, 61 x 91cm £98.39A292034 Blue, sheet, 46 x 61cm £65.59550671 , white, sheet, 46 x 61cm £68.043.2mm - 1% PerforatedA292011 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £67.89A29211 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £271.44A29204 White, sheet, 61 x 91cm £106.93A292023 Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £67.89A292022 Beige, sheet, 61 x 91cm £101.83A292035 Blue, sheet, 46 x 61cm £67.89550673 , white, sheet, 46 x 61cm £69.53

Polyflex II Light™ Rolyan2

Light in weight but not in performance.

Handling Characteristics - as standard Polyflex, in addition:• Half the weight and thickness of Polyflex II for lightweight splints• Material is more flexible when cold enabling ease of application

and removalHeating and Working Times• 1.6mm for 30 seconds at 65°C-70°C gives 1 minute working time

Clinical Indications• A helping hand for those having difficulty with splint application• Lightweight finger and hand splints• Ideal for elderly clients and paediatrics• Suitable for night resting splints

1.6mm - SolidA2927 White, 31 x 46cm - Case of 4 £179.28

1.6mm - 1% PerforatedA2928 White, 31 x 46cm - Case of 4 £179.28

1

1

2

018_EXPT_0137-0144:018_EXPT_0137-0144 23/11/09 17:35 Page 143


Sp

lintin

gSplinting Materials - Aquaplast™ Original & Aquaplast UltraPerf™

1

1

2

Moderate resistance to stretch.The original instant bonding material.Handling Characteristics• Offers the same handling characteristics as Aquaplast-T but

bonds instantly and permanently on contact• Tacky on the skin when heated giving the therapist an extra pair

of hands during splint fabrication• Controlled stretch and excellent contourHeating and Working Times• 1.6mm for 35 seconds at 70°C-75°C gives 1-2 minutes working time• 2.4mm for 1 minute at 70°C-75°C gives 2-3 minutes working time• 3.2mm for 1 minute at 70°C-75°C gives 4-6 minutes working timeClinical Indications• Perfect for dynamic splinting and outrigger attachments1.6mm - SolidA96430 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £51.55A96436 Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £51.551.6mm - 19% OptiPerfA96435 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £54.572.4mm - SolidA96439 Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £58.432.4mm - 19% OptiPerfA96444 Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £58.433.2mm - SolidA96431 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £64.46A96442C4 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £211.25A96437 Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £64.463.2mm - 19% OptiPerfA96438 Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £64.46

Aquaplast™ Original Splinting Material Rolyan1

Therapists have been asking for more conformability and inresponse to this demand Rolyan have created the AquaplastUltraPerf range.Handling Characteristics• 13% perforation for lightweight and breathable splints -

increasing patient comfort and compliance• With the well established benefits of the Aquaplast 100%

memory and translucency• Smaller perforations provide ventilation without compromising

on rigidityClinical Indications• Acute hand trauma - where ventilation and comfort are desirable• Paediatrics• Finger, thumb and hand splintsOriginal 1.6mm - UltraPerfA964301 White, sheet 46 x 61cm £44.82Original 1.6mm - UltraPerf554590 Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £45.67554591 Beige, case of 4 £177.50ProDrape-T 1.6mm UltraPerf 550767 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £58.66Aquaplast-T 1.6mm - UltraPerfA962541 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £46.20Resilient-T 1.6mm - UltraPerfA962611 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £53.32Watercolors 1.6mm - UltraPerf550555 Royal Blue, sheet, 46 x 61cm £48.37551492 Lavender, sheet, 46 x 61cm £48.37A963461 Electric Blue, sheet, 46 x 61cm £48.37A963241 Charcoal, sheet, 46 x 61cm £48.37A9631131 Red, sheet, 46 x 61cm £48.37A9631031 Purple, sheet, 46 x 61cm £48.37A963471 Hot Pink, sheet, 46 x 61cm £48.37A963141 Pastel Blue, sheet, 46 x 61cm £48.37A963131 Spring Green, sheet, 46 x 61cm £48.37A962421 Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £48.37

Aquaplast™ UltraPerf™ Rolyan2

018_EXPT_0137-0144:018_EXPT_0137-0144 23/11/09 17:35 Page 144


Sp

lintingSplinting Materials - Aquaplast-T™

1

1

1

1Aquaplast-T™ Splinting Material Rolyan1

Moderate resistance to stretch. The clinician’s choice.Handling Characteristics• Optimum combination of intimate conformability and

resistance to stretch• 100% memory allows for repeated reheating and splint revisions -

increased cost effectiveness and reduced clinical waste• Transparent when heated allowing the user to observe

landmarks and potential pressure areas • OptiPerf perforations provide superior ventilation assisting

normal evaporation while maintaining material strength• Easy trim edges for improved patient comfort• Non-stick coating for ease of handling• Aquaplast-T provides a temporary bond by pinching the

edges together. Ideal for wrap and tack techniques• For a permanent bond, remove the coating with liquid remover

or by scraping with a sharp instrument• Available with anti-microbial component where shownHeating and Working Times• 1.6mm for 35 seconds at 70 - 75°C gives 1 - 2min working time• 2.4mm for 1 minute at 70 - 75°C gives 2 - 3min working time• 3.2mm for 1 minute at 70 - 75°C gives 4 - 6min working time• 4.8mm for 1 - 2 minutes at 70 - 75°C gives 4 - 7min working timeClinical Indications• Serial splinting and economical splint revisions• Hand, wrist and thumb splints• Dynamic outriggers bases• Circumferential elbow and knee splints

(wrap and tack, see page 153)1.6mm - SolidA96240 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £46.90A96240C4 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £178.231.6mm - 13% UltraPerfA962541 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £46.201.6mm - 19% OptiPerfA96254 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £45.161.6mm - 42% SuperPerfA96250 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £46.332.4mm - SolidA96270 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £48.15A96270C4 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £182.99551240 , White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £51.292.4mm - 1% PerforatedA962090 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £50.522.4mm - 19% OptiPerfA96255 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £51.70551242 , White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £54.922.4mm - 38% SuperPerfA96271 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £54.063.2mm - SolidA96210 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £57.86A9621 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £219.82A96272 White, sheet, 61 x 91cm £124.08551236 , White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £61.353.2mm - 1% PerforatedA96230 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £60.20A96230C4 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £228.79A96273 White, sheet, 61 x 91cm £89.763.2mm - 19% OptiPerfA96256 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £63.23551238 , White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £65.033.2mm - 42% SuperPerfA96220 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £63.764.8mm - SolidA96274 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £66.13A96275C2 White, case of 2, 61 x 91cm £128.76A96274C4 White, case of 4, 61 x 91cm £247.52A96275 White, sheet, 61 x 91cm £94.424.8mm - 1% PerforatedA96277 White, sheet, 61 x 91cm £147.47

019_EXPT_0145-0152:019_EXPT_0145-0152 23/11/09 17:36 Page 145


Sp

lintin

gSplinting Materials - Aquatubes™ and Adaptations

Instant bonding, low temperature, hollow splinting tubespermanently bond to all Rolyan splinting materials.• Can be used as line guides to direct angle of pull and prevent

snagging of traction lines

• Ideal for dynamic outriggers and figure 8 splints

• Can be used as an economical, durable hinge

• Choice of 3 diameters

• White

• 60cm long

• Latex free

Outside Diameter Inside DiameterA96251 4.8mm 1.6mm £3.86A96252 6.4mm 3.2mm £5.13A96253 9.5mm 3.2mm £6.45556041 Pack of 3 (one of each size) £17.09

Aquatubes™ Splinting Tubes Rolyan1

Adapt-It Thermoplastic Pellets Rolyan2

A96251 A96252 A96253

1

1

2

3

4

Super thin thermoplastic material is designed to provide a smooth,durable edge reinforcement on splints fabricated from perforatedAquaplast materials. Quickly softens using a heat gun or hotwater to instantly bond to splint. White. Rolls measure 1.9cm x 7.6m.A96422 Roll £26.73

Melt pellets in hot water and mould onto utensils, householditems, ambulation aids and recreation equipment. Can also beused for fabricating web spacers, joysticks, adapting head andmouth sticks, extending wheelchair brakes, and in craft projects.Latex free.A70361 1.4kg £26.60

Aquatubes™ Ultra Thin™ RolyanEdging Material

3

‘Bold’ Pack ‘Pastel’ Pack

Aquaplast™ Watercolors™ RolyanMulti-Colour Variety Packs

4

Order Watercolors in 46 x 61cm size in a mixed pack per detailsbelow to get the case quantity discount. Available in the followingcombinations:Watercolors Pack “Bold”550530 3.2mm Solid £279.41550531 3.2mm 19% OptiPerf £285.75555987 1.6mm UltraPerf £183.78Watercolors Pack “Pastel”550532 3.2mm Solid £279.41550533 3.2mm 19% OptiPerf £285.75555988 1.6mm UltraPerf £183.78

DID YOU KNOW . . . ...that Aquaplast and San-Splint materials can be heated in a convection oven?

019_EXPT_0145-0152:019_EXPT_0145-0152 23/11/09 17:36 Page 146


Sp

lintingSplinting Materials - Aquaplast Watercolors™

1

2

3

Aquaplast™ Watercolors™ Rolyan1

Moderate resistance to stretch.Handling Characteristics• Bright, vibrant colours encourage paediatric and adult compliance

• Features all the well loved benefits of Aquaplast-T

• Less likely to be lost in the laundry or in bedding

Heating and Working Times• 1.6mm for 35 seconds at 70 - 75°C gives 1 to 2 minutes

working time

• 2.4mm for 1 minute at 70 - 75°C gives 2 to 3 minutes working time


Clinical Indications• Hand and upper limb splinting

• Ideal for paediatrics

• Neurological visual and attentional deficits

• Occupational splints where conventional white materials can show stains

Aquaplast™ Watercolors™ RolyanPaediatric Pack A

2

Convenient size for paediatric splinting or for hand-based splints foradults. Save time and money by ordering 15 x 23cm sheets in8 colours: 3.2mm solid electric blue, hot pink, spring green, charcoal,pastel blue and red. 2.4mm solid purple. 1.6mm OptiPerf blush. A963220 £55.24

Aquaplast™ Variety Pack Rolyan3

Great for the small clinic that needs to have a variety of thicknesses,colours and perforation patterns available. Contains one each of thefollowing sheets, all of which measure 15 x 23 cm: 1.6mm Aquaplast-T white SuperPerf, 2.4mm Aquaplast-T solid white,3.2mm Aquaplast-T Watercolours hot pink solid, 3.2mm AquaplastWatercolours electric blue solid, 3.2mm Aquaplast Watercoloursspring green solid, 3.2mm Aquaplast-T white 1% perf, 4.8mmAquaplast-T white 1% perf.09 117 5108 £51.65

Aquaplast™ Watercolors™ Splinting Material

Quantity 3.2mm x 46 x 61cm 2.4mm x 46 x 61cm 1.6mm x 46 x 61cmSolid OptiPerf 19% Solid OptiPerf 19% Solid OptiPerf 19% UltraPerf 13%

Electric Blue 1 Sheet A9631 A96310 - - A96340 A96346 A963461Charcoal 1 Sheet A96332 A96321 - 09 118 2492 A96323 A96324 A963241Red 1 Sheet A963110 A963111 A963112 A963113 A927953 - A9631131Purple 1 Sheet A963100 A963101 A963102 A963103 A927954 - A9631031Hot Pink 1 Sheet A9632 A96311 554567 554569 A96341 A96347 A963471Blush 1 Sheet A9638 A96318 - - - - -

Pastel Blue 1 Sheet A96330 A96314 - - A927955 - A963141Spring Green 1 Sheet A9635 A96313 - - A927966 - A963131Beige 1 Sheet A96231 A96232 A96257 A96258 A96241 A96242 A962421Royal Blue 1 Sheet 550547 550549 - - 550551 550553 550555Lavender 1 Sheet 551484 551486 - - 551488 551490 551492

Aquaplast™ Watercolors™ Splinting Material - Case of 4

Quantity 3.2mm x 46 x 61cmSolid OptiPerf 19%

Electric Blue 4 Sheets 09 116 9002 09 116 9028Charcoal 4 Sheets 09 116 9010 09 116 9036Red 4 Sheets 09 116 9044 09 116 9051Purple 4 Sheets 09 116 9069 09 116 9077Lavender 4 Sheets 09 118 2500 09 118 2526

DID YOU KNOW . . .. . . that all Aquaplast thermoplastics are X-Ray translucent?

019_EXPT_0145-0152:019_EXPT_0145-0152 23/11/09 17:36 Page 147


Sp

lintin

gSplinting Materials - IMPRINTS™

IMPRINTS™ the latest development in low-temperature thermoplastics!Have you been looking for ways to give your splints a more fun,less “clinical” look? Do you believe that you could achieve morecompliance with a multi-coloured design? If so, choose the Rolyan IMPRINTS version of your favouritethermoplastic. The thermoplastics are covered on one side witha non-stick coating that can be removed to attach strapping.Heating and working times are the same as the regular versionsof the various materials.POLYFORM3.2mm Blue Bandana Solid 560426 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £65.69TAILORSPLINT3.2mm Autumn Leaves Solid560428 Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £68.72AQUAPLAST3.2mm Flowers Solid560430 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £65.26

IMPRINTS™ Splinting Material Rolyan1

Rigid perforated thermoplastic external layer combined with a soft,breathable 4-way stretch pad of foam and nylon. Ideal forcustom fabricated soft splints. Padded splints increase patientcomfort and compliance while offering protection and highquality conformable padding.AQUAPLAST-T3.2mm - AirThru Aquaplast-T 19% OptiPerfA96290 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £69.70A96290C4 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £259.001.6mm - AirThru Aquaplast-T 19% OptiPerfA96291 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £64.88A96291C4 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £245.76

AirThru™ Splinting Material Rolyan2

Used when heating Rolyan AirThru splinting material in hot waterto keep padding dry. Measures 46 x 51cm. Sold in packs of 6.A5306 £8.15

Re-usable Heavy Weight Splinting Bags3

32

AIRTHRU AQUAPLAST-T REVERSE

2

AIRTHRU AQUAPLAST-T

1

1

1

POLYFORM

TAILORSPLINT

AQUAPLAST

019_EXPT_0145-0152:019_EXPT_0145-0152 23/11/09 17:36 Page 148


Sp

lintingSplinting Materials - Thermoplastics

1

Low Temperature Thermoplastics Rolyanwith Anti-Microbial Component

1

Rolyan’s anti-microbial formulation provides protection combined withsuperior manufacturing standards to provide a high degree ofdurability, functionality and attractiveness. The anti-microbialprotection helps to prevent odours and coating wear caused byharmful micro-organisms. It doesn’t wash or wear off and since itdoesn't dissipate, the protection never stops. Splinting materials withthis revolutionary anti-microbial formulation remain fresh and odour-free for longer. The anti-microbial component also makes thematerial slightly more resistant to stretch, reduces the surface tackwhen warm and increases the gloss of the finished splint.

The anti-microbial material is used extensively at Derby RoyalHospital, UK. The splinting department shares their experience ofworking with Rolyan anti-microbial thermoplastic materials below:

“We recently implemented a change of practice as part of our actionplanning for the ‘Essence of Care’ benchmark for Tissue Viability.Sweat rashes used to cause significant problems, particularly underour humeral braces and range of upper limb splints. We tried a varietyof different materials in an attempt to splint susceptible patients withoutsuccess until we discovered the Homecraft Rolyan anti-microbialrange of thermoplastics. Since using Aquaplast-T anti-microbial, therehave been no incidences at all of sweat rashes and patients havebeen able to continue wearing their splints throughout the hotweather.” Diane Langford, Derby Royal Hospital.POLYFORM3.2mm - Anti-Microbial Solid551220 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £69.603.2mm - Anti-Microbial 1% Perforated551222 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £69.60AQUAPLAST PRODRAPE-T3.2mm - Anti-Microbial Solid554820 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £65.461.6mm - Anti-Microbial Solid554828 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £59.891.6mm - Anti-Microbial UltraPerf554830 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £59.89POLYFLEX II3.2mm - Anti-Microbial Solid550671 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £68.043.2mm - Anti-Microbial 1% Perforated550673 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £69.53AQUAPLAST-T3.2mm - Anti-Microbial Solid551236 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £61.3509 116 2866 Blue, sheet, 46 x 61cm £61.3509 116 2874 Charcoal, sheet, 46 x 61cm £61.353.2mm - Anti-Microbial OptiPerf551238 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £65.032.4mm - Anti-Microbial Solid551240 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £51.292.4mm - Anti-Microbial OptiPerf551242 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £54.92TAILORSPLINT2.4mm - Anti-Microbial Solid555972 Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £47.723.2mm - Anti-Microbial Solid555968 Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £53.863.2mm - Anti-Microbial OptiPerf555970 Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £57.55EZEFORM3.2mm - Anti-Microbial Solid09 117 5215 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £58.2109 118 2559 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £221.163.2mm Anti-Microbial 1% Perforated 09 118 2534 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £60.3109 118 2542 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £229.14

1

DID YOU KNOW . . ....that Rolyan thermoplastics are the only low temperature thermoplasticmaterials with an anti-microbial component built in?

019_EXPT_0145-0152:019_EXPT_0145-0152 23/11/09 17:36 Page 149


Sp

lintin

gSplinting Materials - TailorSplint™

Moderate resistance to stretch.Our most versatile thermoplastic yet - meets allyour clinical needs.Handling Characteristics• Perfect balance between resistance to stretch and drape

• Easy trim edges for economical and easy splint adjustments

• Suitable for the novice and experienced splinter

• Powdered smooth finish for increased patient comfort and compliance


• For a permanent bond, remove the coating with liquid remover or by scraping with a sharp instrument

• Available with anti-microbial component where shownHeating and Working Times• 1.6mm for 30 seconds at 65 - 70°C gives 1 minute working time

• 2.4mm for 30 to 45 seconds at 65 - 70°C gives 2 to 3 minutesworking time


Clinical Indications• Adapts to a wide range of clinical conditions - the preferred

material for a limited budget

• Finger, wrist, hand and dynamic splints

• Elbow and lower limb splints

• Meets the demands of neurological conditions

1.6mm - Solid553458 Beige, sheet, 31 x 36cm £42.00A297003 Beige, case of 4, 31 x 46cm £152.99

1.6mm - 1% Perforated553459 Beige, sheet, 31 x 36cm £43.20A297004 Beige, case of 4, 31 x 46cm £161.02

2.4mm - SolidA297007 Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £44.74A297010 Beige, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £170.01555972 , Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £47.72

2.4mm - 1% PerforatedA297008 Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £48.29A297011 Beige, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £183.48

3.2mm - SolidA297005 Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £54.31A297001 Beige, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £192.46555968 , Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £53.8609 120 3496 Beige, sheet, 61 x 91cm £94.76

3.2mm - 1% PerforatedA297006 Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £57.49A297012 Beige, sheet, 61 x 91cm £103.40A297002 Beige, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £205.92

3.2mm - 19% OptiPerf555970 , Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £57.55

TailorSplint™ Splinting Material Rolyan1

1

1

1

1

DID YOU KNOW . . . . . . that all Rolyan thermoplastics are latex free?

019_EXPT_0145-0152:019_EXPT_0145-0152 23/11/09 17:36 Page 150

Maximum resistance to stretch. Our strongest most durable thermoplastic ever.Handling Characteristics• Maximum resistance to stretch with superior drape,

offering an intimate fit

• Maximum rigidity with no need for reinforcements

• Slightly tacky surface when heated, giving the therapist an extra pair of hands

• Bonds permanently when heated edges are pinched together

• Available with anti-microbial component where shownHeating and Working Time• 3.2mm for 1 minute at 70 - 75°C gives 4 to 6 minutes

working time

Clinical Indications• Neurological and tonal splints

• Functional resting and lower limb positioning splints

2.4mm Solid09 120 3306 White, sheet, 46X61cm NEW £56.8509 120 3322 White, case of 4, 46X61cm NEW £216.002.4mm OptiPerf09 120 3314 White, sheet, 46X61cm NEW £56.8509 120 3330 White, case of 4, 46X61cm NEW £216.003.2mm - SolidA57701 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £56.85A5771 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £216.0009 117 5215 , White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £58.2109 118 2559 , White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £221.16A57703 White, sheet, 61 x 91cm £109.79A5779 White, case of 6, 31 x 46cm £254.07A577020 Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £56.85A577020C4 Beige, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £213.01A577021 Beige, sheet, 61 x 91cm £109.79A577026 Blue, sheet, 46 x 61cm £57.95A577026C4 Blue, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £217.15A577024 Blue, sheet, 61 x 91cm £111.923.2mm - 1% PerforatedA57704 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £56.8509 118 2534 , White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £60.31A5774 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £213.0109 118 2542 , White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £229.14A57702 White, sheet, 61 x 91cm £109.79A57710 White, case of 6, 31 x 46cm £254.07A577023 Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £56.85A577023C4 Beige, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £213.01A577022 Beige, sheet, 61 x 91cm £109.79A577027 Blue, sheet, 46 x 61cm £57.95A577027C4 Blue, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £217.15A577025 Blue, sheet, 61 x 91cm £111.92


Sp

linting

1

2

2

Ezeform™ Splinting Material Rolyan1

Ezeform™ Light Splinting Material Rolyan2

Easy handling in a light material.Handling Characteristics• Offers maximum resistance to stretch in a lightweight material

• Can be reheated for fast, easy modifications and smooth edge finishing

• Cuts effortlessly at room temperature

Heating and Working Time• 1.6mm for 30 seconds at 65 - 70°C gives 1 minute

working time

1.6mm - SolidA57711 White, case of 4, 31 x 46cm £176.76A57724 Beige, case of 4, 31 x 46cm £176.761.6mm - 1% PerforatedA57712 White, case of 4, 31 x 46cm £182.36A57725 Beige, case of 4, 31 x 46cm £182.36

Splinting Materials - Ezeform™ & Ezeform™ Light

2.4MM EZEFORM NOW AVAILABLE

019_EXPT_0145-0152:019_EXPT_0145-0152 23/11/09 17:36 Page 151


Sp

lintin

gSplinting Materials - Synergy™ & Splinting Books

1

1

2

4

3

Maximum resistance to stretch.Harmony between rigidity and mouldability.Handling Characteristics• Provides a high degree of control during splint fabrication and

stays in place while critical contours are moulded

• Retains its shape without the need for reinforcement

• Offers rigidity with the ability to conform to small contours

Heating and Working Times• 3.2mm for 1 min at 65 - 70°C gives 4 to 6 mins working time

Clinical Indications• Ideal for unco-operative patients

• Neurological circumferential splints

• Lower limb positioning splints

• Body jackets and back supports

3.2mm - SolidA911010 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £61.56A911010C4 White, case of 4, 46 x61cm £238.49A911011 White, sheet, 61 x 91cm £123.13A911020 Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £61.56A911021 Beige, sheet, 61 x 91cm £123.13A911030 Blue, sheet, 46 x 61cm £61.56A91131 Blue, sheet, 61 x 91cm £123.133.2mm - 1% PerforatedA911013 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £64.69A911012 White, sheet, 61 x 91cm £129.93A911013C4 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £245.83A911023 Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £64.69A911022 Beige, sheet, 61 x 91cm £129.99A911033 Blue, sheet, 46 x 61cm £64.69A91132 Blue, sheet, 61 x 91cm £129.99

Synergy™ Splinting Material Rolyan1

Clinical Reasoning and Treatment Guidelines for CommonDiagnoses of the Upper Extremity by Cynthia Cooper. Copyright 2007. This illustrated text and reference emphasisesthe fundamentals of hand therapy - for both specialists and non-specialists who encounter clients with hand issues. It provides a consistent format with tips and guidelines for handtherapy treatment. Coverage includes hand anatomy, key termsand concepts, and the evaluation process. A focus on professionalissues includes clients with functional somatic syndromes andchallenging behaviour, client-therapist rapport, and the roles oftherapy assistants. Providing many case studies, this text helpstherapists think critically about clients’ individual needs.09 116 8996 £66.32

Fundamentals of Hand Therapy2

Instructs students and clinicians in splint fabrication techniquesand related interventions for upper extremity, and highlightsanatomical and biomechanical principles specifically related to splints. It defines the purpose of splints, and offers associatedindications and precautions. Intelligently organised andgenerously illustrated, each chapter includes clinical health hints,and a specific section dedicated to splinting for a spectrum ofdiagnosis and populations. A927800 £80.07

Splinting the Hand and Upper Extremity3

A comprehensive splinting text that presents concepts ofanatomy, biomechanics and kinesiology, with particular focus on the diseased, deformed and injured hand. Addresses needsof athletes, musicians, paediatric patients, workers, and patientswith spasticity. Covers over 900 splints including prefabricatedsplints. 1,730 illustrations, 676 pages. 3rd edition, ©2004.554573 £73.51

Hand and Upper Extremity SplintingPrinciples and Methods - 3rd Edition

4

INFORMATIONFor more books, please see pages 636 to 640.

019_EXPT_0145-0152:019_EXPT_0145-0152 23/11/09 17:36 Page 152


Splinting Materials - Aquaplast™ Original™ & Resilient™-T

1

Aquaplast™ Resilient™ RolyanSplinting Material

1

Maximum resistance to stretch.The most tolerant Aquaplast ever.

Handling Characteristics• Available as Aquaplast Resilient-T with coating or as

Aquaplast Resilient Original without coating

• A non-draping material that provides maximum control

• 100% memory allows for repeated reheating and splint revisions - increased cost effectiveness and reduced clinical waste

• Transparent when heated allowing the user to observe landmarks and potential pressure areas

• Aquaplast Resilient-T provides a temporary bond by pinchingthe edges together. Ideal for wrap and tack techniques

• For a permanent bond, use Aquaplast Resilient Original orremove the coating of Aquaplast Resilient-T with spirits or byscraping with a sharp instrument

Heating and Working Times• 1.6mm for 35 seconds at 65°C to 70°C gives 1 to 2 minutes

working time

• 3.2mm for 1 minute at 70°C to 75°C gives 4 to 6 minutes working time

Clinical Indications• Ideal for splints requiring frequent revisions

• Neurological splinting

• Lower limb weight bearing splints

AQUAPLAST RESILIENT ORIGINAL1.6mm - SolidA96440 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £52.11A96440C4 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £198.001.6mm - UltraPerf550138 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £54.32550139 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £207.963.2mm - SolidA96442 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £55.72A96442C4 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £211.25

AQUAPLAST RESILIENT-T1.6mm - SolidA96262 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £52.11A96262C4 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £198.001.6mm - UltraPerfA962611 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £53.323.2mm - SolidA96263 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £55.72A96263C4 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £211.25

HINTS & TIPSWrap-and-Tack Technique• Non-stick versions of Aquaplast and Watercolors have just enough

surface tack to produce a light bond if deliberately pressed together when heated

• Place the Aquaplast-T onto the desired joint(s)• Pull the edges of the material together and seal• Maintain joint position and once cool pop open the bonding• Trim edges and finish• Ideal for those who can’t maintain a position, tonal splinting

or for paediatrics

PATTERN DRAW

CUT MOULD

Sp

linting

020_EXPT_0153-0160:020_EXPT_0153-0160 23/11/09 17:36 Page 153


Splinting Materials - San-Splint™

1

1

2

Maximum resistance to stretch.Offers the highest degree of control.

Handling Characteristics• Isoprene rubber based material that offers a high degree of

control and rigidity• Allows aggressive handling without finger printing,

improving the splints finish• Bonds permanently when edges are pinched together

for easy outrigger, strapping and padding attachment• Conforms easily around large areas without the

need for reinforcements• Can be heated in a convection oven or in hot water• The perfect durable, high control materialHeating and Working Time• 3mm for 11/2 minutes at 70°C to 80°C gives 4 to 5 minutes

of working time• Suitable for use in convection ovens. Heat in oven at 80°C

for 2 to 3 minutes.Clinical Indications• Ideal for unco-operative patients• Shoe and lower limb orthotic devices• Neurological splinting• Body jackets and spinal supports• Conditions requiring a high degree of control and support3.2mm - SolidA32440 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £82.35A32440C4 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £284.31A32444 White, sheet, 61 x 91cm £150.62A32452 Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £82.35A32451 Beige, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £278.90A32456 Beige, sheet, 61 x 91cm £147.753.2mm - 1% PerforatedA32441 White, sheet, 46 x 61cm £87.44A32445 White, sheet, 61 x 91cm £159.90A32441C4 White, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £332.223.2mm - 2.5% PerforatedA32455 Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £86.02A32453 Beige, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £290.95A32457 Beige, sheet, 61 x 91cm £156.86

San-Splint™ RolyanSplinting Material

1

Maximum resistance to stretch.

Handling Characteristics• The high control of San-Splint in a lightweight material• Can be reheated for fast, easy modifications and

smooth edge finishing• Cuts effortlessly at room temperatureHeating and Working Time•1.6mm for 30 seconds at 65°C to 70°C gives 1 to 3 minutes

of working time• Suitable for use in convection ovensClinical Indications• For conditions requiring lightweight yet durable splinting• Ideal for paediatrics and night resting splints• Hand splints where a less bulky material is desirable• Not suitable for those with rubber or latex allergies1.6mm - SolidA32461 Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £68.48A32461C4 Beige, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £260.18A32469 Beige, sheet, 61 x 91cm £102.721.6mm - 2.5% PerforatedA32460 Beige, sheet, 46 x 61cm £69.70A32460C4 Beige, case of 4, 46 x 61cm £264.83A32551 Beige, sheet, 61 x 91cm £110.10

San-Splint™ Light™ RolyanSplinting Material

2

Sp

lintin

g

020_EXPT_0153-0160:020_EXPT_0153-0160 23/11/09 17:36 Page 154


Splinting Materials - Plastazote™

1

1

2

Plastazote™ Foam Splinting Material1

For comfort and conformability.

Handling Characteristics• Low density foam material that conforms to heat and pressure

• Cut to shape, oven heat and mould, providing a close, secure fit

• Material may be laminated together by placing one piece ontop of another

Heating• Oven heat at 140°C

• Not to be used with a heat pan. Heat with hot air gun or in hot air oven

Clinical Indications• Shoe orthotics and inserts, ideal for diabetic neuropathy

• Ideal for arthritis splints, cervical collars

• Use to adapt handles of household utensils and equipment

Perforated - BeigeAA9416 6mm x 100cm x 75cm - 10 sheets £253.62AA9418 12mm x 100cm x 75cm - 5 sheets £234.27Non-Perforated - BeigeA6528C8 3.2mm x 102cm x 76cm - 8 sheets £109.38A6524C4 6.4mm x 102cm x 76cm - 4 sheets £107.27A6522C2 13mm x 102cm x 76cm - 2 sheets £107.27Non-Perforated - Black009106 2mm x 50cm x 50cm - Single sheets £2.59006963 3mm x 50cm x 50cm - Single sheets £2.70006964 5mm x 50cm x 50cm - Single sheets £4.14006965 6mm x 50cm x 50cm - Single sheets £4.68Non-Perforated - White006971 2mm x 50cm x 50cm - Single sheets £2.59006972 3mm x 50cm x 50cm - Single sheets £2.70006973 5mm x 50cm x 50cm - Single sheets £4.14006974 6mm x 50cm x 50cm - Single sheets £4.681.6mm Non-Perforated - Self-AdhesiveA65216A1 15 x 91cm - roll - Beige £11.043.2mm Non-Perforated - Self-AdhesiveA6528A1 15 x 91cm - roll - Beige £11.93

Natural air circulation convection. Temperature ranges from 5°Cabove ambient to 250°C, adjustable in 1°C increments. The ovenfeatures a digital temperature display that shows actualtemperature and is supplied with calibration certificate at 105°C.Temperature and time programmable, can be used timeractivated on reaching set point or continuous mode with timer,over-temperature protection, the internal chamber is made fromstainless steel with solid and handle locking door, internaldimensions 320 x 200 x 240mm (w x d x h). The oven is suppliedwith one perforated shelf, additional shelves can be purchased,chamber sensitivity ±0.7°C. 2 years warranty.09 118 6352 £918.75

Convection Oven 15L2

Functionality of this oven is the same as the 15 litre convection oven (shown above) but with 32 litre capacity. Internal dimensions of the oven:400 x 320 x 250mm (w x d x h). 2 years warranty.09 118 6832 £1125.24

Convection Oven 32L Not Illustrated3

DID YOU KNOW . . . ...that Aquaplast and San-Splint materials can be heated in a convection oven?

Sp

linting

NEW

020_EXPT_0153-0160:020_EXPT_0153-0160 23/11/09 17:36 Page 155


Splinting Materials - Breathoprene & Neoprene

1

2

2

A truly breathable material for custom splint fabrication.

Fabricate semi-flexible splints with Breathoprene, the materialthat breathes, wicks moisture away from the skin, and does not require terry backing or perforating. Splints fabricated with Breathoprene are cool and comfortable which improves user compliance. Join the pieces together with iron on tape of your choice. Apply sew on hook and loop straps for fastening.Benefits of Breathoprene include:• Varying compression - light to firm - depending on the

material thickness • Varying support - minimal to maximum - depending on the

material thickness• Lightweight• Cool and comfortable to wear• Material does not require perforating to breathe• Wicks away moisture from the skin• Available 1.6mm and 3.2mm• Latex freeSplints fabricated from Breathoprene are perfect forpaediatric and the following applications:• Arthritis • Brachial Plexus• Carpal Tunnel • Cerebal Palsy• deQuervains • Peripheral Nerve Injury• Sports or Work Related Injury • Tendonitis• Traumatic Brain Injury1.6mm Thickness920040 46 x 61cm Beige £22.40920042 46 x 61cm Black £22.40920043 46 x 61cm Red £22.40920044 46 x 61cm Purple £22.403.2mm Thickness920028 46 x 61cm Blue £24.04920029 46 x 61cm Black £24.04920030 46 x 61cm Red £24.04920031 46 x 61cm Purple £24.04Breathoprene with Hook and Loop Receptive BackingOne side is nylon, the other hook-receptive loop.1.6mm Thickness551534 46 x 61cm Blue £24.04551535 46 x 61cm Black £24.043.2mm Thickness553271 46 x 61cm Black £24.04556029 46 x 61cm Blue £24.04

Breathoprene1

Flexible lightweight support.

Handling Characteristics• Neoprene has a degree of elasticity enabling controlled movement,

it consists of nylon lining on one side and pile material on theother over a rubber core, making for easy hook attachment.

• It is lightweight and non-bulky enhancing function and provideswarmth that is ideal for arthritic joints. Sold in a bag. Latex free.

Clinical Indications• Can be used either as strapping or for making soft splints• 1.6mm is ideal for paediatric applications, where bulky

materials may restrict movement• Warmth may be beneficial with hypertonicity1.6mm Thickness09 116 5984 46 x 61cm - Sheet £25.433.2mm Thickness09 106 1894 15 x 97cm - Sheet £27.7509 116 6032 46 x 61cm - Sheet £26.2109 106 1928 2.5cm x 3.2m - Roll £20.9809 106 1944 3.8cm x 3.2m - Roll £23.8809 106 1936 5cm x 3.2m - Roll £27.65

Neoprene2

INFORMATIONFor sew on hook and loop, please see page 171

Sample of a type of splint that can be fabricated from Breathoprene.

Beige Red Blue Black Purple

Sp

lintin

g

020_EXPT_0153-0160:020_EXPT_0153-0160 23/11/09 17:37 Page 156


Splinting Materials - Neoprene

Neoprene Sheets1

INFORMATIONFor Heat Guns and accessories, please see page 175.

Use the iron-on nozzle attachments with your heat gun and seamtape to fabricate your neoprene splints.09 116 6073 Iron Attachment £69.6409 116 6081 Nozzle for Iron Attachment £5.85B

A

Iron Nozzle Kit for Heat Gun5

20mm Iron-On Seam Tape2

Made from a nylon knitted fabric with a heat activated glue onthe reverse. Ideal for fusing two pieces of neoprene togetherwhen making customised splints. To bond, place over the buttedseam and heat with an iron. For maximum bond use tape oneither side of the seam. 5 metre roll. Neoprene sheets soldseparately.09 117 0448 £10.73

1

54

6

7

For tracing patterns onto splinting and thermoplastic material.Marks stay on when immersed in water. Yellow in colour.A37147 Pack of 12 £12.83

Splint Pattern Marker6

Fiskars™ Non-Stick Scissors7

Cuts through glue, tape and other adhesives without damagingthe blades. Sticky material can be wiped off easily with dampcloth. Offset handles of large scissors increase cutting efficiencyon flat surfaces. Small version is ideal for arts, crafts and cuttingin small places.553233 12.7cm Left Handed £11.81553232 20cm Right Handed £17.76

Create your own flexible splints tailored to your patient’s needs.Neoprene has a degree of elasticity enabling controlledmovement, it consists of nylon lining on one side and pilematerial on the other over a rubber core, making for easy hookattachment. Neoprene can be used as strapping on a splint or tomake soft splints by fusing pieces together with seam tape andiron. Advantages of neoprene are that it is lighter in weight than athermoplastic splint solution so particularly suitable for paediatricapplications.

Thickness Colour Sheet Size09 116 5976 1.6mm Black 46 x 61cm £25.4309 116 5984 1.6mm Beige 46 x 61cm £25.4309 116 5992 1.6mm Green 46 x 61cm £25.4309 116 6024 3.2mm Black 46 x 61cm £26.2109 116 6032 3.2mm Beige 46 x 61cm £26.2109 116 6065 3.2mm Blue/Black 46 x 61cm £26.21

32

B

A

Attach to Neoprene, Breathoprene (opposite) or other fabricswith household iron on medium setting. 2.5cm x 4.57m. Black.09 117 9720 Iron-On Hook £8.0009 117 6890 Iron-On Loop £8.00

Iron-On Hook and Loop3

Fabricate your own soft splints from neoprene sheets and seamtape and fuse the sheets together with the Neoprene SealingIron. The iron is lightweight and easy to use. Ideal for fixing iron-on tapes and fasteners to customised soft splints made fromneoprene. Variable heat settings range from 50-200°C, theflashing light indicates when the iron is ready for use. For safestorage, whilst in use, the iron is supplied with a metal stand andcotton sock that reduces the intensity of the heat.09 118 4043 £43.21

Neoprene Sealing Iron4

Sp

linting

020_EXPT_0153-0160:020_EXPT_0153-0160 23/11/09 17:37 Page 157


Splinting Materials - Fabrifoam™

11

22

33

44

0 5000 10000 15000 20000MOISTURE VAPOUR TRANSFER RATE (MVTR)

TensoWrap-Nu (Fabrifoam)

Neoprene

BR

EA

THA

BIL

ITY

1750

0

500

0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION

TensoWrap-Nu(Fabrifoam)

Neoprene

SLI

P R

ES

ISTA

NC

E

TensoWrap-Nu is 35 times more breathable than the Neoprene tested.

TensoWrap-Nu has twice the friction coefficient of the Neoprene tested, so it stays in place better during activity.

Fabrifoam™ versus Neoprene Fabrifoam™A revolutionary product range that provides advanced comfortand advanced support in four materials and a variety of joint-specific designs. These materials:• Breathe - wick away moisture - keep skin cool, dry and comfortable• Resist slipping - ideal as splint liners• Are light and low profile• Are adjustable and reusable• Are hook responsive• Are kind to the skin• Do not contain natural rubber latex or neoprene

Tensowrap™ - Medi1

• Woven blend of nylon (94%) and Lycra (6%) making up theouter layer

• Elastomeric foam inner layer• Minimum elasticity• Linear stretch• Recommended for wrist, ankle, thumb, and patella wraps• Alternative to adhesive tapes offering rigid supportA840030 2.5cm x 4.5m - Pack of 4 £47.04A840031 3.8cm x 4.5m - Pack of 3 £54.66A840033 7.6cm x 4.5m - Roll £35.12

Tensowrap™ - Pro2

• Medium conformability

• Minimum to moderate elasticity

• Mostly linear stretch

• Recommended for compression wraps, customised supportsand knee wraps

• Alternative to neoprene wraps

A840040 5cm x 3.6m - Pack of 2 £42.83A840042 10cm x 4.5m - Roll £45.77A840043 15cm x 4.5m - Roll £47.36

Tensowrap™ - Nu3

• High conformability

• Moderate elasticity

• Multi-directional stretch

• Recommended for securing electrodes, hot packs and coldpacks and for customised supports

• Alternative to neoprene wraps

A51460 6.4 x 46cm - Pack of 3 £8.68A51462 6.4 x 122cm - Pack of 3 £23.41A51464 10 x 91cm - Pack of 3 £35.56A51465 10 x 122cm - Pack of 3 £45.77A51467 15 x 91cm - Pack of 3 £48.08A51468 15 x 122cm - Pack of 3 £51.71A514146 43 x 56cm - Sheet £22.42

Tensowrap™ - Super4

• Very high conformability

• High elasticity

• Multi-directional stretch

• Recommended for hip spica, hamstring, patella malalignment,chest, shoulder and elbow wraps

• Alternative to elastic bandages

A808400 5cm x 1.5m - Pack of 5 £12.54A808401 7.6cm x 1.5m - Pack of 5 £18.18A808405 7.6cm x 3m - Roll £7.28

Sp

lintin

g

020_EXPT_0153-0160:020_EXPT_0153-0160 23/11/09 17:37 Page 158


Pre-Cuts

Pre-Cut Sizing RolyanOur pre-cut splint blanks are ready to heat and mould. Quick andeasy to use, they save time, money and reduce waste material.Invert the pre-cut for right or left hand application. For size,measure across the second to fifth MCP. Size guide below:X-Small Up to 7.6cmSmall 7.6-8.9cmMedium 8.9cm-10.8cmLarge 11.4cm and up

Thumb Support Splint Rolyan4This pre-cut features newly designed perforations to provideextra ventilation without compromising stability. It provides strongbut lightweight support for the CMC and MP joints of the thumb,leaving the wrist free for function. Clinical uses include CMCarthritis and ligamentous injuries. One size available, can betrimmed for a custom fit. Pack of 3.09 101 6104 Polyflex II 3.2mm White £10.0609 101 6112 TailorSplint 2.4mm Beige £10.0609 116 9184 Pro-Drape-T 2.4mm Charcoal £10.06

Gauntlet Thumb Spica Rolyan5Designed to immobilise the thumb CMC and MP joint. Ideal forproviding support and stability for arthritis, ligamentous and softtissue injuries. For sizing, measure across the dorsal surface ofthe MCP joints, including the soft tissue. Invert for right or lefthand. Pack of 3. For sizing, see above.Aquaplast-T OptiPerf 1.6mm Perforated White A67891 Small £19.33A67892 Medium £22.78A67893 Large £26.67Polyflex Light 1.6mm Solid WhiteA67881 Small £19.33A67882 Medium £22.78A67883 Large £26.16Polyflex Light 3.2mm Solid White550421 Small £18.95550422 Medium £22.33550423 Large £26.14Aquaplast-T OptiPerf 1.6mm Solid White550426 Small £18.95550427 Medium £22.33550428 Large £26.14Aquaplast-T ProDrape-T 1.6mm Charcoal09 116 9192 Small £18.4009 116 9200 Medium £21.6909 116 9218 Large £25.38

TailorSplint™ CMC Pre-Cut Rolyan3

CMC Splint provides support for the CMC joint while leaving all other joints of the hand free to move. Use in case of CMCinstability or pain due to sprains, strains, rheumatoid arthritis and post surgery. Made from 2.4mm TailorSplint. Pack of 3.Latex free. For sizing, please see above.556004 Small £11.59556005 Medium £11.59556006 Large £11.59

Pre-Cut Sampler Kit “A” Rolyan1

Contains one each of the following: Wrist and Thumb SpicaSplint with IP Immobilisation (Polyflex II), Gauntlet Thumb Spica(1.6mm Aquaplast-T OptiPerf) and a Wrist and Thumb SpicaSplint (Polyform). Descriptions of these splints can be foundbelow and on page 160.09 116 9143 Small £39.7509 116 9150 Medium £39.75

Pre-Cut Sampler Kit “B” Rolyan2

3

21

44

5

Contains one each of the following: Radial Bar Wrist Cock-UpSplint (TailorSplint beige 3.2mm), Gauntlet Thumb Spica(ProDrape Charcoal 1.6mm) and Thumb Hole Wrist Cock-Up(ProDrape electric blue 3.2mm), as well as instructions.Descriptions of these splints can be found below and on page 160.09 116 9168 Small £39.7509 116 9176 Medium £39.75

Sp

linting

020_EXPT_0153-0160:020_EXPT_0153-0160 23/11/09 17:37 Page 159


Sp

lintin

gPre-Cuts

1

2

3

4

5

Immobilises the wrist, CMC and MP joints of the thumb. Use fordegenerative conditions and soft tissue injuries. Pack of 3. Sizing information shown on page 159.Aquaplast-T 3.2mm Solid WhiteA6785 Small £30.21A6786 Medium £33.84Polyflex II 3.2mm Solid WhiteA678220 Small £29.80A678320 Medium £32.97Polyform 3.2mm Solid WhiteA6781 Small £29.23A6782 Medium £32.97

Wrist and Thumb Spica Rolyan1

Immobilises the wrist, CMC and MP joints of the thumb.Pack of 3. Sizing information shown on page 159.TailorSplint 3.2mm Solid Beige55327701 Small £31.6355327702 Medium £35.1555327703 Large £39.59

TailorSplint™ Wrist and Thumb Spica Rolyan2

Pre-Cut Thumb Hole RolyanWrist Cock-Up Splint

3

Perforation in proximal part of splint increases wearing comfortwhile solid area at wrist helps maintain strength of splint where itis most needed. Use for dynamic splinting and carpal tunnelsyndrome to help decrease pain and / or correct deformity.Pack of 3. Polyform, perforated 3.2mm. Sizing information shownon page 159. 550451 Small £27.77550452 Medium £33.10

Thumb Hole Wrist Cock-Up Splint Rolyan4

Provides support with control of radial and ulnar deviation. Pack of 3. Sizing information shown on page 159.Aquaplast-T 3.2mm Solid WhiteA1593A1 Small £23.99A1603A1 Medium £29.07Polyflex II 3.2mm Solid WhiteA159220 Small £23.99A160320 Medium £29.07Polyform 3.2mm Solid WhiteA1591P Small £23.99A1601P Medium £29.07TailorSplint 3.2mm Solid Beige A925900 Small £23.99A926000 Medium £29.07

Radial Bar Wrist Cock-Up Splint Rolyan5

Provides dorsal or volar wrist support. Makes an ideal dynamicoutrigger base. Pack of 3. Sizing information shown on page 159.Aquaplast-T 3.2mm Solid WhiteA1711A1 Small £35.18A1721A1 Medium £39.16Polyflex II 3.2mm Solid WhiteA171220 Small £34.52A172320 Medium £38.43Polyform 3.2mm Solid WhiteA1711P Small £35.18A1721P Medium £39.16Polyform 3.2mm Perforated White550446 Small £34.52550447 Medium £38.43

020_EXPT_0153-0160:020_EXPT_0153-0160 23/11/09 17:37 Page 160


Pre-Cuts

Time saving pre-cut of Ezeform™ splinting material used toimmobilise the elbow at 90° of flexion. Ideal for total elbow jointreplacement, ulnar nerve transposition, forearm fractures andcumulative trauma injuries. With the wrist in a neutral positionand the elbow at 90°, measure down the centre of the palm fromthe distal palmar crease to the medial epicondyle.556010 Small 27.9-36.2cm £24.57556011 Medium 36.8-40.6cm £24.57556012 Large 41.3cm and up £24.57

Ezeform™ Sugar Tong Pre-Cut Splint Rolyan1

Use when immobilisation of the elbow and wrist is required. Can be trimmed. Made of 3.2mm TailorSplint. Sold individually. 551438 £27.31

Long Arm TailorSplint™ with Radial Bar Rolyan2

Metacarpal Fracture Splint Rolyan3

Dorsal Wrist Cock-Up Splint Rolyan4

Designed to immobilise the wrist, MCP’s and IP joints leaving thethumb free for function. Sometimes called a back slab splint and isused clinically following flexor tendon repairs. The palmar barprovides maximum support and reduces splint migration. Pack of 3.Aquaplast ProDrape-T 3.2mm Solid White551435 X-Small £41.47A353370 Small £62.78A353270 Medium £52.03551434 Large £67.61Ezeform 3.2mm Solid WhiteA3531E Small £57.72A3532E Medium £65.55551433 Large £69.25Polyflex II 3.2mm Solid WhiteA3531 Small £55.09A3532 Medium £62.86551432 Large £69.12

Dorsal Blocking Splint Rolyan5

PRE-CUT SIZING INFORMATIONOur pre-cut splint blanks are cut from Polyform, Polyflex II, Ezeform,Synergy, Aquaplast, AirThru splinting material, and are ready to heat andmould on patients.Invert the pre-cut form for right or left hand application, unless splint is offered in a “right” and a “left” version. To determine size, measure across the second MCP to fifth MCP.X-Small Up to 7.6cmSmall 7.6-8.9cmMedium 8.9-10.8cmLarge 11.4cm and upCustom pre-cut designs can be manufactured for your requirements.Call Customer Services for information.

Use to protect fractures of the fourth and fifth metacarpal postcast when support is still needed. Can be trimmed proximallyand distally as needed. 3.2mm TailorSplint. For sizing see Pre-cut sizing information on page 33. Pack of 3.55143901 X-Small £42.0555143902 Small £44.9755143903 Medium £47.08

1

2

3

4

5

4

Designed to provide wrist immobilisation while leaving the MCP’sand thumb free for function. Ideal as a base for dynamic splintsor for soft tissue injuries. For sizing measure width of second tofifth MCP. One per pack. Includes paediatric size.Aquaplast-T 3.2mm Solid WhiteA1520 X-Small Up to 5.1cm £10.12A1521 Small 5.1-7.3cm £11.29A1527 Small/Medium 7.3-7.6cm £13.80A1522 Medium 7.6-9.2cm £16.58A1523 Large 9.3-11.1cm £18.65

Sp

linting

021_EXPT_0161-0168:021_EXPT_0161-0168 23/11/09 17:37 Page 161


Sp

lintin

gPre-Cuts

Resting Pan Mitt Splint Rolyan1

Designed to provide support for the wrist and MP or CMC joint of the thumb. May be used on either the volar or dorsal aspect of the hand. Ideal for arthritic and neurological conditions wheresupport and protection are desired. Pack of 3.Ezeform 3.2mm Solid WhiteA762SE Small £40.82A762ME Medium £43.57A762LE Large £51.03Ezeform 3.2mm Solid BeigeA762231 Small £39.98A762331 Medium £42.75A762431 Large £50.04Polyflex II 3.2mm Solid WhiteA762SFX Small £40.82A762MFX Medium £43.57A762LFX Large £50.04

Pre-Cut Plus Resting Pan Mitt Splint Rolyan2

Features newly designed perforations to provide extra ventilationwithout compromising the splints strength and stability. May beused either dorsally or volarly to provide support and protectionfor arthritic and neurological conditions. Pack of 3.Ezeform 3.2mm White550461 Small £40.37550462 Medium £42.69550463 Large £50.05

6.4mm perforations are patterned so rigidity is not compromised,providing maximum air flow and ventilation to underlying skin.Ideal for hot or humid climates. Pack of 3.Aquaplast-T 3.2mm Perforated WhiteA310500 Small £33.40A310501 Medium £37.24A310502 Large £44.03Ezeform 3.2mm Perforated WhiteA310503 Small £34.05A310504 Medium £37.24A310505 Large £44.03

Perforated Functional Positioning Splint Rolyan4

Functional Positioning Splint Rolyan3

A static resting splint designed to immobilise the wrist, fingersand thumb joints. Enables painful or deformed joints to beplaced in an anatomically correct position for optimum functional alignment. Ideal for neurological conditions, burns,arthritis and post surgery. Pack of 3.Aquaplast-T 3.2mm Solid WhiteA310SA1 Small £40.75A310MA1 Medium £49.03A310LA1 Large £51.77Ezeform 3.2mm Solid WhiteA310SPE X-Small £30.27A310SE Small £44.65A310ME Medium £56.50A310LE Large £64.05Polyflex II 3.2mm Solid WhiteA310SFX Small £39.37A310MFX Medium £42.00A310LFX Large £49.44

HINTS & TIPS• Use a bandage or elastic wrap to keep the forearm section in place,

leaving you free to work distally.• To aid finger alignment use finger separators made from Softstrap

or thermoplastic material.• Use gravity to assist - position your patient’s hand palm up to gain

a precise palmar fit.• Remember that wrist position greatly influences finger posture.

1

2

3

3

4

021_EXPT_0161-0168:021_EXPT_0161-0168 23/11/09 17:37 Page 162


Pre-Cuts & Pre-Formed Splints

Designed as an anti-spasticity splint with a corrugated fingerdesign, this splint is fabricated using a ball. Can be made oneither the dorsal or volar aspect. Invert for left and right. Pack of 3.Ezeform 3.2mm Solid WhiteA6731 Small £53.67A6732 Medium £53.67Aquaplast-T 3.2mm Solid WhiteA6733 Small £53.67A6734 Medium £54.71A3734 Ball for Anti-Spasticity Splint £37.65A4371 Tool for Pulling Material Between Fingers £19.16B

A

Anti-Spasticity Ball Splint Rolyan1

Pre-Formed Functional Position SplintsPre-formed functional position splints are made fromlow temperature thermoplastic materials that can bemodified easily for a custom fit.For size measure the width of the second to fifth MCP.X-Small Up to 6.4cm Medium 8.9-11.3cmSmall 6.4-8.8cm Large 11.4cm+

For people whose grasp is weak due to loss of range of motion,muscle weakness or sensory loss. Made from Polyform splintingmaterial with Kushionflex padding. Can be easily adapted byusing a heat gun or in hot water. Complete with straps. For size,measure width of hand at knuckles, not including the thumb.(Original design courtesy of Beth Beach, OTR).Left RightA7671 A7672 Small/Medium 7.6-8.9cm £24.57A7673 A7674 Large 8.9-10.2cm £26.89

Pre-Formed Walker Splint Rolyan2

Pre-Formed Function Position Splint Rolyanwith Slot and Loop Strapping

3

Pre-formed functional position splint that places the wrist andhand in approximately 30° of wrist extension, neutral deviation,35° of MCP flexion, and 20° of PIP and DIP flexion. For sizemeasure the width of the second to fifth MCP.Left Right SizeA31213 A31214 Small 6.4-8.8cm £49.07A31215 A31216 Medium 8.9-11.3cm £49.07A31217 A31218 Large 11.4cm+ £49.07

Perforated Functional Position RolyanHand Splint with Strapping

4

Pre-formed from 3.2mm Polyform splinting material, splint providesmaximum ventilation. Sizing as above.Left Right SizeA31219 A31220 Small £32.11A31221 A31222 Medium £32.11A31223 A31224 Large £32.11

Functional Position Hand RolyanSplint with Strapping

5

Pre-formed from 3.2mm Polyform splinting material. Includes threeself-adhesive straps. Sizing as above.Left Right Size ColourA3121 A3122 Small White £32.11A3123 A3124 Medium White £32.11A3125 A3126 Large White £32.11A31225 A31226 Small Beige £32.11A31227 A31228 Medium Beige £32.11A31229 A31230 Large Beige £32.11

Aquaplast Functional Position Splint Rolyan6

Can be reheated and reshaped repeatedly. Transparent whilstsoft for convenience when moulding.

Left Right SizeA311301 A311302 Small £26.53A311303 A311304 Medium £26.53A311305 A311306 Large £26.53

11

1

2

A

B

3

4

5

6

Sp

linting

021_EXPT_0161-0168:021_EXPT_0161-0168 23/11/09 17:38 Page 163


Sp

lintin

gPre-Formed Splints

Anti-Spasticity SplintsAnti-Spasticity Splints, which are pre-formed from Polyformsplinting material, position the wrist, abduct the fingers andthumb, and maintain the palmar arch in a reflex-inhibitingposition. Splints can be adapted easily, and come complete witha strapping system for the fingers and thumb and two paddedself-adhesive D-Ring straps for the forearm.For size, measure the width of the second to fifth MCP.X-Small 7.6-8.2cm Medium 8.9-10.2cmSmall 8.3-8.8cm Large Over 10.2cm

Offers a metacarpal pad and slot-and-loop finger strapping tohelp positioning in the splint. Made from white 3.2mm Polyform. 1 per pack. Available in paediatric sizes. See above sizing.(Pattern design courtesy of Bronwyn Keller, OTR. Original strappingdesign courtesy of Elizabeth Lilly, OTR)Left Right Size550514 550515 X-Small £44.71550516 550517 Small £44.71550518 550519 Medium £44.71550520 550521 Large £44.71

Pre-Form Plus Anti-Spasticity Ball RolyanSplint with Slot and Loop Strapping

1

Pre-Form Plus Anti-Spasticity Ball Splint RolyanA pre-formed specialist neurological splint designed to controlhand and wrist position in the presence of abnormal tone. Thesplint offers superior ventilation to aid air exchange to underlyingskin. Made from white 3.2mm Polyform. To be used on the volaraspect. One per pack. Available in paediatric sizes. See abovefor sizing. (Pattern design courtesy of Bronwyn Keller, OTR)Left Right Size550522 550523 X-Small £40.52550524 550525 Small £40.52550526 550527 Medium £40.52550528 550529 Large £40.52

2

Pre-Formed Anti-Spasticity RolyanBall Joint (Volar)

3

Sizing as above.Left Right Size ColourA41917 A41918 X-Small Beige £51.40A41919 A41920 Small Beige £51.40A41921 A41922 Medium Beige £51.40A41923 A41924 Large Beige £51.40A419LXS A419RXS X-Small White £50.41A419LS A419RS Small White £50.41A419LM A419RM Medium White £50.41A419LL A419RL Large White £50.41

Anti-Spasticity Ball Splint Loop Rolyanwith Slot and Strapping

4

Ideal for people with moderate to severe spasticity. Metacarpalpad and slot and loop finger strapping help keep fingers andthumb from lifting off splint. Sizing as above. White in colour.Left Right SizeA419301 A419300 X-Small £32.24A419303 A419302 Small £32.24A419305 A419304 Medium £32.24A419307 A419306 Large £32.24

Pre-Formed Deluxe Spasticity Hand Splint Rolyan5

Fabricated from Polyflex II splinting material, the forearm troughprovides support and maintains the wrist in a neutral position.Easily adapted. Includes self-adhesive straps. For size, measuresecond to fifth MCP. White in colour.Left Right SizeA4841 A4842 Small Up to 8.9cm £26.73A4843 A4844 Medium 8.9cm-11.4cm £26.73A4845 A4846 Large 11.4cm+ £26.73

1

2

3

4

5

021_EXPT_0161-0168:021_EXPT_0161-0168 23/11/09 17:38 Page 164


Sp

lintingPre-Formed Splints

Burn Splint Rolyan1

Designed to position the hand following burn injuries, tendontransfers or trauma when the following position is desired: 20° to 30°of wrist extension, 60° to 70° of MCP flexion, IPs fully extended andthumb positioned in 45° of extension midway between radialabduction and palmar abduction. Pre-formed from Ezeform splintingmaterial. Splint accommodates thick wound dressings. Strappingnot included. Can be adjusted using heat gun or heat pan.Left Right SizeA7651 A7652 Small £32.24A7653 A7654 Medium £32.24A7655 A7656 Large £32.24

Pre-Formed Posterior Elbow Splint Rolyan2

Pre-formed splint that positions the elbow in 90° flexion. Ideal foruse following epicondylectomy, humeral or forearm fractures andpost nerve repairs. Made from 3.2mm white Polyform and linedwith 6.4mm Polycushion padding. Strapping included. For sizing,measure the circumference at mid-point of humerus.A5174 Small 20.3-24.1cm £56.06A5175 Medium 24.2-27.9cm £56.06A5176 Large 28-34.3cm £56.06A5177 X-Large 34.4-39.4cm £56.06

Pre-Formed Foot Drop Splint Rolyan3

Provides support and positioning for the ankle and foot in aneutral posture. Made from white 3.2mm Polyform and paddedwith 6.4mm Polycushion for comfort and protection. Can be easilyadapted and comes with strapping. Not suitable for ambulation.Fit is determined by shoe size. Suitable for both right and left.

UK Women UK MenA6341 Small 31/2-51/2 41/2-61/2 £83.56A6342 Medium 6-8 7-9 £84.83A6343 Large 81/2-101/2 91/2-11 £86.08

Foot Drop Splint with Expanded Heel Rolyan4

Expanded over the malleoli and Achilles tendon to minimisepressure areas. Made from white 3.2mm Polyform and paddedwith 6.4mm Polycushion. Complete with strapping. Not suitablefor ambulation. Fit is determined by shoe size. X-Wide available.

UK Women UK MenA634400 Small 3-5 6-8 £56.03A634401 Medium 51/2-71/2 81/2-101/2 £56.03A634402 Large 8-10 11-13 £56.03A634403 Large X-Wide 8-10 11-13 £56.03

Anti-rotation Pre-Cut Rolyan5

Alternative to traditional posterior leaf splint. Provides control offoot posture during walking and eliminates pressure on themalleoli. Fits easily into most shoes and offers a custom fit. Pre-Cut - OnlyAquaplast-T 3.2mm Solid WhiteA156100 Small/Medium £17.85A156101 Large £17.85Pre-cut with two self-adhesive straps and plastazote paddingAquaplast-T 3.2mm Solid WhiteA156104 Small/Medium £23.37A156105 Large £23.37San-Splint 3mm Solid WhiteA156106 Small/Medium £25.75A156107 Large £25.75Small/Medium UK Women’s 3-8, Men 7-9Large UK Women’s 8-10, Men 9-13

1 2

3

4

4 5

021_EXPT_0161-0168:021_EXPT_0161-0168 23/11/09 17:38 Page 165


Sp

lintin

gPadding Materials

Black Stockinette4

Comfortable cotton stockinette to contrast with splinting materials.22.86m roll. Dispenser box. Latex free.551191 5.2cm wide £26.3355119103 8cm wide £31.17

Densely knit tubular bandage that stretches to three times itsoriginal size for conformability. Ideal as a removable washablelining for under splints and casts. Latex free. In paediatric sizes.A6605 2.1cm x 23m - Roll £13.327447 5cm x 23m - Roll £15.447449 7.6cm x 23m - Roll £19.61

100% Cotton Stockinette Rolyan1

Stockinette has moderate stretch for excellent conformability andfit without constriction. Cotton/Polyester, Latex free.A660225 5.1cm x 23m - Roll £15.53A660325 7.6cm x 23m - Roll £18.31A660425 10.2cm x 23m - Roll £24.38

Protouch™ Stockinette Rolyan2

Features a foam strip laminated to elastic stockinette. Excellent for prevention of pressure sores. Recommended whenconsidering patient comfort and splint tolerance. Providesmaximum comfort for splinting patients who are extremelysensitive to heat. Contains latex. Packaged in 4m dispenser. A4351 6.4cm diameter x 4m £70.54

For small arms elbows, heels, kneesA4352 7.6cm diameter x 4m £71.53

For medium arms, elbows, heels, kneesA4353 10.2 diameter x 4m £77.35

For large arms, elbows, heels, knees

Tubipad Stockinette Rolyan3

INFORMATIONFor Casting Room & Emergency Supplies, please see pages 201 to 216.

1 1

32

4

5CM x 23M ROLL

5 6

7

7 8

A

B

Stockinette with Built In RolyanComponent Anti-Microbial

5

This soft and stretchable, 100% polyester stockinette contains anodour reducing anti-microbial component. 22.85m roll. Latex free.550761 5cm £12.80550762 7.5cm £18.31550763 10cm £22.80

Thumb Splint Liners Rolyan6

Polypropylene Stockinette Rolyan7

An innovative fabric that keeps the skin dry and comfortable.Ideal under splints and casts to reduce skin maceration. Latex free.A4342 5cm x 10m - Roll £24.29A4343 7.6cm x 10m - Roll £30.61A4344 10cm x 10m - Roll £36.27

Durable two-ply stockinet liners are extra-thick and extra-soft.Cotton/polyester. Finished seams and overcast edges. Re-usable.Machine wash and dry. One size. Packs of 10. Latex free.7444 Thumb Spica 7.5 x 15cm £21.05744401 Wrist/Hand 7.5 x 33cm £21.05744402 Wrist/Hand/Thumb 7.5 x 33cm £26.50

Tubular Bandages for Fingers and Toes Rolyan8

Seamless tubular bandages that can be used as padding orwhen uniform pressure is needed for oedema control. Apply with applicator. Made from nylon/spandex. Fits most adults. Latex free.

A4363 1.6cm x 4.6m - Roll £14.87

A4371 Tubular Bandage Applicator - Each £19.16Can also be used as a splint tool.

B

A

021_EXPT_0161-0168:021_EXPT_0161-0168 23/11/09 17:38 Page 166


Padding Materials

2

4

3

1Silipos™ Range

The Silipos gel sheeting products are ideal for the relief ofpressure and friction and can be applied to splinting materials orused to line braces, prosthetics, orthotics and sports relatedpadding. The pressure relief padding is also recommended forproviding extra cushioning for wheelchairs and is perfect for usewith lightweight padding.

Pressure Relief Padding™1

The 2mm thick gel padding has a 2-way stretch top cover andadhesive backing to securely position in custom made devices.Used to reduce shock and vibration, the Pressure Relief Paddingcan be used as a replacement for moleskin or orthopaedic felt intotal contact casts. 1 roll per pack.AA9200E 10 x 91cm £44.03AA9200F 20 x 91cm £59.74

Gel Dots2

3mm thick by 3cm diameter gel dots with self-adhesive backingimpregnated with mineral oil. Used to reduce pressure andfriction over specific areas. 15 dots per sheet.AA9421 £18.61

Gel Squares™3

3mm thick squares of Silipos polymer gel available with or withoutself-adhesive backing. Contains mineral oils to moisturise dryskin. Can be cut to desired size. 2 pieces per pack.AA942201 Self Adhesive 10 x 10cm £19.13AA942202 Non-Adhesive 10 x 10cm £20.58

Gel-E-Roll4

An elastic bandage coated one side with a layer of Silipospolymer gel. Conforms to the body, but moves with the skin toreduce friction. Ideal to reduce scar tissue, provide compressionor for cold therapy. 1 roll per pack.AA9423 £25.05

5

6

A gel pad moulded to a sleeve designed to cover carpal tunnelscars and contour with the palm. Insulates against shock andvibration. Can be worn directly over sutures, in splints andgloves. Pack of 1.AA942401 Left Small £28.69AA942402 Right Small £28.69AA942403 Left Large £31.62AA942404 Right Large £31.62

Carpal Gel Sleeve5

Same as the pad in the carpal gel sleeve but with self-adhesivebacking. Can be added to splints and braces. 3 pads per pack.AA942405 5cm x 15.24cm - 3 Pads per Pack £34.08

Gel Pads6

7

8

Use to cushion, protect and help disperse pressure over injuriesand bony prominences. Softens and desensitises hypertrophic andsurgical scarring. Can be used to customise splints and orthoticdevices. Self-adhesive backing and hand washable with soap andwater. Not suitable for application to skin or over open wounds.

A847900 11 x 23cm - Sheet £25.35

Gel Shell Pads Rolyan7

Soft, protective, absorbent hydrogel that provides excellentprotection against pressure, friction and skin maceration.Each gel pad is covered with a four way stretch fabric thatallows the pad to conform intimately to the skin, reducing splintmigration and discomfort. Adheres gently but firmly to dry skin.Sterile. Individual pads are 3.2mm thick.A8273 10 x 10cm - Box of 25 £96.84A8274 15 x 20cm - Box of 5 £50.66A8275 30 x 20cm - Box of 5 £121.76

Elasto-Gel™ Cast and Splint Pads8

Sp

linting

021_EXPT_0161-0168:021_EXPT_0161-0168 23/11/09 17:38 Page 167


Padding Materials

1Open cell, slow recovery padding with a memory. Body heat helpsmould foam. Ideal for lining splints or for adapting equipment.Durable but soft. Latex free.Blue - Medium DensityA4881 9.5 x 410 x 610mm £47.34

2 self-adhesive sheets per caseA4882 25 x 410 x 610mm £43.54

1 plain backed sheet per casePink - Soft DensityA4883 9.5 x 410 x 610mm £47.10

2 self-adhesive sheets per case

Contour Foam Rolyan1

3

2

5

4

7

9

6

10

Standard soft open cell padding with self-adhesive backing.Suitable for lining splints and casts. Contains latex.A4381 0.8mm x 300mm x 4.6m - Roll £83.14

Moleskin Rolls3

Soft, low profile product with adhesive backing but without latex.5545721 23cm x 3.65m - Beige £35.565545722 2.5cm x 4.6m - Beige £20.055545723 5cm x 4.6m - Beige £29.07554583 23cm x 3.65m - White £37.61

Latex-Free Moleskin Rolyan2

Easy to reposition or replace. Soft, open cell, 3.2mm thickpadding material has a self-adhesive backing. Latex free.A7491 150mm x 5.5m - Roll £68.34A7492 230mm x 3.7m - Roll £75.11

Moleskin Padding4

High quality, self-adhesive, soft padding in a convenient dispenserbox. Paper backing. Contains latex.A4382 0.8mm x 300mm x 4.6m - Roll £73.08

Economy Moleskin Rolls5

Open-cell foam provides lightweight protection in splints and forother padding requirements. Self-adhesive. Latex free.A7931 1.3 x 30 x 30cm - 6 sheets per case £25.05

Foam Padding Rolyan6

Use soft foam Polycushion with thermoplastic splints. Also forgeneral padding and for patients who are hypersensitive to heator pressure. Closed cell. Can be applied to splinting materialprior to immersing in water. Self-adhesive. Cuts easily withscissors. Washable. Latex free.A2912 3.2 x 450 x 610mm - 4 sheets per case £44.03A2911 6.4 x 450 x 610mm - 3 sheets per case £44.03

Polycushion™ Padding Rolyan7

Kushionflex is a firm padding that resists bottoming out. Closed-cell, so it can be applied to splinting material prior to immersionin hot water. Self-adhesive. Cuts easily. Washable. Latex free.A4551 3.2 x 450 x 610mm - 4 sheets per case £41.64A455002 13 x 450 x 610mm - 1 sheet £19.58

Kushionflex™ Padding Rolyan9

For use in gloves, splints and footwear to help disperse the energyof impacts and reduce skin shearing. Cut desired size and shapefrom the sheet material. We recommend the use of talcum powderto reduce residue and seal with surgical tape. Will not bottom out.Colours may vary. Sold in 250 x 340mm sheets. Range ofthicknesses available. Latex free.A731501 3.2mm - Sheet £15.53A731502 4.8mm - Sheet £18.31A731503 6.4mm - Sheet £21.01

Clear Gel Padding10

Traditional Polycushion with a less aggressive adhesive. Ideal forsplints that require frequent padding changes. Low tack paddingpeels off after application to a splint, without leaving a stickyresidue. Closed cell. Latex Free.A2913 3.2 x 450 x 610mm - 4 sheets per case £42.67A2914 6.4 x 450 x 610mm - 3 sheets per case £42.67

Low-Tack Polycushion™ Padding Rolyan8

8

Sp

lintin

g

021_EXPT_0161-0168:021_EXPT_0161-0168 23/11/09 17:38 Page 168


Padding materials

Soft terry cloth bonded to self-adhesive foam adds comfort,warmth and breathability when used to line splints. Ideal as anedging material and for other padding applications. Stretches toconform, even in contoured areas. Hand wash, air dry. Latex free.A804100 3.2mm x 46cm x 61cm - 4 sheet case £42.67

Terry Foam Padding Rolyan1

Thin, yet extremely durable padding material. Acts as a shockabsorber for tender or hypersensitive areas. Top layer of nylonskin can be washed and is smooth and comfortable to the touch.Open-cell padding. Latex free.A35761 3.2 x 300 x 1520mm - Each £40.52

Self-adhesiveA3576 Non-adhesive £36.65

PPT® Foam Padding Rolyan2

High-density open cell foam features high-viscoelastic impactabsorption properties for superior support and uniform pressuredistribution. Self-adhesive backing ensures correct placement.Latex free.553202 6.4 x 460 x 680mm £21.40553203 13 x 460 x 680mm £58.32

Extra Soft Splint Padding Rolyan3

Use to line splint or cover surface of bed or chair to cushionpressure areas. Helps prevent skin breakdown and increasepatient comfort. Non-stretch. 100% polyester. Machine wash and dry, Latex free.554592 910 x 1520mm £13.57

Sherpa Lining Material4

Self-adhesive padding made of polyester, poly prop ylene and viscose.Latex free. Easy to apply and replace. Latex free.A4383 6.4mm x 190mm x 38cm - Pack of 10 £41.08746301 3.2mm x 140mm x 2.29m £36.55746302 6mm x 140mm x 2.29m £53.69

Orthopaedic Felt5

Soft medical grade foam with a fleecy surface and self-adhesivebacking. Extremely soft, ideal for padding bony prominences.Open cell foam. Latex free.AA9450 4.8 x 230 x 460mm - 4 sheets per case £25.79

Hapla™ Fleecy Foam Rolyan6

Extremely soft self-adhesive padding with a slightly raised feltsurface. Can be stretched in one direction to make it moreconforming. Ideal for padding bony prominences and aroundthe thumb area of a splint. 100% cotton. Feels like slightlypadded moleskin. Latex free.AA9451 225 x 400mm - 4 sheets per case £23.22

Hapla™ Fleecy Web Rolyan7

1 21

3 3

5

6 7

5

4

Strap Pads Rolyan8

Increase comfort and distribution of pressure. Accommodate a2.5 or 3.8cm strap. Made of 6.4mm foam laminated to loop fabricon both sides. Hand washable. Pack of 10. Latex free.A5392 5 x 8cm £12.21A5391 5 x 10cm £12.77

8

Sp

linting

022_EXPT_0169-0176:022_EXPT_0169-0176 23/11/09 17:38 Page 169


Strapping Materials

Velcro® Brand Self-Adhesive StrapAttach Hook Tabs

1

Attach splint straps with pre-cut tabs. Prevents adhesive build upon scissors. Flexible plastic hook doesn’t attract lint and seldomsnags clothing. Mates with all standard loop and soft fabricstrapping materials. White. In rolls of 169 pieces. 25 x 50mm.Sold in a bag. Eliminates waste.A3400 £29.75

Velcro® Y-Tabs, End Loops and Strapping4

Customise your splints with a strapping system that enables youto add straps that can be adjusted to chosen length and tension.Secure the strap with an End Loop and neatly finish with a Y-Tab.The components are packaged in a neat dispenser box.09 117 5116 Y-Tabs 50mm Box 50 £33.0709 117 9753 Y-Tabs 25mm Box 50 £28.2609 117 5082 End Loops 50mm Box 50 £38.1609 117 3657 End Loops 25mm Box 50 £35.3009 117 5090 Black Hook Receptable Strap £44.79

for Tabs and Ends 50mm x 25m09 117 9712 Black Hook Receptable Strap £34.68

for Tabs and Ends 25mm x 25m

C

B

A

Velcro® Brand Self-Adhesive Coins2

These coins can be used as a set to create a secure closure or in conjunction with the appropriate hook or loop tape. Gives you flexibility to create suitable straps and ties for a wide range of clinical and medical applications. White only.AA9469H Hook 22mm Diameter £11.71AA9469L Loop 22mm Diameter £11.71A34017 Hook 35mm Diameter £17.72A34018 Hook 48mm Diameter £19.72

2

2

1

Strap Pads Rolyan3

Increase comfort and distribution of pressure. Accommodate a2.5 or 3.8cm strap. Made of 6.4mm foam laminated to loop fabricon both sides. Hand washable. Pack of 10.A5392 5 x 8cm £12.21A5391 5 x 10cm £12.77

3

44

A

B

C

5

Strapping Carousel Rolyan5

Helps organise and conveniently dispense your assortment ofhook and loop materials. Accommodates strapping materialswith or without centre cores. Roll size can vary from 4.6m to 23m.Carousel can hold a maximum of 14, 25mm rolls, or acombination of 13mm to 178mm widths. Carousel sits ontable/countertop - or save work space by mounting unit on wall.Brackets for wall mounting sold separately. Dimensions are410 x 460 x 570mm. Strapping sold separately. A2901 Rolyan Strapping Carousel £212.53

(includes 6 partitions)A2902 Wall Brackets - Pair £10.96A2903 Extra Partition - Each £9.57

Sp

lintin

g

022_EXPT_0169-0176:022_EXPT_0169-0176 23/11/09 17:39 Page 170


Strapping Materials

1

Velcro® Brand Sew-On Hook and Loop1

High quality Velcro brand hook and loop tape offers superior,adjustable closure with a long life cycle. The tape can be washedor dry cleaned. Can be attached using a machine or by hand.The tape is soft enough to wear close to the skin.

Velcro® Brand Self-Adhesive Not IllustratedHook and Loop

2

This high quality Velcro brand hook and loop offers superior,adjustable closure over a long life cycle. Ideal for everyday, longterm use on medical applications such as splints, casts andequipment. The tape can be washed or dry cleaned. The quicksetting rubber based adhesive backing is suitable for itemsrequiring a fast turnaround. This adhesive can be used on avariety of surfaces including steel, plaster and textiles. As theVelcro™ self-adhesive hook and loop range but now available inneon colours to enhance paediatric custom made splints.

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.Velcro™ Sew On Hook and Loop

Hook 10m Reel Loop 10m Reel Hook 25m Reel Loop 25m Reel

Width 25mm 50mm 25mm 50mm 25mm 50mm 25mm 50mm

White (A) AA9460HA AA9461HA AA9460LA AA9461LA AA9462HA AA9463HA AA9462LA AA9463LABeige (H) AA9460HH AA9461HH AA9460LH AA9461LH AA9462HH AA9463HH AA9462LH AA9463LHRoyal Blue (B) AA9460HB AA9461HB AA9460LB AA9461LB AA9462HB AA9463HB AA9462LB AA9463LBBlack (K) AA9460HK AA9461HK AA9460LK AA9461LK AA9462HK - AA9462LK -Green (G) 09 117 4622 - 09 117 4648 - 09 117 4663 09 117 4671 09 117 4689 09 117 4697Red (R) 09 117 4705 09 117 4788 09 117 4820 09 117 4838 09 117 4846 09 117 4853 09 117 4861 09 117 4879Orange (J) 09 117 4887 09 117 4895 09 117 4903 09 117 4911 09 117 4929 09 117 4937 09 117 4945 09 117 4952Violet (V) 09 117 4960 09 117 4986 09 117 5009 09 117 5025 09 117 5033 09 117 5041 09 117 5058 09 117 5066

£7.64 £12.08 £7.64 £12.08 £16.59 £26.74 £16.59 £26.74

Velcro™ Self-Adhesive Hook and Loop

Hook 10m Reel Loop 10m Reel Hook 25m Reel Loop 25m Reel


White (A) AA9464HA AA9465HA AA9464LA AA9465LA AA9466HA AA9467HA AA9466LA AA9467LABeige (H) AA9464HH AA9465HH AA9464LH AA9465LH AA9466HH AA9467HH AA9466LH AA9467LHRoyal Blue (B) AA9464HB AA9465HB AA9464LB AA9465LB AA9466HB AA9467HB AA9466LB AA9467LBBlack (K) AA9464HK AA9465HK AA9464LK AA9465LK AA9466HK AA9467HK AA9466LK AA9467LKGreen (G) AA9464HG AA9465HG AA9464LG AA9465LG AA9466HG AA9467HG AA9466LG AA9467LGRed (R) AA9464HR AA9465HR AA9464LR AA9465LR - AA9467HR - AA9467LRPink (P) AA9464HP AA9465HP AA9464LP AA9465LP AA9466HP AA9467HP AA9466LP AA9467LPYellow (Y) AA9464HY AA9465HY AA9464LY AA9465LY AA9466HY AA9467HY AA9466LY AA9467LYOrange (J) AA9464HJ AA9465HJ AA9464LJ AA9465LJ AA9466HJ AA9467HJ AA9466LJ AA9467LJViolet (V) AA9464HV AA9465HV AA9464LV AA9465LV AA9466HV AA9467HV AA9466LV AA9467LVNeon Green (NG) AA9464HNG - AA9464LNG - AA9466HNG - AA9466LNG -Neon Orange (NO) - - - - AA9466HNO AA9467HNO AA9466LNO AA9467LNONeon Pink (NP) AA9464HNP - AA9464LNP - AA9466HNP AA9467HNP AA9466LNP AA9467LNPNeon Yellow (NY) AA9464HNY AA9465HNY AA9464LNY AA9465LNY AA9466HNY AA9467HNY AA9466LNY AA9467LNY

£10.83 £18.29 £10.83 £18.29 £20.97 £38.07 £20.97 £38.07

2

1

Sp

linting

022_EXPT_0169-0176:022_EXPT_0169-0176 23/11/09 17:39 Page 171


Strapping Materials

1 2

3

5

4

Thin, soft Sabre Strip Loop is comfortable and durable.Mates with Sabre Grip Hook. White only. Sold in a bag.Sabre Grip HookA34034 Plain-Backed 25mm x 23m - Roll £45.59A34035 Self-Adhesive 25mm x 23m - Roll £43.51Sabre Strip LoopA34031 Plain-Backed 25mm x 23m - Roll £23.10

Sabre Grip Hook and Sabre Strip Loop1

Re-usable hook and loop tape featuring the patented Ultra Matelow profile hooks, which give consistent strength and infiniteadjustability. This fabric fastener will not separate or delaminate,no adhesive is used and the hook and loop elements areintegrally fused. The soft fabric loop is comfortable if worn closeto the skin. The continuous tape creates no costly wastage - youjust cut the tape to create the strap size you require. White only.AA9468A 25mm x 10m - Reel £19.66AA9468B 50mm x 10m - Reel £27.23

One-Wrap™ Continuous Tape2

Soft pile loop fabric. Very thin - an excellent choice for strappingbetween fingers or in paediatrics splinting. Mates with standardhook or HTH hook.A80980 13mm x 9m - Roll £14.03

Thin Strapping Material Rolyan3

Can be used either as strapping or for making soft splints.Consists of nylon lining on one side and pile material on the otherover a rubber core, making for easy hook attachment. Neoprenehas a degree of elasticity resulting in comfortable and securestrapping. Provides warmth that is ideal for arthritic joints. Sold ina bag. 1.6mm is ideal for paediatric applications. Latex free.1.6mm Thickness09 116 5984 46 x 61cm - Sheet £25.433.2mm Thickness09 106 1894 15 x 97cm - Sheet £27.7509 116 6032 46 x 61cm - Sheet £26.2109 106 1928 2.5cm x 3.2m - Roll £20.9809 106 1944 3.8cm x 3.2m - Roll £23.8809 106 1936 5cm x 3.2m - Roll £27.65See page 156 to 157 for our complete range of Neoprene.

Neoprene Rolyan5

Attach to Neoprene, Breathoprene (page 156 to 157) or otherfabrics. Iron on medium setting. 2.5cm x 4.57m. Black.09 117 9720 Iron-On Hook £8.0009 117 6890 Iron-On Loop £8.00

Iron-On Hook and Loop6

Self-Adhesive HTH Hook4

Flexible plastic hook doesn’t attract lint and seldom snagsclothing. Mates with all loop and soft strapping materials.Translucent material blends with any colour of splint or strappingmaterial. Sold in a manufacturer’s box.25mm WideA34022 9m - Roll £24.16A34024 23m - Roll £44.8950mm WideA34023 9m - Roll £40.70A34025 23m - Roll £74.18

6

Sp

lintin

g

022_EXPT_0169-0176:022_EXPT_0169-0176 23/11/09 17:39 Page 172


Strapping Materials

1 2

3

5

6

4

Soft, non-stretchable 6.4mm thick strapping material with sealedside edges for increased durability. Both sides and the centrelayer are loop fabric laminated to foam. Mates with standard andHTH hook. Sold in a dispenser box.A34960 2.5cm x 9m - roll £21.56A34961 5cm x 9m - roll £41.33

SoftStrap™ Strapping Material Rolyan1

Pile loop fabric on one side and nylon tricot fabric on the otherside, laminated to 3.2mm foam padding. Soft, non-stretchingand washable. Compatible with standard and HTH hook. Sold in a dispenser box.White BeigeA8091 A8096 2.5cm x 9m - roll £15.83A8095 A8094 3.8cm x 9m - roll £21.22A8092 A8097 5cm x 9m - roll £26.85A80915 A80916 2.5cm x 23m - roll £29.11A80914 A80918 5cm x 23m - roll £53.64

Securable Strapping Material Rolyan2

Features soft pile loop fabric laminated to both sides of foampadding. This double laminating provides over 1,000 closures,making it an excellent choice when a soft, non-stretching,durable strapping material is desired. Sold in dispenser box.Royal Blue/White White BeigeA80990 A8098 A8099 2.5cm x 9m - roll £22.97A80992 A80910 A80911 3.8cm x 9m - roll £29.11A80991 A80912 A80913 5cm x 9m - roll £33.36- A80919 A80920 2.5cm x 23m - roll £41.81- A80922 A80921 5cm x 23m - roll £68.86

Securable II Strapping Material Rolyan3

Stretchable loop gives secure closure. Loop attaches to standardand HTH hook. Comfortable and durable. Sold in a dispenser box.White BeigeA34916 A34917 1.6cm x 9m - roll £31.50A34914 A34920 2.5cm x 9m - roll £39.87A34915 A34921 5cm x 9m - roll £44.52- A34912 2.5cm x 23m - roll £75.15A34911 A34913 5cm x 23m - roll £105.99

Stretch Elasticised Loop Rolyan4

Comfortable 6.4mm thick foam padding with loop fabric on bothsides. Strong, yet soft. Mates with standard and HTH hook. Beige White Blue Sold in a BagA3498 A3497 A34950 2.5cm x 4.6m - roll £9.22- A3499 A34951 5cm x 4.6m - roll £14.40

Sold in a BoxA3492 - - 5cm x 4.6m - roll £14.33A3493 - - 15cm x 4.6m - roll £28.48

Foam-2 Strapping Material Rolyan5

Strong yet soft strapping material with loop on both sides.Stitching on both edges provides reinforcement and preventsfraying. Sold in a bag.A389140 5 x 13.7m - roll £61.05

Wrap Strapping Material Rolyan6

HINTS & TIPS• Strapping is critical for correct splint position, application and removal.• Straps should be wide enough to distribute pressure.• To provide a secure bond between the thermoplastic and

the strapping quickly heat the self-adhesive backing and thethermoplastic with a heat gun and attach.

Sp

linting

022_EXPT_0169-0176:022_EXPT_0169-0176 23/11/09 17:39 Page 173


Strapping Materials

Self-Adhesive Securable II Straps Rolyan1

Soft, non-stretch straps made of 3.2mm padded loop materialand self-adhesive hook. In packs of 10.White BeigeA2931 A2932 2.5 x 36cm - Pack £21.62A2935 A2936 5 x 36cm - Pack £23.88

Self-Adhesive Foam-2 Straps Rolyan2

Strapping material is made of a comfortable 6.4mm thick foamwith loop fabric on both sides and self-adhesive hook. A314301 2.5 x 36cm - Pack of 10 £22.03A3143 5 x 36cm - Pack of 10 £21.03

Velfoam™ II Velstrap™3

A ready-made, soft, padded strap of 25cm x 5cm. Velfoam II and10cm x 2.5cm, self-adhesive Velcro® hook. Peel off backingpaper and press in place. Pack of 10.701902 £13.96

D-Ring Straps Rolyan4

Long lasting nylon allows adjustable strap tension. Hook portionmates completely with loop - no exposed hooks to catch onclothing. May be glued to splinting materials. Pack of 10.2.5cm WideWhite Beige LengthA2883 A2886 36cm £19.97A28813 A28816 46cm £19.97A28814 A28817 56cm £19.975cm WideWhite Beige LengthA2887 A28810 36cm £21.60A2888 A28811 46cm £25.10A2889 A28812 61cm £29.17

Self-Adhesive Securable RolyanD-Ring Straps

5

Sturdy yet extremely comfortable padded, non-stretch straps.Self-adhesive to attach quickly and securely. Pack of 10. For lightto medium use.A2939 2.5 x 38cm £41.38A29311 2.5 x 46cm £42.39A29310 5 x 38cm £43.38A29312 5 x 46cm £45.51

Self-Adhesive D-Ring Straps Rolyan6

Special D-Ring Straps feature a nylon D-Ring and nylon loop andhook. Self-adhesive portion holds strap in place securely. Pack of 10. For medium to heavy use.A3149 2.5 x 30cm £46.45A31411 2.5 x 46cm £50.02A31410 5 x 30cm £51.86A3148 5 x 38cm £63.71A31412 5 x 46cm £52.86

21

5 6

4

3

Sp

lintin

g

022_EXPT_0169-0176:022_EXPT_0169-0176 23/11/09 17:39 Page 174


Tools & Accessories

1

2 3

4

E D A B C

Top of the range, sturdy hot air gun with variable temperatureand airflow, LCD display and stand. The built-in safety stand onthis heat gun allows clinicians to use both hands to manipulatesplinting materials when needed.AA942603 £153.57

Steinel™ Hot Air Gun with LCD Display -HG2310LCD

1

Hot air gun with variable temperature 9 stage dial. The variabletemperature control dial allows users to adjust temperaturesbetween 50°C and 600°C. Compact and lightweight construction.AA942604 £93.63

Steinel™ Hot Air Gun - HL1910E2

The heat gun has two heating and airflow settings.Temperature ranges from 300-500°C.09 117 5256 UK Plug £57.9209 118 7244 EU Plug £83.28

Steinel Hot Air Gun HL610S3

Using the nozzles on the Steinel air guns increases thepossibilities of splinting and finishing. Please note, nozzles A-Dare for use with guns AA942603 and AA942603.

AA942605 Reduction Nozzle 9mm £12.76



AA942608 Reflector Nozzle Standard £14.06

AA942609 Surface Nozzle 75mm £14.06E

D

C

B

A

Air Gun Nozzles4

Use the iron-on nozzle attachments with your heat gun and seamtape to fabricate your neoprene splints. Heat gun sold separately.09 116 6073 Iron Attachment £69.6409 116 6081 Nozzle for Iron Attachment £5.85

Iron Nozzle Kit for Heat Gun5

Fabricate your own soft splints from neoprene sheets and seamtape and fuse the sheets together with the Neoprene SealingIron. The iron is lightweight and easy to use. Ideal for fixing iron-on tapes and fasteners to customised soft splints madefrom neoprene. Variable heat settings range from 50-200°C, the flashing light indicates when the iron is ready for use. For safe storage, whilst in use, the iron is supplied with a metalstand and cotton sock that reduces the intensity of the heat.09 118 4043 £43.21

Neoprene Sealing Iron6

The Gluematic Glue Gun makes for easy customising of yoursplints. Used to fix padding, straps and outriggers to orthotics,adheres to thermoplastics and neoprene devices. 09 117 1487 Glue Gun £35.1509 117 1495 Glue Sticks 500g £11.36

Gluematic Glue Gun7

65

67

Sp

linting

022_EXPT_0169-0176:022_EXPT_0169-0176 23/11/09 17:39 Page 175


Tools & Accessories

AConstructed of durable stainless steel with hinged lid andperforated tray. Thermostatically controlled with a concealedheating element with over-heat protection, illuminated on/off switch.Recessed handles facilitate moving from one location to another.Ideal for working with heat activated thermoplastic materials.Available in four sizes. For Heat Pan spares see listing at theback of the catalogue. • Available with European Continental or UK plug

• Compliant to the European Electromagnetic CompatibilityDirective (EMCD)

• Two year warranty as standard

S Internal: Height 150mm. Width 300mm. Depth 240mm. External: Height 400mm. Width 335mm. Depth 275mm.Weight 5.9kg. Capacity 8 litres.Features - single lift off lid, syphon drainage

M Internal: Height 200mm. Width 500mm. Depth 300mm. External dimensions 540 x 330 x 290mmWeight 10.8kg. Capacity 28 litres.Features - single hinged lid, integral tap

L Internal: Height 200mm. Width 620mm. Depth 500mm. External: Height 260mm. Width 660mm. Depth 540mm. Weight 18.3kg. Capacity 56 litres.Features - double lift off lid, integral tap.

UK Plug EC Plug

AA9400 AA9401 Small £535.91

AA9402 AA9403 Medium £785.26

AA9404 AA9405 Large £995.51C

B

A

Heat Pans (220-240 VOLT) Rolyan1

Therapists have requested extra width on this heat pan toaccommodate larger splints whilst maintaining a small compactpan. Constructed from durable stainless steel with a hinged lidand perforated tray. See above for more details. Internal: Height 65mm. Width 500mm. Depth 300mm. External: Height 145mm. Width 540mm. Depth 330mm. Weight 5kg. Capacity 9 litres.Features - single lift off lid, syphon drainageUK Plug EC PlugAA9411 AA9413 £562.11

9 Litre Heat Pan Rolyan2

Excellent value for money with this easy to use, transportableheat pan. Made from stainless steel, with recessed carryinghandles and a safety cut out feature on the heater. Ideal forportable use in the community or on wards. Recommend use of heat pan liner (supplied) and a thermometer. Internal: Height65mm. Width 310mm. Depth 280mm. External: Height 145mm.Width 365mm. Depth 335mm. Weight 4kg. Capacity 5 litres.Features - single lift off lid, syphon drainageUK Plug EC PlugAA9406 AA9407 £278.60

Economy Heat Pan Rolyan3

4

Top shelf designed to securely hold large heat pans. Bottom shelfwill hold splintmaking tools as well as 61 x 91cm sheets of splintingmaterial. Durable, will not dent or chip. Easy to clean leak proofshelves. Features swivel wheels at the handle end of the cart foreasy transportation. Cart: Height 82cm. Length 102cm. Width 61cm. A5311 £250.67

Heat Pan Cart Rolyan4

2

3

ANALOGUE

1

A

1

B

1

C

1

SPARESSpares are available for this product, please see pages 1193 to 1200.

Sp

lintin

g

DELIVERYPlease contact Customer Services for more information.

022_EXPT_0169-0176:022_EXPT_0169-0176 23/11/09 17:39 Page 176


Tools & Accessories

3

Nylon Spatula3

Made from high density resin (nylon) and is heat resistant up to 204°C. Ideal for retrieving splinting materials from a heat panand minimises scratches, saving scissors from corrosion.7475 £2.68

Protects heat pans while allowing easy transfer of splintingmaterials. Non-stick liners prevent materials from adhering toheat pan bottoms.A530N 38 x 61cm £7.95A530NS 23 x 38cm £3.76

Heat Pan Liners Rolyan22

1Made from durable stainless steel with hinged lid and perforatedtray. The digital 9 litre heat pan is thermostatically controlled witha digital display that presents the exact temperature of the heatpan contents. The heat pan has a concealed heating elementwith over-heat protection an also features recessed handles onthe pan to facilitate moving from one location to another. This isa digital version of the very popular Homecraft Rolyan Heat Panwhich has extra width to accommodate larger splints whilstmaintaining a compact unit. For digital heat pan spares seelisting at the back of the catalogue.• Available with European Continental or UK plug

• Compliant to the European Electromagnetic CompatibilityDirective (EMCD)

• Two year warranty as standard

UK Plug EC Plug09 116 5919 09 116 5927 £995.00

9 Litre Digital Heat Pan Rolyan1

4

Thermapen Thermometer4

The Thermapen gives an accurate reading of your heat pan in lessthan 4 seconds! The fold away probe protects from breakage.Temperature ranges from –50°C to 200°C. The large digits are easyto read. Test certificate of accuracy included. Heat pan and splintmaterials sold separately.09 117 1412 £78.93

Syphon

5

5

Replacement syphon. Used to efficiently remove water from heatpans after use.AA94154 £38.69

SPARESSpares are available for this product, please see pages 1193 to 1200.

Sp

linting

023_EXPT_0177-0184:023_EXPT_0177-0184 23/11/09 17:40 Page 177


Sp

lintin

gTools & Accessories

1 2

Compact tool organiser has eleven pockets that hold tools of various sizes. An acrylic measuring board is included to measuresplint patterns and help safely score splinting materials with autility knife. Made from tear resistant, waterproof nylon fabric with vinyl trim. Tools not included.A37119 £29.67

Tool Pouch Rolyan2

Splinting Kit1

Multi-purpose plastic storage case. Top compartment storeslarger tools. Four removable translucent drawers allow fullvisibility of supplies. Tools and accessories not included.A37135 £55.15

3 4Screwdriver Set3

Six tools in one convenient handle. Includes four screwdrivers:No.1 Phillips, 6.4mm flathead, 4.8mm flathead, 3.2mm flathead,a scratch awl, and one T-15 TORX. Use straight out or at a right angle. A37139 £10.62

Allen (Hex) Key Set4

Compact, sequentially sized allen key set containing eight AllenKeys, sizes: 1.3mm, 1.6mm, 2mm, 2.4mm, 2.8mm, 3.2mm,3.4mm, 4mm. Ideal for easy adjustment to Rolyan outriggers.A37113 £9.025

6

7

8

Retractable. Extra heavy glazed cloth tape, measures 150cm.Markings in inches and centimetres. High impact styrene case.A4392 £5.31

Tape Measure5

Ideal for tracing patterns onto splinting material. Allows for fast,accurate, cosmetic drawing of splint patterns. Trace will notdisappear when splinting material is immersed in water.927211 £9.12

Scratch Awl6

For tracing patterns onto splinting and thermoplastic material.Marks stay on when immersed in water. Yellow in colour.A37147 Pack of 12 £12.83

Quickly smooths thermoplastic splint edges for a finishedprofessional appearance. A37142 £13.65Replacement BladeA37143 £6.20

Splint Pattern Marker7

Edge Finisher8

9

Softouch™ Rotary Cutter10

Stainless steel blades can be locked in open or covered position or used with spring action safety feature that retractsblades automatically. Ergonomic handle can be used right or left handed. Easy blade change. 45mm replacement bladescome in storage case for safe handling.553229 Rotary Cutter £24.38

10

Perfect for protecting work surfaces from being scratched byutility knives, scissors or drills. Reversible with durable three layer construction. One side is marked in 2.5cm increments.Clean with soap and water. Measures 45.5 x 61cm.553228 £24.38

Cutting Mat9

023_EXPT_0177-0184:023_EXPT_0177-0184 23/11/09 17:40 Page 178


Sp

lintingTools & Accessories

Utility Knife1

Features knuckle guard and secure grip. Great for scoringthermoplastic sheet material. Blade is fully retractable. Whenextended, blade can be locked in three positions. Extra bladesstored in handle. Remains stable while scoring splinting material.A4822 £12.72A6682 Replacement Blades Pack of 5 £0.68

Power Grip™ Utility Knife2

Ergonomically designed to encourage a neutral hand position for greater comfort and ease of use. Cuts plastic, neoprene,breathoprene, strapping and more. Comes with one bladeinstalled and two replacement blades.553279 £9.06

Fiskars™ Non-Stick Scissors3

Cuts through glue, tape and other adhesives without damagingthe blades. Sticky material can be wiped off easily with dampcloth. Offset handles of large scissors increase cutting efficiencyon flat surfaces. Small version is ideal for arts, crafts and cuttingin small places.553233 12.7cm Left Handed £11.81553232 20cm Right Handed £17.76

Super Shears4

Excellent for trimming splints evenly as hardening begins. Double plated chrome over nickel. Length 20cm. A3715 Right Handed £43.83

Curved Scissors5

Curved scissors that cut curves easily to the right or left. Heavyduty chrome plated. Use on warm splinting material. Length 20cm.A3714 Right Handed £47.05

Fiskars™ Scissors6

High quality, ultra lightweight, stainless steel scissors. Ideal forcutting heated splinting materials. Leaves a smooth edge,20cm long.727301 Right Handed £19.26727302 Left Handed £19.26

Unlimited Scissors7

Powerful leverage for greater mechanical advantage. Cuts unheated thermoplastic splinting material and metal.Flexible non-stick handles for a comfortable grip. 4cm blades.A37146 Right or Left Handed £24.16

Stainless steel curved scissors for trimming braces and splintsas hardening begins. Curve cuts to the right or left. Length 16cm. A37110 Right or Left Handed £37.46

Curved Mayo Scissors8

Highest quality German stainless steel. 1.3cm slant design onthe cutting surface provides excellent force while increasingpatient safety during cast removal. Length 9cm.A37130 Right or Left Handed £33.78

Cast Scissors for Serial Finger Casts9

High quality German stainless steel cast scissors are ideal forcutting the inner layers of plaster or synthetic cast materials.Feature a 15cm handle for excellent leverage and a slanted 6cmblade for increased patient safety. Total length 20cm.A6684 Right Handed £57.91

Esmarch Plaster Scissors10

18cm stainless steel blades with plastic tip. Ideal for fracturebrace trimming. A37190 Right Handed £17.88

Bandage Scissors11

1 2

43

5 6

7 8

10 119

INFORMATIONFor Surgical Instruments, please see pages 593 to 607.

023_EXPT_0177-0184:023_EXPT_0177-0184 23/11/09 17:40 Page 179


Sp

lintin


1

2

3 4

All-Purpose Snips feature a stainless steel spring, positive safetylatch, plus comfort grip handles for maximum handling ease and power. High quality stainless steel blades cut a wide varietyof materials. Useful for cutting low-temperature thermoplastics atroom temperature. Latex free.7275 Right or Left Handed £17.23

All-Purpose Snips1

Offset handle makes cutting on flat surfaces easy. Oversizedcushioned handles distribute pressure evenly and allow use ofthe whole hand. Blades open after every cut due to a gentlespring action that helps reduce hand fatigue. Scissors can bestored safely by securing the blades with the easy-slide lock.Ideal for individuals with cumulative trauma disorders and arthritisand for people who use scissors frequently.6029 Right or Left Handed £23.08

Fiskars™ Softouch™ Scissors2

Excellent for cutting outrigger wire and for trimming the extenderrods on the Rolyan Adjustable Outrigger. Plastic coated handlesimprove comfort. Length 22cm.A37112 £20.72

Heavy-Duty Wire Cutters3

Drop-forged steel pliers with highly hardened cutting edges.Rubber coated handles. Length 15cm.A662NP Right or Left Handed £21.61

Needle Nose Pliers4

5

6

Deluxe Revolving Hole Punch5

Quality revolving punch has a side spring that automaticallyadjusts tubes in position for punching. Made of forged steel foryears of reliable service. Total length 22cm. Throat depth is 3.8cm.A4452 £115.88Replacement TubesA4453 2.4mm Tube £10.65A4454 2.8mm Tube £10.65A4455 3.2mm Tube £10.65A4456 4.0mm Tube £10.65A4457 4.4mm Tube £10.65A4458 4.8mm Tube £10.65

Samson All-Purpose Hole Punch6

Heavy-duty, punches through splinting materials, leather, webbing,sheet metal, etc. Sold with 3.2mm die set. Punches through6.4mm thickness. Adjustable depth gauge (3.2cm throat)provides uniform punching. Interchangeable punch and diesets available.A37115 Punch and 3.2mm Die Set £83.76A37105 3.2mm Die Set £27.65A37117 4.8mm Die Set £29.15A37118 6.4mm Die Set £29.15

7

90° Wire Bender7

Ideally suited for bending copper wire (A4592, A45920 and A45921)used for dynamic outriggers. Vinyl cushion grips are comfortableand reduce stress to the hand.A37132 £32.24

023_EXPT_0177-0184:023_EXPT_0177-0184 23/11/09 17:40 Page 180


Sp


1Outrigger Wire1

Finest quality copper coated steel welding rod. Bends easily withpliers or the 90° Wire Bender (page 180). Ideal for makingoutriggers. 12 x 91cm lengths per pack.A45921 1.6mm £9.22A4592 2.4mm £9.32A45920 3.2mm £9.47

Spring Wire2

16.5 gauge wire available in 18m reel. Recommended fordynamic splinting of PIP joints. Wing nut brake in reel provideseasy handling. Use with wire bending jig below. Wire width 0.98mm.A4931 Reel £17.96

Bending Jig3

Recommended for 16.5 or 17 gauge spring wire (A4931).Constructed of aluminium and steel. Includes four screws forfastening to large base.A4811 £69.60

3 4

1098

765

Two part plastic rivets with washers. Designed to give a broadsurface area when riveting Plastazote sheets.AA9445 Box of 500 £70.31

Strap Rivets4

Binds together fabrics, plastics and other materials. Rivets areeasily and quickly assembled and can be unscrewed to remove.Large 9.5mm diameter head fits 6.4mm hole. White in colour. Pack of 100.772901 Length 6.4mm £10.31772902 Length 9.5mm £10.97

Rapid Rivets5

Squeeze rivets together for easy attachment of straps to splints.Shaft is 6.4mm in diameter. 50 sets.A36716 Length 8mm Small £15.41A36715 Length 13mm Large £15.41

Finger Rivets6

Lightweight yet stress resistant. For temporary or permanentattachment of hinges or straps. Width 6.4mm. Shaft length 6.4mm.A3674 50 sets £14.08

Aluminium Screw Rivets7

For fastening a strap to an orthosis. All sizes take a 3.2mm hole.Can be set inside and hammered until the rivet lies flat with the material. Pack of 100.

Size Diameter Length Grip Range7767 Small 6.4mm 4mm 3.2-4.7mm £6.867768 Medium 4mm 4.7mm 4-5.5mm £9.727769 Large 4mm 11mm 4.7-6.0mm £12.81

Nickel-Plated Speedy Rivets8

6.4mm steel hooks can easily be bent and glued to fingernails.Use with rubber bands for dynamic splinting.A4281 Pack of 100 £8.05

Finger Hooks9

Alternative to gluing hooks directly onto fingernails. Great for usewith burn patients and amputees as well as people with sensitivenail beds and general hand trauma. Made of thin strappingmaterial and lined with slip resistant material to help preventmigration. Secure to finger tips with a hook strap. Adequatelysized for large fingers; easy to trim to fit any size.A4283 Pack of 5 £22.86

Wrap-On Finger Hooks Rolyan10

2

023_EXPT_0177-0184:023_EXPT_0177-0184 23/11/09 17:40 Page 181


A

B

1

3 4

5

6

7 8

2.5cm and 5cm D-Rings made of strong Zytel nylon. Provideleverage to control strap tightness. Can be adjusted as needed.A4581 Width 2.5cm Pack of 50 £14.91732625 Width 5cm Pack of 25 £11.09

Nylon D-Rings1

Simple and easy to affix to a customised orthotic. Pack of 25.White nylon plastic chafes moulded onto nickel plated steelring - easy to rivet, designed to be used with front straps forsecure fastening on AFOs and other devices welded metal ringfor extra strength.Metal rings - nickel plated steel rings - welded for extra strength.Plastic rings - medical nylon rings with curved arms to give extraadjustability and elasticity when straps are being tensioned.09 117 5264 20mm £15.2009 117 5280 25mm £15.9509 117 5298 30mm £16.8409 117 5306 38mm £17.4409 117 5314 50mm £22.6609 117 5322 20mm £7.4509 117 5330 25mm £7.6309 117 5348 30mm £7.9109 117 5355 38mm £8.9209 117 5363 50mm £14.1509 117 5371 20mm £5.6709 117 5389 25mm £6.4109 117 5397 30mm £6.7909 117 5405 38mm £7.9109 117 5421 50mm £11.93

C

B

A

Chafe Rivets & Loops2

Efficient means of securely attaching springs to dynamic splints.Simply punch or drill a hole in the splint, screw post in place andattach springs.

A2874 Pack of 10 £8.58A

Spring Holders3

Convenient method for attaching rubber bands to dynamic splintbases. Punch or drill a hole in the splint, screw post in place and attach rubber bands.

A2873 Pack of 10 £7.20B

Rubber Band Posts4

For use in dynamic splinting, this 1.6mm diameter elastic is agreat alternative to rubber bands. Softer than rubber bands, the cord slides easily over outriggers. Sold in 9.1m roll.927213 £12.89

Elastic Cord6

Recommended for use in low profile dynamic splinting. Nyloncord will not stretch. Can be tied in knots easily. 113g spool.Cannot be used with Tension Adjustable Connecting Pieces(A17951-52) or Tension Adjustable Finger Loops (A44410).A5284 Spool £10.96

Nymo™ Cord7

Extra-strength nylon line will not stretch. Slides smoothly across pulleys. Latex free.741803 4.5kg 594m £6.97741804 9kg 247m £7.93553280 13.6kg 165m £6.50

Outrigger Line8

Can be used to create a small pulley for dynamic splinting.Untreated Polyform material attachments bond easily tosplinting materials.

A1791 Pack of 10 £22.86

Individual Line Guides and RolyanPolyform™ Attachment Pieces

5

2

B

C

A

Sp

lintin


023_EXPT_0177-0184:023_EXPT_0177-0184 23/11/09 17:40 Page 182


1 2

3

4

6

7

5

7798

779801

7

Save time in splint fabrication by eliminating the need to tiemonofilament to finger loops. Achieve precise traction forcesquickly by sliding the monofilament through the aluminiumconnecting pieces. Change the amount of force by simplyattaching a rubber band or graded spring. Saddle style slingdesign will accommodate oedematous fingers. Finger loops areclosed at top and slings are open. All loops made from ultra-suede material. Pack of 10.A44410 76mm £37.24A44411 102mm £37.24

Tension Adjustable Finger Loop1

Aluminium connecting pieces hold monofilament in desiredposition. Adjustments can be made quickly by slidingmonofilament through holes in connecting piece. Accommodatea single strand of monofilament. Commonly used with finger loops.18kg test.A17951 Pack of 50 £36.86Accommodate a double strand of monofilament. Commonly usedwith finger slings. 18kg test.A17952 Pack of 50 £37.49

Tension Adjustable RolyanConnecting Pieces

2

Ready to use with outriggers. Made of soft, comfortable ultra-suede with nylon ties. Finger sling measures 2.2 x 7.5cm,may be trimmed for proper fit. Hand wash and air-dry. Pack of 10.Latex free.7788 £13.71

Pre-Tied Finger Slings Rolyan3

Washable, breathable ultra-suede material is easily trimmed.Eyelets for ease in attaching monofilament or elastic lines.Width 2.2cm. Pack of 10. Latex free.7798 Length 76mm £13.60779801 Length 102mm £14.97

Sup-R-Soft™ Finger and Thumb Slings4

These finger cuffs are made of soft foam for client comfort. Pre-punched holes for easy attachment of rubber bands oroutrigger line. Can be trimmed for proper fit. Cuff measures:Length 5cm. Width 2.5cm. Latex free. Sold in packs of 10.7790 £13.17

Soft Finger Loops5

Lightweight plastic with a cloth interface. Finger slings and loopsare 2cm wide. Finger slings have a reinforced pre-punched eyelet.Easily trimmed. Tan. Latex free.7791 Finger Slings - Pack of 100 £23.747793 Finger Loops - Pack of 10 £10.07

Finger Slings and Loops6

Slings feature non-slip foam for secure hold even on the distalphalanx. Adjustable length cuffs fit every splinting need with threelengths. (8.25cm, 9.5cm, 10.8cm).553220 Pack of 10 £13.45553221 Pack of 25 £30.24

FoamWrap™7

INFORMATIONFor ready made finger splints, please see pages 193 to 200.

Sp


023_EXPT_0177-0184:023_EXPT_0177-0184 23/11/09 17:40 Page 183


Tools & Accessories

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1

2

3

Rubber Band Assortment1

Assortment includes eight commonly used sizes of rubber bands.Each pack contains 28g. Contains latex.A726A Pack £11.07Individual Rubber Bands Each bag contains 85g of one size.

Size Length Width

A72610 10 32mm 1.6mm £4.72

A72614 14 51mm 1.6mm £4.72

A72616 16 64mm 1.6mm £4.72

A72618 18 76mm 1.6mm £4.72

A72627 27 32mm 3.2mm £4.72

A72630 30 51mm 3.2mm £4.72

A72632 32 76mm 3.2mm £4.72

A72662 62 64mm 6.4mm £4.72H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

Graded Springs Rolyan2

Quality stainless steel graded springs are designed for consistent and controlled force of traction in dynamic splinting.Forces applied by the springs are identified every 6.4mmincrement that the springs are stretched. 2.5cm Graded Springs - Pack of 5

Size Colour WeightA90015 AA Dark Blue 25-85g £5.45A90025 BB Red 30-140g £5.45A90035 CC Green 70-245g £5.45A90045 DD Gold 115-370g £5.45A90055 EE Black 145-490g £5.45A90065 FF Orange 200-620g £5.455.1cm Graded Springs - Pack of 5

Size Colour WeightA90115 A Grey 20-50g £6.57A90125 B Dark Blue 30-100g £6.57A90135 C Burgundy 65-195g £6.57A90145 D Green 145-405g £6.57A90155 E Brown 180-610g £6.57A90165 F Gold 250-795g £6.57A90175 G Black 315-1020g £6.57A90185 H Yellow 350-1245g £6.57

Webbing and Metal Buckles3

WebbingWhite polyester webbing. 23m roll. Non elastic.A5143 25mm £16.21A5144 38mm £19.97A5145 50mm £24.73

Metal Buckles

For use with webbing. Patented buckles have no exposed pointsto harm clothes or skin. Pack of 25.09 117 5330 25mm £7.6309 117 5363 50mm £14.15

Sp

lintin

g

023_EXPT_0177-0184:023_EXPT_0177-0184 23/11/09 17:40 Page 184


Sp

lintingDynamic Splinting

2 3

3 4

5 5

7

8

Ideal for gaining flexion or extension of joints of the thumb, finger,wrist or elbow. Progressive Component provides direct controlledstatic tension for use in place of dynamic graded springs orrubber band splinting. Tension of pull can be adjusted by simplyturning the thumb screw. Metal component only - other splintingsupplies sold separately. A5793 Pack of 3 £80.58

Merit™ Static-Progressive Component2

Achieve end range flexion of the MCP, PIP and DIP jointssimultaneously. Merit™ Static-Progressive Component can beused with a single finger or modified to accommodate multipledigits by adding additional Merit components of the MCP or the IP joint of the thumb. Delivers sustained controlled stretch tomaximise end range. (Mid-range flexion of each joint splinted isrequired). Kit includes pre-cut splint of 1.6mm electric blueWatercolors™ splinting material, Merit™ Static-ProgressiveComponent, splint line, line guides, line crimps, hook-and-loopstraps. Electric blue Watercolors™ splinting material is for fingersling fabrication. To determine size, measure full width acrosspalm at palmar crease.A5791 Small Up to 9.5cm £65.89A5792 Large Over 9.5cm £75.11

Merit™ Final Finger Flexion Kit3

Includes components to use on one finger: finger wraps withmonofilament, line guide, tension-adjustable connecting pieceand two tension adjustment strips. Splinting materials soldseparately.A572002 Set for 1 finger £14.40

Biodynamic™ RolyanFlexion/Extension Component

4

Ideal when one or two digits are involved. Individual units featuresmall pre-bent outriggers that can be placed over the metacarpalsor on the fingers. Each outrigger holds one rod adjuster andextender rod unit for precise positioning of the MCP, PIP or DIPjoint in flexion or extension. Kit includes five pre-bent outriggers,rod adjusters, rods, tip protectors, 10cm tension-adjustable fingerloops, D-Ring straps for rubber band or graded spring attachmentand an allen key. Splinting material and straps sold separately.A6012 Kit £90.94

Individual Units for RolyanFlexion and Extension

5

Outrigger Line Connectors7

Provide a professional and time efficient means of attachingfinger loops or slings to outrigger line, eliminating the need to tieknots. Insert the line through the connector and crimp with pliers.Can accommodate 3.6 to 18kg outrigger line. Pack of 100.A8072 £10.71

Adjustable Outrigger RolyanReplacement Accessories

8

Individual components for dynamic splinting now available.

553284 Tip Protectors Pack of 25 £4.06

553234 Extender Rods Pack of 5 £5.67

09 118 2575 Rod Adjusters Pack of 25 £73.54C

B

A

1Use in post-op or dynamic splinting application to provide morecomfortable traction than nail hooks. Eyelet allows application of traction lines. Circumferential design assists with oedemacontrol. This splint is breathable, washable and resists migration.One size fits most adult fingers. Pack of 5. Latex free.927276 £20.82

3PP™ Finger Trappers1

A

B

Pre-Bent Outriggers Rolyan6

For placement over the metacarpals on the fingers.553235 Pack of 5 £13.03

6

INFORMATIONFor further information on our thermoplastic splinting materials, please see pages 138 to 158 C

024_EXPT_0185-0192:024_EXPT_0185-0192 23/11/09 17:41 Page 185


Sp

lintin

gDynamic Splinting

1

2

3 4

Starter Kit1

Includes one of each outrigger, one of each multi-digit outriggerbar, two packs of pre-tied finger slings, and one pack each ofline guides, wing nuts and thumb screws.09 102 8414 £108.33

Individual Outrigger SammonsComponents Preston

2

For designing and building a customised outrigger system.A wide choice of outrigger accessories for those makingdynamic splints.Outriggers - Pack of 3

769402 Outrigger 13cm Straight £22.90

7694 Outrigger 13cm Curved £23.42

769401 Outrigger 13cm Curved with Foot £22.90

769302 Outrigger 18cm Straight £22.90

7693 Outrigger 18cm Curved £22.52

769301 Outrigger 18cm Curved with Foot £22.90

Other Components

7696 Straight Multi-Digit Outrigger Bar - 5cm £12.34Pack of 2

7695 Curved Multi-Digit Outrigger Bar - 10cm £20.69Pack of 2

7698 Wing Nuts - Pack of 5 £5.01

7697 Outrigger Line Guides - Pack of 10 £8.70J

I

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

Line Loc3

Holds outrigger line in desired position. Easily adjusts tension by sliding outrigger line through hole in Line Loc and tighteningthumbscrew. Accommodates a triple strand of outrigger line.Strong, lightweight aluminum. Package of 10. Latex free.7640 £10.20

A

B

C

E

F

G

H

D

I J

Phoenix Slotted Pulleys4

Pulleys give quick and precise adjustments for alignment and 90°angle of pull. Includes hex wrench.A6077 Pack of 5 £45.38

5

Outrigger Accessory Kit5

Contains five line guides, three wing nuts and five thumb screws.Ideal for all dynamic splinting purposes.

A60128 £9.32

024_EXPT_0185-0192:024_EXPT_0185-0192 23/11/09 17:41 Page 186


Dynamic Splinting

Designed for low profile dynamic splinting. Fully adjustable to accommodate extension of the MCP, PIP or DIP joints.Detachable rod adjusters allow individual positioning of fingers.Extender rods are secured in the rod adjusters to position the10cm tension adjustable finger loops for the desired MCP, PIP or DIP extension. Convenient hook and D-Ring attachmentprovide ease of attachment and replacement of rubber bands or graded springs. Multiple finger kit fits most adult hands.Outrigger comes in a complete kit and can be used with all lowtemperature splinting materials. Splinting materials, straps andsprings available separately. A6011 Kit £71.06

Adjustable Outrigger RolyanKit for Extension

3

1 2

3 3

4

5

5

Adjustable Outrigger RolyanReplacement Accessories

4

Individual components for dynamic splinting now available.

553284 Tip Protectors Pack of 25 £4.06

553234 Extender Rods Pack of 5 £5.67

09 118 2575 Rod Adjusters Pack of 25 £73.54C

B

A

Flexor Tendon Repair Kit Rolyan1

Designed to save time in splint fabrication following flexor tendonrepair. Includes a pre-cut dorsal blocking splint blank, line guideswith attachment pieces, fingernail hooks, elastic thread fordynamic traction and straps. One strap includes a strap pad andhas four eyelets for securing the elastic thread. For size, measurethe width of 2nd to 5th MCP. Polyflex IIA8324 Small Up to 8.9cm £42.83A8326 Medium 8.9-11.4cm £43.51Aquaplast-TA832007 Small Up to 8.9cm £42.83A832008 Medium 8.9-11.4cm £43.51553236 Elastic 2.6 x 157.5cm £7.81

Elastic Thread Rolyan2

Ideal when a low magnitude of traction force is necessary.2.6 x 157.5cm strip is easily separated into fine threads. Contains latex.553236 £7.81

Provides ample space for four finger rod adjusters, yet does notlimit thumb motion. An optional thumb positioner can be appliedto the vertical bar of the outrigger. Extender rods and rod adjustersare simple to apply and adjust. Kit comes with two pre-bentoutrigger wires, five each of the rods, tip protectors, rod adjusters,10cm tension adjustable finger loops, a self-adhesive D-Ring strap for rubber band or graded spring attachment, and completefabrication instructions. Material for static base, rubber bands,and straps sold separately. A8321 Kit £71.06

Adjustable Outrigger Kit Rolyanfor MCP Flexion

5

A

B

C

Sp

linting

024_EXPT_0185-0192:024_EXPT_0185-0192 23/11/09 17:41 Page 187


Dynamic Splinting

1

2

3

4

Single Finger Extension Kit1Includes 13cm curved outrigger with foot, two line guides, threethumb screws, and a pre-tied finger sling. Splinting material,rubber bands and straps are sold separately.7690 £15.44

Digitec Outrigger System• A great system for customised dynamic splints!

• Available as individual components and convenient kitsthat include all the components necessary for one splint

• Interchangeable components facilitate designing a splint foreach situation

• Lightweight aluminium outriggers can be customised quicklyand simply

Thumb Extension Kit2

Includes 18cm curved outrigger, line guide, two thumb screws,and a pre-tied finger sling. Splinting material, rubber bands andstraps are sold separately.A60132 £13.02

Multi-Digit Extension Kit3

Includes 13cm curved outrigger with foot, 10cm curved multi-digitbar, four line guides, three thumb screws, one wing nut, and fourpre-tied finger slings. Splinting material, rubber bands and strapsare sold separately.7691 £32.67

Multi-Digit Flexion Kit4

Includes curved outrigger, 5cm straight multi-digit bar, four lineguides, three thumb screws, one wing nut, and four pre-tiedfinger slings. Splinting material, rubber bands and straps aresold separately.7692 with 13cm curved outrigger £24.22A60133 with 18cm curved outrigger £24.24

Sp

lintin

g

024_EXPT_0185-0192:024_EXPT_0185-0192 23/11/09 17:41 Page 188


Dynamic Splinting

1

2

3

4

Phoenix Outrigger Kit1

• Comprises of equipment needed to fabricate a dorsal splintthat places the MCP’s in extension

• A slotted pulley system allows precise adjustments to obtainthe proper line of pull for each digit

• The outriggers can be bonded onto any thermoplastic material base

The kit includes: dorsal and radial outrigger bars, four 76mm pre-tied finger slings, three 76mm finger slings with grommets,hex wrench, four slotted pulleys, rubber band post and instructions.Splint base, strapping materials and traction component sold separately.927201 £68.92

Phoenix Extended Outrigger Kit2

• Comprises of equipment needed to fabricate a splint for radial nerve palsy

• The outrigger is then mounted on a custom-made, low profile dorsal splint

• Adjustable pulleys position the wrist and MCP joints in extension, allowing hand function

The kit includes: wire support, five 76mm pre-tied finger slings,hex wrench, four slotted pulleys, rubber band post and instructions.Splint base, strapping material and thumb rivets sold separately.927202 £68.92

Phoenix Single Finger Outrigger3

• Enables quick fabrication of dynamic extension or flexion finger splints

• Ideal when only one or two digits are involved

• Slotted pulleys adjust to maintain the critical 90° angle of pull

The kit includes: five outriggers with removable slotted pulleys,five pre-tied finger slings, five rubber band posts and hex wrench.Splint base, strapping, rubber bands and springs sold separately.A6076 £64.98

Phoenix Wrist Hinge4

• Low profile dynamic wrist extension assist

• Used to reduce wrist flexion contractures or when wristextension is decreased or absent

• Allows both active and dynamic wrist flexion or extension

• Degree of extension adjusted by altering the length and forceof the elastic component

The kit includes: 100mm aluminium wrist unit, three binding head screws with thumb nuts, ten adjustable nylon fasteners, hex wrench and instructions. Attach to thermoplastic base. Splint base, strapping and elastic components sold separately.927203 £68.92

INFORMATIONFor further information on our thermoplastic splinting materials, pleasesee pages 138 to 158.

Sp

linting

024_EXPT_0185-0192:024_EXPT_0185-0192 23/11/09 17:41 Page 189


Dynamic Splinting

1

Designed for low profile dynamic splinting. Ideal for any conditionrequiring digital extension such as post MCP replacement orfollowing radial nerve injury. Accommodates MCP, PIP or DIPjoints. Includes five No.14 (50mm) rubber bands and five size Fgold springs (250-795g). To determine size, measure width of2nd to 5th MCP. Some assembly required. Colours may vary.Left RightA60171 A60172 X-Small 7.6-8.3cm £103.16A60173 A60174 Small 8.4-9.5cm £103.16A60175 A60176 Medium 9.6-11.4cm £103.16A60177 A60178 Large 11.5cm and up £103.16

Pre-Formed Adjustable Extension RolyanOutrigger Splint

1

Uses static lines to support the wrist and extend the MCPs. As the finger flexor muscles contract the wrist is extendedcreating a tenodesis action of the wrist/hand. Adjusts easily for precise placement of the outrigger for a 90° line of pull.Includes thumb abduction components. Pre-formed fromPolyform splinting material and lined with Kushionflex padding.Straps included. For size, measure circumference of mid-forearm. • Unlike dynamic traction, static traction does not strengthen

the flexors or create unwanted compensation patterns.

A22514 Small 17.8-21.6cm £76.45A22515 Medium 21.7-26.7cm £76.45A22516 Large 26.8-31.8cm £76.45

Pre-Formed Static Radial Nerve Splint Rolyan2

Pre-formed MCP extension splint saves time when splintingpatients after MCP arthroplasty or radial nerve injury. Outriggercontours to the hand and permits radial pull if desired. Preciseoutrigger placement for a 90° line of pull is achieved by adjustingthe screws on each side of the splint. Optional componentincluded for applying dynamic traction to the thumb or a coupleforce to the 2nd or 3rd digit. Base is Polyform® splinting materiallined with Plastazote® padding. To deter mine size, measure thewidth of the 2nd to 5th MCP.Left RightA60111 A60112 X-Small 7.6-8.3cm £79.43A60113 A60114 Small 8.3-8.9cm £79.43A60115 A60116 Medium 8.9-10.2cm £79.43A60117 A60118 Large 10.2cm and up £79.43

High-Profile Outrigger Splint Rolyan3

2

3

Sp

lintin

g

024_EXPT_0185-0192:024_EXPT_0185-0192 23/11/09 17:41 Page 190


Dynamic Splinting

1

2

2

4

5

1Adjustable Elbow Hinge Rolyan1

• Simply use hook and loop material to add resistive exercisebands for a graded dynamic flexion or extension splint

Designed to statically position the elbow in any degree of flexion or extension, block out undesirable motion and allow free elbow motion. Ideal for fracture bracing, contractures ortendon/nerve repairs. Total length 27cm. Flexes to 120°. Kit contains all hardware. Splinting material and straps sold separately. A517L Left £70.86A517R Right £70.86

Phoenix Adjustable Elbow Hinge2

Ideal for static, serial or dynamic splinting of elbow flexion orextension. Lightweight (57g) ball bearing hinge allows freemovement within available range. Kit contains one elbow hinge,thumb nuts and hex wrench. Splinting material and straps sold separately.

Length of single hinge arm to axis762301 Small 8.9cm £51.40762302 Medium 13cm £51.40762303 Large 17.1cm £51.40

Universal Polycentric Knee Hinge Rolyan3

• One polycentric knee hinge for all functional casting requirements

Can be used as a free motion joint, drop lock joint, limitedmotion joint (any range) or locking joint (any position).Manufactured from hardened aluminium with wide plasticattachment wings. Radiolucent for better X-ray visualisation.Flexion and extension controls limit knee motion to any rangedesired or lock in any position. Reference marks on arm andhousing for easier setting of motion control. Complete setincludes droplock (optional), flexion and extension controls,and wrench for adjustment. Total length: 41cm. Requires theuse of bending irons and alignment fixture.A5121 Pair £118.78

Dynamic Pronation / Supination Kit Rolyan4

For the fabrication of dynamic pronation/supination splints.Kit contains one length of tubing, two metal housings, hardwarefor attaching housings and instructions. Can be used with A5174to A5177. See page 165.A8331 Kit £42.51

Pre-Formed Dynamic RolyanPronation / Supination Splint

5

Applies gentle force for a sustained and gradual stretch toincrease ROM. Force is controlled by twisting the tubing in the opposite direction of the motion desired. Wrist and elbowportions of the splint are sold separately, for a precise fit. All necessary hardware and strapping included. Splint is made of Polyform splinting material with a Plastazote liner that allowsminor modifications for a custom fit. For a complete splint,order both wrist and elbow component. Wrist Component (includes splint, liner and hardware): to determine size, measure width of 2nd to 5th MCP.Left RightA83311 A83312 Small 7.6-8.3cm £54.40A83321 A83322 Medium 8.4-8.9cm £54.40A83331 A83332 Large 9-10.2cm £54.40A83341 A83342 X-Large 10.3cm and up £54.40Elbow Component (Includes splint, liner, hardware and tubing):fits right or left. To determine size, measure circumference ofhumerus at midpoint.A8332 Small 20.3-24cm £51.52A8333 Medium 24.1-27.9cm £51.52A8334 Large 28-34.3cm £51.52A8335 X-Large 34.4-39.4cm £51.52

3

Sp

linting

024_EXPT_0185-0192:024_EXPT_0185-0192 23/11/09 17:41 Page 191


Dynamic Splinting

1

2

3

• Can be free moving with end range blocking or static to helpprevent stress on healing tendons and nerves

• Adjustable from full extension to full flexion in increments of 10°,which are marked on the hinge

• Can be used for wrist fractures and dislocations, fractures atthe base of the MCPs, stiff wrists or wrist contractures, andfollowing tendon and nerve repairs and carpal tunnel release

• Excellent for four strand tendon repair protocolHinge attaches to two part splint base (not included) to positionthe wrist in the desired amount of flexion or extension.Adjustment screw provides simple hinge adjustments. Includes metal wrist hinge, adjustment screws, and attachmentscrews. Hinge, which must be placed on the radial side, attaches with a screwdriver. Length adjusts to accommodatehands of various sizes. Not recommended for severe spasticity.A352101 Left £44.32A352100 Right £44.32

Incremental Wrist Hinge Rolyan1

Fully adjustable for accurate wrist positioning throughout courseof therapy. Can be used statically for desired flexion / extensionand radial / ulnar deviation, or to block out an available range ofmotion to help prevent stress on healing tendons or nerves.Attach to two piece wrist splint (not included) on either the volaror dorsal surface. Adding dynamic springs (below) allowsprogression from static to dynamic traction using the same splint.Indications include wrist fractures and following tendon andnerve repair surgery. Easily adjusted to accommodate extra small to extra large wrists and hands.A3521 £64.48Dynamic Springs for Adjustable Wrist HingeThe amount of traction applied to the wrist can be adjustedeasily by rotating the wheels in the hinge. Sold in pairs.A352S £10.01

Adjustable Wrist Hinge Rolyan2

• Pre-fabricated splint makes dynamic wrist splinting simple

• Amount of traction easily adjusted by rotating wheels in the hinge

• Adjustable to accommodate extra-small to extra-large wrists

• Easily adjustable for wrist flexion or extension with an Allen Key.

Includes straps. To determine size, measure circumference ofpalm around its widest area (do not include the thumb).A352200 Small 18-20cm £152.68A352202 Medium 21-23cm £155.50A352204 Large 24-25cm £158.37

Pre-Formed Dynamic Wrist Splint Rolyan3

4

For correcting MP joint tightness. Provides 1.3kg of force when MPjoints are extended to neutral. MP tension adjusts easily. For right orleft hand. To size, measure width of hand at joint. Latex free.

Size Dimensions09 116 1793 Small 5.7-7cm £62.9409 116 1801 Medium 7.3-8.2cm £62.9409 116 1819 Large 8.6-9.5cm £62.94

MP Flexion Spring4

Sizing Guidelines

Measure the distance from the MCP to DIP on the dorsal surface ofthe finger to be splinted. Splints can be adjusted for in-betweensizes and to conform to hand contours.

X-Small 5.1cm

Small 6.4cm

Medium 7.6cm

Large 8.9cm

X-Large 10.2cm

Sp

lintin

g

024_EXPT_0185-0192:024_EXPT_0185-0192 23/11/09 17:42 Page 192


Sp

lintingFinger Splints

1

2

3

4

2

Sof•Stretch™ Finger Extension Splint Rolyan1

Provides dynamic force to assist the PIP joint into extension withminimal extension of the MCP joint. Ideal for PIP joint tightnessand contractures and boutonniere deformity. Angled distal padreduces pressure by providing complete surface contact on themiddle phalanx. “P” on proximal pad reminds the patient to applythe splint with the P near the palm. Hand wash, air dry. For size,measure from distal palmar crease to distal finger crease.White BlackA99760 A99765 X-Small 5.1cm £7.41A99761 A99766 Small 6.4cm £7.41A99762 A99767 Medium 7.6cm £7.41A99763 A99768 Large 8.9cm £7.41A99764 A99769 X-Large 10.2cm £7.41Pack of 5White Black55328201 55328206 X-Small 5.1cm £36.8855328202 55328207 Small 6.4cm £36.8855328203 55328208 Medium 7.6cm £36.8855328204 55328209 Large 8.9cm £36.8855328205 55328210 X-Large 10.2cm £36.88

Sof•Stretch™ Short Extension Splint Rolyan2

Provides dynamic force to assist the PIP into extension whileallowing full motion of the MCP joint. Ideal for PIP joint tightnessand boutonniere deformity. Angled distal pad reduces pressureby providing complete surface contact on the middle phalanx,applying pressure evenly. “P” on proximal pad reminds thepatient to apply the splint with the P near the palm. Hand wash,air dry. For size, measure from MCP crease to distal fingercrease on the volar surface. Individual PackWhite BlackA99780 A99785 X-Small 3.8cm £21.61A99781 A99786 Small 4.4cm £21.61A99782 A99787 Medium 5.1cm £21.61A99783 A99788 Large 5.7cm £21.61A99784 A99789 X-Large 7.0cm £21.61

Sof•Stretch™ Coil RolyanExtension Splint (Capener)

3

Coil springs placed laterally to the PIP joint move with the joint toincrease PIP extension, reducing tightness in the PIP joint andthe surrounding soft tissue from flexor tendon tightness, flexioncontractures and boutonniere deformity. For contractures up to45° that feel elastic when stretched. Contoured proximal anddistal pads distribute pressure evenly. Splint does not shiftposition as finger moves. For size, measure from distal palmarcrease to distal finger crease. A99774 Small 6.4cm £23.14A99775 Medium 7.0cm £23.14A99776 Large 7.6cm £23.14A99777 X-Large 8.3cm £23.14

Sof•Stretch™ Long Coil RolyanExtension Splint

4

Coil springs assist PIP and DIP joints into extension bymaintaining them in full extension. Ideal for helping reducetightness from flexor tendon and volar joint and soft tissue tightness. Best suited for contractures up to 45° that feel elasticwhen stretched. Contoured proximal and distal pads distributepressure evenly. Hand wash, air dry. For size, with finger straight,measure corresponding finger on unaffected hand from distalpalmar crease to middle of distal phalanx. A99770 Small 7.6cm £23.14A99771 Medium 8.3cm £23.14A99772 Large 8.9cm £23.14A99773 X-Large 9.5cm £23.14

025_EXPT_0193-0200:025_EXPT_0193-0200 23/11/09 17:42 Page 193


Sp

lintin

gFinger Splints

11

22

3

4

Static Progressive RolyanFinger Extension Splint

1

Provides constant force to help correct finger flexion contractures.Two D-Ring straps can be worn parallel to each other or crossed.Includes two to four bolts depending on size - to treat tightcontractures, replace the standard bolt with the shorter one. For size measure length of finger from web space to tip.A525700 XX-Small 5.1-6.4cm £33.36A525701 X-Small 6.5-7.6cm £33.36A525702 Small 7.7-8.3cm £33.36A525703 Medium 8.4-8.9cm £33.36A525704 Large 9.0-9.5cm £33.36A525705 X-Large 9.6-10.2cm £33.36

Provides constant force to help correct finger extension contractures. Full composite PIP and DIP joint flexion can beachieved. Made from 1.6mm Aquaplast-T splinting material with a 1.6mm self-adhesive Plastazote liner. For size, measurelength of finger from web space to tip.A54229 XX-Small 3.8-5cm £49.33A54230 X-Small 5.1-5.7cm £49.33A54231 Small 5.8-7cm £49.33A54232 Medium 7.1-7.9cm £49.33A54233 Large 8-8.9cm £49.33A54234 X-Large 9-9.5cm £49.33

Static Progressive RolyanFinger Flexion Splint

2

Flexion Finger Spring Rolyan3

Flexes the PIP joint without interfering with the MCP joint. Distal phalanx is free to allow functional use of the finger pad.Lateral springs can be worn on the radial or ulnar side of the digit. Springs can be bent to adjust tension. For size, on corresponding finger of unaffected hand, measure the distancefrom middle of proximal phalanx to just proximal to DIP joint ondorsal surface, as shown. When oedema is present, the nextlarger size may be necessary.A54210 X-Small 3.2cm £24.53A54211 Small 3.8cm £24.53A54212 Medium 4.4cm £24.53A54213 Large 5.7cm £24.53A54214 X-Large 7cm £24.53

Extension Finger Spring Rolyan4

Designed to assist the PIP joint into extension. Smaller sizes canbe used to extend the DIP joint. Can be worn on the radial orulnar side of the digit. Springs can be bent to adjust tension. For size, on corresponding finger of unaffected hand, with fingerstraight, measure the distance from the MCP crease to the distalfinger crease on volar surface.A54420 X-Small 3.2cm £25.79A54421 Small 3.8cm £25.79A54422 Medium 4.4cm £25.79A54423 Large 5.7cm £25.79A54424 X-Large 7cm £25.79

025_EXPT_0193-0200:025_EXPT_0193-0200 23/11/09 17:42 Page 194


Sp


1

2 3

4

5

P.I.P.E.™ Rolyan(Proximal Interphalangeal Extension) Splint

1

Select one of five pairs of interchangeable dynamic coil springsto apply a desired amount of force to extend the PIP joint. As thecontracture improves, a new set of springs can be applied tomaintain a low magnitude of force. Padded for comfort. Sizingguidelines below. To size, measure circumference at midpoint ofproximal phalanx.A6029 X-Small 3.8-5.1cm £29.43A6025 Small 5.1-6.4cm £29.43A6026 Medium 6.4-7mm £29.43A6027 Large 7-7.6cm £29.43A6028 X-Large 7.6-8.9cm £29.43

Reverse Finger Knuckle Bender2

Dynamic finger splint extends the PIP joint through rubber bandtraction in combination with three points of pressure. Constructedof stainless steel, with felt pads. Tension can be adjusted byvarying the size of the rubber bands. No.10 rubber bands areincluded. Sizing guidelines below. A5231 X-Small £25.93A5232 Small £25.93A5233 Medium £25.93A5234 Large £25.93A5235 X-Large £25.93

Finger Knuckle Bender3

Dynamic splint flexes the PIP joint by use of rubber band traction.Made of stainless steel and padded with felt for comfort. No.10rubber bands included. Sizing guidelines below. A5236 X-Small £25.93A5237 Small £25.93A5238 Medium £25.93A5239 Large £25.93A52310 X-Large £25.93

PIP Ligament Repair Splint Rolyan4

Designed to allow active PIP flexion and extension, yet limit radialand ulnar deviation of the PIP joint. Polycentric hinge helpsprevent distal migration of the splint during flexion. Indicated forPIP injuries such as sprains and strains and for repair of partialcollateral ligament tears. Can be modified using pliers. Strapsincluded. To determine size, measure circumference of PIP joint. A6021 Small Up to 5.4cm £29.02A6022 Medium 5.4-6.4cm £29.02A6023 Large 6.5-7.6cm £29.02A6024 X-Large 7.7-8.9cm £29.02

Mini Spring Wire Safety Pin Rolyan5

Extends only the PIP or DIP joint. Features felt padding andadjustable strap. To size splint for DIP contractures, measurefrom PIP crease to fingertip; for PIP contractures, measure fromMP to PIP crease. Latex free.705701 Small 3.4cm £24.50705702 Medium 4cm £24.50705703 Large 4.7cm £24.50705704 X-Large 5cm £24.50

“How-to-Fit” Measuring Guide for Items 2 and 3For size, measure the distance from MCP to DIP on the dorsalsurface of the finger to be splinted. Splints may be adjusted for in-between sizes and to conform to hand contours.X-Small 5.1cm Medium 7.6cm X-Large 10.2cmSmall 6.4cm Large 8.9cm

025_EXPT_0193-0200:025_EXPT_0193-0200 23/11/09 17:42 Page 195


Sp

lintin

gFinger Splints

2

3

2

Stax Finger Splint2

Supports the distal joint of the finger in extension while permittingunrestricted movement of the PIP. Splint is normally used withoutpadding and is fixed to the middle phalanx with a self-adhesivestrap. Straps sold separately.AA9319 Kit of 30 Stax Finger Splints £57.91Replacement Stax Splints - Pack of 12 pieces

Length DiameterAA9310 Size 1 53mm 15mm £22.78AA9311 Size 2 51mm 17mm £22.78AA9312 Size 3 58mm 19mm £22.78AA9313 Size 4 63mm 19mm £22.78AA9314 Size 5 58mm 19mm £22.78AA9315 Size 51/2 61mm 23mm £22.78AA9316 Size 6 64mm 23mm £22.78AA9317 Size 7 62mm 25mm £22.78

Stax Finger Splint Straps3

Convenient straps fit any size Stax Finger Splint. Strap: Length 150mm (6"). Width 30mm (1/2"). Trim to fit.AA9318 Pack of 25 £21.29

4

5

Finger Gutter Splint RolyanContoured finger splint provides a comfortable fit with firm, stableimmobilisation. Made of Ezeform™ Light splinting material, whichcan be adjusted easily to accommodate swollen digits. Useful forfractures, dislocations, ligamentous injuries, fingertip injuries andother soft tissue injuries. To determine size, measure from theweb to the tip of the finger. Self-adhesive straps sold separately.Two straps required per splint.Splint Straps - Pack of 6A5801 A58001 X-Small Up to 6.1cmA5802 A58002 Small 6.2-7cmA5803 A58003 Medium 7.1-7.9cmA5804 Order Medium Large 8-8.9cmA5805 Order Medium X-Large 9cm and up£10.01 £9.38

4

Finger Gutter Splint kit Rolyan5

Convenient kit includes 30 finger gutter splints, six of each size.Straps sold separately above. A5807 £57.91

1 Murphy™ Ring Splints1

Designed to help correct a swan-neck deformity of the PIP joint,these splints restrict abnormal hyperextension while allowing activeflexion at the PIP joint. Murphy Ring Splints may be used on thePIP and DIP joints to provide lateral stability and joint protection.May also be used upside down on the DIP joint to provideprehensive stability. They can be worn on all fingers of the hand atthe same time. For size, use the Murphy or a standard ring sizer tomeasure the involved joint. For half sizes, use the next larger size.Alternative sizing method is to measure the circumference of thePIP joint in centimetres. Murphy Ring Splint Kit contains one ofeach of the 12 sizes and a ring sizer in a plastic partitionedcontainer. Made from high grade stainless steel spring wire.A52560 Murphy Ring Sizer £10.01A52561 Murphy Ring Kit £409.89

Ring Size Circumference of JointA52548 Size 2 4.1cm £40.13A52549 Size 3 4.4cm £40.13A52550 Size 4 4.7cm £40.13A52551 Size 5 5cm £40.13A52552 Size 6 5.3cm £40.13A52553 Size 7 5.7cm £40.13A52554 Size 8 6cm £40.13A52555 Size 9 6.3cm £40.13A52556 Size 10 6.6cm £40.13A52557 Size 11 6.9cm £40.13A52558 Size 12 7.2cm £40.13A52559 Size 13 7.5cm £40.13

025_EXPT_0193-0200:025_EXPT_0193-0200 23/11/09 17:42 Page 196


Sp


1 2

4 5

6

6

7

Dynamic Digit Extensor Tube™ SplintTube-shaped splint with rubber spring on the volar surface helpsextend finger and mobilise stiff joints without putting pressureover the PIP joint. The spring lifts the finger outward and upward and helps prevent the splint from migrating distally. Use to treatany degree of flexion contractures. Ideal for a patient lackingsensation in the finger because it does not provide pressure overPIP joint. Circumferential design of splint helps reduce oedema.To determine size, measure circumference of PIP joint. A fingerwith severe PIP joint flexion contracture may require a larger sizethan indicated by measuring.92725501 X-Small 4.4-5.7cm £18.0892725502 Small 5.8-6.4cm £18.0892725503 Medium 6.5-7cm £18.0892725504 Medium Plus 7.1-7.6cm £18.0892725505 Large 7.7-8.3cm £18.08

6

Finger Sleeve Rolyan7

Comfortable neoprene sleeve. Optional metal stay can be worn onvolar or dorsal surface of the digit for support. Measure aroundfinger at PIP crease to determine PIP/DIP circum ference. For length,with finger straight, measure corresponding finger on unaffectedhand from MCP crease to tip of distal phalanx. Latex free.

Circ. LengthA86801 XX-Small 4.4cm 5.7cm £17.27A86802 X-Small 4.4-5.7cm 7cm £17.27A86803 Small 5.7-6.4cm 7cm £17.27A86804 Medium 6.4-7cm 7.6cm £17.27A86805 Large 7-7.6cm 7.9cm £17.27A86806 X-Large 7.6-8.3cm 8.3cm £17.27

Buddy Strap Rolyan1

Holds two fingers securely together with little bulk. The fingers arestrapped together by hook and loop material yet separated by apiece of soft strapping material. Can be trimmed easily toaccommodate any size finger. Strap: Length 127mm (5").Width 13mm (1/2").A3171 Pack of 5 £14.91

Jacstrap Finger Support2

Jacstrap finger supports provide a unique solution to a widevariety of problems resultant from finger injury. Their small sizemeans that they can be easily carried in pockets or bags in caseof weakness or injury.AA9234 £7.52

3PP™ Buddy Loop®3

PIP/DIP Finger Flexion Strap4

Soft leather and hook-and-loop strap holds the PIP and DIP joints in flexion with constant force. Adjustable for comfort andincreased range of motion. Package of six. Latex free.550539 £12.70

3PP™ Final Flexion Wrap™5

Helps to restore full PIP and DIP joint flexion after injury or due to arthritic changes. Static force is simple to adjust. Fabrifoam™material is breathable, and comfortably stays in place. Easy toapply. Package of 5. Fits most adults. Latex free.927275 £19.50

3 3

Comfortably holds fingers or toes together for protectionfollowing injury, eliminating the need for tape or uncomfortablehook and loop straps. Lined with highly comfortable, non-slipmaterial which is breathable and washable. One-piece designeliminates excess bulk between digits. Stays in place evenduring work and athletic activities. Latex free.

1.3cm Width09 116 5703 Pack of 5 £8.6709 116 5711 Pack of 25 £38.1409 116 5729 Pack of 50 £66.96


025_EXPT_0193-0200:025_EXPT_0193-0200 23/11/09 17:42 Page 197


Sp

lintin

gFinger Splints

Joint Jack Finger Splint1

Helps correct PIP finger flexion contractures. Amount of pressureadjusts quickly with a turn of the screw. Soft steel splint can bebent for final fitting. Includes felt pad and adjustable cotton strap.For size, measure the distance from the MCP crease at the baseof the finger to the middle of the nail bed.09 116 9416 Small 3.8-6.4cm £22.2909 116 9424 Medium 5.1-7.6cm £22.2909 116 9432 Large 7.6-10.2cm £22.2909 116 9440 X-Large 8.9-11.4cm £22.2909 116 9457 XX-Large 10.2 and over £22.29

Light, stretchable nylon glove with a 25mm hook and loop strap.Ideal for addressing MCP extension contractures or anycondition that requires increasing MCP, PIP or DIP flexion.Great for resistive strengthening of finger extensors.Left Right503202 503201 Small/Medium £20.69

(Fits most women and smaller men)503302 503301 Large/X-Large £20.69

(Fits larger women and most men)

Finger Flexion Glove Rolyan6

Deluxe Traction Exercise RolyanGlove with Thumb

7

For size, measure width at MP joints.Left Right550627 550626 Small/Medium 6-9cm £28.74550629 550628 Large/X-Large 9-11.5cm £28.74

Aluminium Padded Splints2

Padded with closed-cell, non-allergenic foam. Aluminium stripsare malleable and can be cut easily with heavy-duty scissors. Packs of 12.A8991 Small 1.3 x 46cm £23.99A8992 Medium 1.9 x 46cm £23.99A8993 Large 2.5 x 46cm £23.99

Frog Splint3

Foam-lined aluminium splint, easily contoured to maintain finger joints in position. Pack of 12.A899115 Small Length 5.7cm £18.90A899116 Medium Length 7.6cm £18.90A899117 Large Length 8.3cm £18.90

Chrisofix™ Finger Splints4

Easy to apply, adjustable, non-allergenic finger splints forimmobilisation of the PIP and MP joints. Made from a thin aluminium core covered by a skin friendly perforated, breathable material. Chrisofix splints are lightweight and very comfortable. X-ray transparent. Hand wash in warm soapy water and air dry. Supplied with adhesive fixation strips.AA9275A Small Length 4.3cm Child £5.01AA9275B Large Length 5.5cm Child £5.01AA9275C Small Length 6.5cm Adult £5.01AA9275D Large Length 7.2cm Adult £5.01

Chrisofix™ Mallet Finger Splint5

Indications: For felons or injuries (including surgery) of the nailbed, the distal phalanx and the DIP joint. AA9104C Small £7.33AA9104D Medium £7.33

1

6 7

2 3

44

5

INFORMATIONFor replacement bands for the gloves see page 184.

025_EXPT_0193-0200:025_EXPT_0193-0200 23/11/09 17:42 Page 198


Sp


Oval-8® SplintsStrong and nearly invisible splints stabilise and align the DIP or PIPjoint to enhance hand function. Moulded from 1.6mm translucentplastic without seams. Can be used to correct lateral deviation,swan-neck deformity and flexible boutonniere deformity, supportmallet finger injury, and help prevent trigger finger. Two Oval-8 fingersplints can be used to provide full immobilisation at the PIP or DIPfor rest and control. Each Oval-8 splint fits a full size and, when rotated180°, an additional half size, to accommodate fluctuations in oedemaand temperature that can affect finger size. Size is determined usingsizing set. Oval-8 splints can be modified by spot heating witha heat gun.

Oval-8® Kit1

This cost effective kit includes 44 Oval-8 finger splints (with themajority in the most common sizes of 5-10), carrying case, andinstruction booklet.927279 £212.60

Oval-8® Sizing Set2

Includes one of each of the 14 sizes on an easy-to-open binderring. Allows clinicians to use the actual splint to accurately andquickly size each client and then order the correct splint(s) to be issued. Instructions included.927280 £49.73

Paediatric Oval-8® Kit3

Contains three each of sizes 3 through to size 7. Plastic storagecase included.554584 £134.15

Oval-8® Individual Rings4

Oval-8 finger splints in sizes 2 to 15 can be ordered individuallyor in cost-effective packs of 5.Size Individual Ring Packs of 5

2 09 116 3393 09 116 34013 09 103 8389 09 103 85124 09 103 8397 09 103 85205 09 103 8405 09 103 85386 09 103 8413 09 103 85467 09 103 8421 09 103 85538 09 103 8439 09 103 85619 09 103 8447 09 103 8579

10 09 103 8454 09 103 858711 09 103 8462 09 103 859512 09 103 8470 09 103 860313 09 103 8488 09 103 861114 09 103 8496 09 103 862915 09 116 3419 09 116 3427

£11.33 £29.76

1

CORRECT SWAN-NECK DEFORMITIES ALIGN TO CORRECT LATERAL DEVIATIONCORRECT FLEXIBLE BOUTONNIERE

DEFORMITIES

SUPPORT MALLET FINGER INJURIES IMMOBILISE FOR REST AND CONTROLRESTRICT MOTION TO PREVENT TRIGGER

FINGER

SIZING SET PAEDIATRIC KIT

OVAL-8® FINGER SPLINT KIT

INFORMATIONFor Heat Guns, please see page 175.

2 3

4 4

4 44

4

025_EXPT_0193-0200:025_EXPT_0193-0200 23/11/09 17:43 Page 199


Sp

lintin

gFinger Splints

22

33

54

GAUNTLET ALLOWS PASSIVEJOINT MOTION GAINS AT THE

THUMB WHEN USED WITHDORSAL FLEXION HOODATTACHMENTS (PHASE I)BREATHABLE

Fabrifoam™ Gauntlet Rolyan1

Finger Rehab System Rolyan

Circumferential gauntlet to be used with attachments to increaseROM and strength of the fingers and thumb. Made fromFabrifoam TensoWrap-Nu material that won’t migrate. Fits mostadults. Colour may vary. A57113 Left £16.16A57114 Right £16.16

Biodynamic™ RolyanFlexion/Extension Component

2

Monofilament acts like a tendon, providing traction for MCP, PIP,and DIP composite joint flexion. Includes components to use onone finger: finger wraps with monofilament, line guide, tension-adjustable connecting piece and 2 tension adjustment strips. A572002 Set for 1 Finger £14.40

Phase I - Dorsal Flexion RolyanHood Attachments

3

Dorsal Flexion Hood Attachments increase passive joint motionof the MCPs, PIPs and DIPs. Gauntlet increases passive thumbflexion and opposition. Soft straps have an elastic fingertip coverthat assures secure finger attachment. The amount of staticprogressive traction applied can be individually tailored to eachdigit’s needs with adjustable hook attachments. Far outperformsthe traditional finger flexion glove - provides true MCP/PIP flexion.Order fabrifoam gauntlet separately. A57119 Short Length Width 19mm Set of 4 £11.02

Fits most women and smaller men.

A57120 Full Length Width 25mm Set of 4 £14.91Fits larger women and most men.

Phase II - Composite Finger RolyanFlexion Loop Attachments

4

Composite Finger Flexion Loop Attachments emphasiseachieving the end ranges of MCP, PIP and DIP joint flexion.Strap wraps around the first and third phalanx to increasePIP/DIP flexion, then attaches to the gauntlet, pulling the MCPinto flexion. Order Fabrifoam gauntlet separately. A57117 Set of 4 £18.29

Phase III - Finger Exerciser RolyanAttachments

5

Finger Exerciser Attachments strengthen the fingers.Individual attachment tabs are attached to rubber bands thatallow varying degrees of resistance. Can also be used on thethumb to strengthen extension and abduction. Order Fabrifoamgauntlet separately. A57118 Set of 4 £19.66

1 1

025_EXPT_0193-0200:025_EXPT_0193-0200 23/11/09 17:43 Page 200

AquaFormFracture BracingChrisofixPadding & StrappingCast Room AccessoriesCast Room Ortho Supports:

• Upper• Lower

WalkersCast Shoes & SupportsCasting Room Furniture

202 - 203204205206207

208209

210 - 211212 - 215

216

Casting Room& Emergency

Darco Cast ShoesFor full range see pages 212 - 214

026_EXPT_0201-0208:026_EXPT_0201-0208 23/11/09 17:43 Page 201

AquaFormTMC

astin

g R

oom

& E

mer

gen

cy


The complete fracture bracing system.All Rolyan AquaForm products are:• Pre-cut for convenience - reducing clinical waste and time

• Made from perforated Aquaplast-T - 100% memory for splintrevisions and translucent when heated for monitoring ofpressure areas

• Radiolucent to permit X-rays without removal

• Custom moulded for comfortable, contoured and effective immobilisation

• Easy to apply and remove for medical check-ups

• Built in zipper for correct alignment

• Easy finish edges for a neat and lightweight fracture brace

See page X for further technical information on Aquaplast-T.

AquaForm™

AquaForm™ Zippered Wrist Splints Rolyan

AquaForm™ Zippered Splints Rolyan

1

Ideal for immobilising the wrist following tendon repairs and wrist fractures. Can also be used for stabilisation followingsprains and strains, and in the presence of rheumatoid arthritis,tendonitis and cumulative trauma injuries. Available in two lengths - long extends to the elbow and shortcovers approximately two thirds of the length of the forearm.Does not include padding and stockinette. For size, measurewrist circumference.Aquaplast-T 2.4mm 4% Perforated Material - Long LengthA175001 Small 12.7-15.5cm each £25.21A175002 Medium 15.6-18.3cm each £25.21A175003 Large 18.4-21cm each £25.21Aquaplast-T 2.4mm 4% Perforated Material - Short LengthA175010 Small 12.7-15.5cm each £32.96A175011 Medium 15.6-18.3cm each £32.96A175012 Large 18.4-21cm each £32.96

AquaForm™ Zippered RolyanWrist and Thumb Splints

2

Helps reduce pain associated with deQuervain’s syndrome,gamekeeper’s thumb, MCP fractures and MCP reconstruction.Available in two lengths - long extends just distal to the elbow;short covers approximately two thirds of the length of the forearm.Does not include padding and stockinette. For size, measurewrist circumference.Aquaplast-T 2.4mm 4% Perforated Material - Long Length09 118 2252 Small 13-15.8cm £32.1109 118 2203 Medium 15.9-18.6cm £32.1109 118 2211 Large 18.7-21.3cm £32.11Aquaplast-T 2.4mm 4% Perforated Material - Short Length09 118 2229 Small 13-15.8cm £29.8009 118 2237 Medium 15.9-18.6cm £29.8009 118 2245 Large 18.7-21.3cm £29.80

AquaForm™ Hand and Wrist Splint Rolyan3

• Palmar finger support offers versatility for finger immobilisation

Recommended for stabilisation of metacarpal fractures, fingerfractures, and tendon repairs. Palmar finger support is easy toadjust to immobilise fewer fingers. Does not include padding andstockinette. For size, measure wrist circumference over styloidprocess. Made from Aquaplast-T 3.2mm, 4% perforated.Left RightA175141 A175140 Small 12.7-15.5cm £32.42A175143 A175142 Medium 15.6-18.3cm £32.42A175145 A175144 Large 18.4-21cm £32.42

1

2

3

3

Circumferential design distributes pressure evenly.Zipper aids in correct alignment as well as providing quickand easy removal for medical consultation and hygiene.Can be heated in a convection oven as well as hot water.No strapping required - saves the therapist time and money.

UNIVERSAL (LEFT AND RIGHT)

026_EXPT_0201-0208:026_EXPT_0201-0208 23/11/09 17:43 Page 202


Casting

Room

& E

merg

encyAquaFormTM

1 1

2 2

3 3

• Zipper provides easy application without bulk in the axilla

• Extra material at shoulder allows for shoulder immobilisation

Can be used for immobilising midshaft humeral fractures.Pre-cut fabricated from 2.4mm 4% perforated Aquaplast-Tmaterial. Does not include padding, stockinette and straps.For size, measure wrist circumference horizontally at the axilla.Left RightA175131 A175130 Small 21.6-28.2cm £41.26A175133 A175132 Medium 28.3-37.1cm £41.26A175135 A175134 Large 37.2-45.7cm £41.26

AquaForm™ Humerus Fracture Brace Rolyan1

• Hook and loop closure attached to pre-cut blank allowsadjustments to accommodate fluctuations in soft tissue mass

• Padding increases comfort

Can be used for low back pain, sciatica, rheumatoid arthritis,osteoporosis and bulging discs. Pre-cut 3.2mm non-perforatedAquaplast-T splinting material with Polycushion padding. For sizemeasure circumference of waist. Height of

Circumference corset SacrumWith Polycushion of waist thoracic regionA325400 Small 61-74cm 37.6cm £77.50A325401 Medium 75-89cm 39.1cm £84.66A325402 Large 90-107cm 43.2cm £87.94A325403 X-Large 108-124cm 43.2cm £107.88Without PolycushionA325406 Small 61-74cm 37.6cm £57.95A325407 Medium 75-89cm 39.1cm £63.14A325408 Large 90-107cm 43.2cm £66.54A325409 X-Large 108-124cm 43.2cm £72.20

AquaForm™ Corset Rolyan2

• Two lateral zippers provide custom fit without added bulk

Custom moulded long corset provides rigid stabilisation andthree points of leverage support on the full body. 3.2mm 1%perforated Aquaplast-T material provides a slim, lightweightcorset. Does not include padding and stockinette. For size, measure circumference of waist.A325410 Small 61-74cm £94.68A325411 Medium 75-89cm £98.97A325412 Large 90-107cm £103.92

AquaForm™ Long Corset Rolyan3

43

• Hook and loop closure allows adjustments to accommodatefluctuations in soft tissue mass

• Amount of knee flexion can be adapted for the individual

Custom moulded knee support immobilises the knee and helpsreduce pain. Ideal for use following surgery, fractures and sprains.May also be used for arthritis. Pre-cut 3.2mm non-perforatedAquaplast-T material provides a lightweight brace. For size,measure circumference at widest point of thigh.A175120 Small 39.4-45.9cm £82.09A175121 Medium 46-53.6cm £82.09A175122 Large 53.7-63.5cm £82.09

AquaForm™ Knee Immobiliser Rolyan4

• Zipper provides custom fit without added bulk

Custom moulded ankle splint can be used to stabilise the anklefollowing surgery, fractures, and soft tissue injuries.Pre-cut 3.2mm 1% perforated Aquaplast-T material provides alightweight splint. Splint can be remoulded to follow change infoot drop. Does not include padding and stockinette. For size,measure circumference of ankle from calcaneum to lateralmalleoli to dorsal ankle crease and back to calcaneum. A175125 Small 25-30cm £46.27A175126 Medium 30-35cm £46.27A175127 Large 35-40cm £46.27

AquaForm™ Ankle Splint Rolyan5

5

INFORMATIONAll AquaForm™ splints ship flat and must be fitted by a medicalprofessional.For more information on heat pans, please see page 176 to 177.

026_EXPT_0201-0208:026_EXPT_0201-0208 23/11/09 17:43 Page 203


Cas

ting

Roo

m &

Em

erg

ency

Fracture Bracing

• Zipper provides custom fit without added bulk

Can be used for stabilising mid-shaft tibia fractures. Pre-cut 3.2mm1% perforated Aquaplast-T material padding provides a lightweightbrace. Does not include ankle stabiliser, padding stockinette andstraps. For size, measure circumference at widest point of calf.Recommended for use with ankle stabiliser.A175116 Small 27-32cm £35.66A175117 Medium 32.1-38.3cm £42.57A175118 Large 38.4-45.7cm £50.74

AquaForm™ Tibia Fracture Brace Rolyan1

Provides secure and comfortable ambulation. Moulded plasticankle joint has a metal ring. Shoe insert is preformed polypropylenewith hook and loop strap. Recommended for use with RolyanAquaForm Tibia Fracture Brace (item 2).Left RightA420LS A420RS Small Shoe Size 2-4 (UK) £40.25A420LM A420RM Medium Shoe Size 5-7 (UK) £40.25A420LL A420RL Large Shoe Size 9-12 (UK) £40.25

Used for bracing fractures of the shaft of the humerus. To determine size, measure from mid-deltoid to the lateralepicondyle of the humerus. Instructions Included.(Design copyright Patterson Medical Company).A4671 Small - 29.2cm circumference £17.43A4672 Medium - 33cm circumference £20.81A4673 Large - 38.1cm circumference £25.89

Single-Axis Ankle Joint Rolyanwith Shoe Insert

2

Pre-Cut Humerus Fracture Brace Rolyan3

3

4

1 2

Adjustable Elbow Hinge Rolyan4

• Simply use hook and loop material to add resistive exercisebands for a graded dynamic flexion or extension splint

Designed to statically position the elbow in any degree of flexion or extension, block out undesirable motion and allow free elbow motion. Ideal for fracture bracing, contractures ortendon/nerve repairs. Total length 27cm. Flexes to 120°. Kit contains all hardware. Splinting material and straps sold separately. A517L Left £70.86A517R Right £70.86

Phoenix Adjustable Elbow Hinge5

Ideal for static, serial or dynamic splinting of elbow flexion orextension. Lightweight (57g) ball bearing hinge allows freemovement within available range. Kit contains one elbow hinge,thumb nuts and hex wrench. Splinting material and straps sold separately.

Length of single hinge arm to axis762301 Small 8.9cm £51.40762302 Medium 13cm £51.40762303 Large 17.1cm £51.40

Universal Polycentric Knee Hinge Rolyan6

• One polycentric knee hinge for all functional casting requirements

Can be used as a free motion joint, drop lock joint, limitedmotion joint (any range) or locking joint (any position).Manufactured from hardened aluminium with wide plasticattachment wings. Radiolucent for better X-ray visualisation.Flexion and extension controls limit knee motion to any rangedesired or lock in any position. Reference marks on arm andhousing for easier setting of motion control. Complete setincludes droplock (optional), flexion and extension controls,andwrench for adjustment. Total length: 41cm. Requires the use ofbending irons and alignment fixture.A5121 Pair £118.78

5

5 6

INFORMATIONAll AquaForm™ splints ship flat and must be fitted by a medical professional.For more information on heat pans, please see page 176 to 177.

026_EXPT_0201-0208:026_EXPT_0201-0208 23/11/09 17:43 Page 204

ChrisofixTM


1 1

1 1

1 1

32

4

5 6

"Chrisofix has great application in the immediate post-operative period... The ease of application and thecorresponding time that is saved is a great advantage."Dean S Lewis MD, Professor of Surgery, Orthopaedic Hand Service, University of Michigan, 1998.This range has been designed as a quick and easy methodof immobilising joints without inhibiting the function of thenon-involved joints.• Chrisofix splints provide quick and easy immobilisation and

stability for acute injuries

• Made of lightweight aluminium core covered with skin friendly,hypoallergenic polyethylene (PE) that can be disinfected for re-use

• Low cost alternative to traditional rigid immobilising splints such as gypsum

• Water resistant and X-ray transparent

Chrisofix™ Short-Term Splinting Range

Chrisofix first aid splints are easy and quick to apply, offering a light, comfortable and economical method of immobilising acutetrauma such as fractures, dislocations and soft tissue injuries.Individually adjustable providing on the spot immobilisation forthose administering first aid in the workplace or during sportsactivities. Includes the following splints: finger based MCP splint,thumb splint, wrist support, two finger splints (small and large), a multi-purpose wind up splint (90 x 11cm) and a wind up legsplint (90 x 18cm). Comes complete in a waterproof box.AA9104 £71.78

First Aid Splint Kit1

Mallet Finger Splint2

Indications: For felons or injuries (including surgery) of the nailbed, the distal phalanx and the DIP joint. AA9104C Small £7.33AA9104D Medium £7.33

Palmar Forearm Splint3A resting splint for the wrist, hand and fingers. Used clinically for immobilisation and fixation post surgery or hand injury. Ideal for conservative treatment of metacarpal fractures andmultiple hand pathologies. Machine washable at 30° withfastenings closed. Fits left or right forearm.AA9279A X-Small (Children) £47.71AA9279B Small £47.71AA9279C Large £47.71

Palm Resting Splint4

Indications: Palmar forearm splint for first aid and short therapy.The material can be disinfected and reused. The device is only tobe used as a short-term solution (hours) until longer-term aid canbe supplied. One size fits left and right.AA9104B £37.03

Provides quick and easy positioning and immobilisation in theacute setting. Simply wind out the Chrisofix to ascertain size,form a U-shaped gutter and apply to the injured part withadhesive plaster or tape.Indications: Subluxation of fingers and elbows, wrist and handinjuries requiring immediate immobilisation, forearm fractures, idealfor first aid.AA9100 Small, 60 x 11cm - Single pack £12.16AA9101 Large, 90 x 11cm - Single pack £13.36

Multi-Purpose Wind Up Splint5

Designed to quickly and effectively immobilise the lower limb inthe acute setting. Wind out the Chrisofix, form the desired position,apply to the patient and secure with adhesive plaster or tape. Indications: Lower limb fractures and soft tissue injuries,shoulder subluxation, simple spinal supportsAA9102 Medium, 90 x 18cm - Single pack £20.51AA9103 Large, 140 x 18cm - Single pack £27.78

Wind-Up Leg and Knee Splint6

Casting

Room

& E

merg

ency

026_EXPT_0201-0208:026_EXPT_0201-0208 23/11/09 17:43 Page 205


Accessories - Padding & Strapping

High quality stockinette made from 100% cotton, absorbing perspirationand reducing skin irritation. Densely knit tubular bandage thatstretches to three times its original size for conformability. Ideal as aremovable washable lining for under splints and casts. Latex free.A6605 2.1 x 23m - Roll £13.327447 5 x 23m - Roll £15.447449 7.6 x 23m - Roll £19.61

Cotton Stockinette Rolyan4

Highest quality German stainless steel. 1.3cm slant design on thecutting surface provides excellent force while increasing patientsafety during cast removal. Length 9cm.A37130 Right or Left Handed £33.78

Cast Scissors for Serial Finger Casts5

High quality German stainless steel cast scissors are ideal for cuttingthe inner layers of plaster or synthetic cast materials. Feature a15cm handle for excellent leverage and a slanted 6cm blade forincreased patient safety. Total length 20cm.A6684 Right Handed £57.91

Esmarch Plaster Scissors6

18cm stainless steel blades with plastic tip. Ideal for fracture bracetrimming.A37190 Right Handed £17.88

Bandage Scissors7

Plaster and Utility Shears8

Velcro® Self-Adhesive and Sew-OnHook and Loop Strapping

1

This high quality Velcro brand hook and loop offers superior,adjustable closure over a long life cycle. Ideal for everyday, longterm use on medical applications such as splints, casts andequipment. The tape can be washed or dry cleaned. The quicksetting rubber based adhesive backing is suitable for items requiringa fast turnaround. This adhesive can be used on a variety ofsurfaces including steel, plaster and textiles.

High-density open cell foam features high-viscoelastic impact absorptionproperties for superior support and uniform pressure distribution.Self-adhesive backing ensures correct placement. Latex free.553202 6.4 x 460 x 680mm £21.40553203 13 x 460 x 680mm £58.32

Extra Soft Splint Padding Rolyan3

Velcro™ Self-Adhesive Hook and Loop

Hook 10m Reel Hook 25m Reel Loop 10m Reel Loop 25m Reel


White (A) AA9464HA AA9465HA AA9466HA AA9467HA AA9464LA AA9465LA AA9466LA AA9467LABeige (H) AA9464HH AA9465HH AA9466HH AA9467HH AA9464LH AA9465LH AA9466LH AA9467LHRoyal Blue (B) AA9464HB AA9465HB AA9466HB AA9467HB AA9464LB AA9465LB AA9466LB AA9467LBBlack (K) AA9464HK AA9465HK AA9466HK AA9467HK AA9464LK AA9465LK AA9466LK AA9467LK

£10.83 £18.29 £20.97 £38.07 £10.83 £18.29 £20.97 £38.07

1

Velcro™ Sew on Hook and Loop

Hook 10m Reel Hook 25m Reel Loop 10m Reel Loop 25m Reel


White (A) AA9460HA AA9461HA AA9462HA AA9463HA AA9460LA AA9461LA AA9462LA AA9463LABeige (H) AA9460HH AA9461HH AA9462HH AA9463HH AA9460LH AA9461LH AA9462LH AA9463LHRoyal Blue (B) AA9460HB AA9461HB AA9462HB AA9463HB AA9460LB AA9461LB AA9462LB AA9463LBBlack (K) AA9460HK AA9461HK AA9462HK AA9460LK AA9461LK AA9462LK

£7.64 £12.08 £16.59 £26.74 £7.64 £12.08 £16.59 £26.74

1

Spring loaded handle design reduces hand fatigue. Effective forshearing cloth or cotton wadding. Made in Germany.09 118 2591 £80.03

1

2

3 4

5 6

7 8

Cas

ting

Roo

m &

Em

erg

ency

Velfoam™ II Velstrap™2

A ready-made, soft, padded strap of 25cm x 5cm. Velfoam II and10cm x 2.5cm, self-adhesive Velcro® hook. Peel off backingpaper and press in place. Pack of 10.701902 £13.96

026_EXPT_0201-0208:026_EXPT_0201-0208 23/11/09 17:43 Page 206


Casting

Room

& E

merg

encyCasting Room Accessories

Cast and Dressing Protectors2

These comfortable waterproof protectors simply slip over a castor dressing on either the lower leg or arm to protect them whentaking a bath or shower. They are re-usable and will last up totwo months with average use. Not suitable for use with open orundressed wounds or when swimming.

WeightAA1864 Arm 110g £19.1009 115 8294 Full Arm Standard 100g £19.10

(Typical upper arm circumference 300 to 400mm)AA1865 Leg 205g £19.10AA1866 Full Leg 250g £23.40

2

1

3

54

Pre-Formed Humerus and RolyanUlnar Brace

1

Made with a Polyflex II thermoplastic shell, a soft polyethylenetongue, Kushionflex lining and hook and loop D-Ring straps. Use heat to achieve intimate moulding and better fit.

Preformed Humerus BraceFor size, measure proximal circumference of humerus.Left Right CircumferenceA511LS A511RS Small 25.4-30.5cm £66.60A511LM A511RM Medium 30.5-35.6cm £66.60A511LL A511RL Large 34.3-39.4cm £66.60

Preformed Ulnar BraceFor size, measure circumference of wrist at ulnar styloid.

Circumference LengthA6231 Small 17-19cm 15cm £59.34A6232 Medium 19-21cm 18cm £59.34A6233 Large 321-24cm 21cm £59.34

B

AA

Double Adjustable Crutch3

These lightweight crutches have a fully pivoting arm cuff and alarge contoured plastic handle. They are adjustable in height bothbetween the handle and the ground and between cuff and handle.Sold as a pair. Ferrule size 22mm (7/8"). Weight 700g each.

Height to Handle Handle to CuffAA8182A 460-690mm 250-300mm £26.16AA8182B 530-760mm 280-355mm £26.16AA8182C 740-960mm 280-355mm £26.16

Maximumuser weight

125kg

191/2st

Chestnut Walking Stick4

This sturdy wooden stick has a rubber ferrule, and should besawn to the correct length. Fixed height 940mm (37").Ferrule size 19mm (3/4"). Weight 350g.AA8101B £5.25

Maximumuser weight

105kg

161/2st

Standard Adjustable HomecraftAluminium Stick

5

This lightweight aluminium stick is adjustable in length using a springloaded catch. The moulded handle is contoured for a comfortable grip.Length 710 - 965mm (28 - 38"). Ferrule size 19mm (3/4"). Weight 445g.AA8121 £9.65

2

B

026_EXPT_0201-0208:026_EXPT_0201-0208 23/11/09 17:44 Page 207


Cas

ting

Roo

m &

Em

erg

ency

Casting Room Ortho Supports - Upper

2

5

1

4

6 7

Stax Finger Splint Straps5

Convenient straps fit any size Stax Finger Splint. Strap: Length 150mm (6"). Width 13mm (1/2"). AA9318 Pack of 25 £21.29

Buddy Strap Rolyan2

Holds two fingers securely together with little bulk. The fingersare strapped together by hook and loop material yet separatedby a piece of soft strapping material. Can be trimmed easily toaccommodate any size finger. Strap: Length 127mm. Width 13mm.A3171 Pack of 5 £14.91

Stax Finger Splint4

Supports the distal joint of the finger in extension while permittingunrestricted movement of the PIP. Splint is normally used withoutpadding and is fixed to the middle phalanx with a self-adhesivestrap. Strap sold separately.AA9319 Kit of 30 Stax Finger Splints £57.91

Wrist Support Rolyan1

Envelope Arm Sling Rolyan6

Designed for easy application and adjustment with an extra deeppocket to improve arm positioning. The strap carries the weightof the arm across the back and shoulder for greater comfort.Supports forearm and wrist. Features adjustable strap with hookand loop fasteners. For size, measure length of forearm fromelbow to knuckles. A8621 Small 28cm £9.86A8622 Medium 36cm £9.86A8623 Large 43cm £9.86A8624 X-Large 51cm £9.86

Economy Cervical Collar7

An economical alternative to the cervical collars above. Made from medium density foam with stockinette cover.

Size Length DepthAA9299A X-Small 43cm 7cm £3.23AA9299B Small 46cm 8cm £3.23AA9299C Medium 50cm 9cm £3.23AA9299D Large 57cm 10cm £3.23AA9299E X-Large 61cm 12cm £3.23

The clinician’s choice as this wrist support has a creep resistantelastic which prevents bunching that can restrict circulation.Includes a removable adjustable stay, hand or machine wash,air dry. For size, measure circumference at the wrist crease. Left RightA619063 A619062 Small 14-16.5cm £8.18A619065 A619064 Medium 16.6-18.4cm £8.18A619067 A619066 Large 18.5-20.3cm £8.18A619069 A619068 X-Large 20.4-22.2cm £8.18

3PP™ Buddy Loop®3

Comfortably holds fingers or toes together for protectionfollowing injury, eliminating the need for tape or uncomfortablehook and loop straps. Lined with highly comfortable, non-slipmaterial which is breathable and washable. One-piece designeliminates excess bulk between digits. Stays in place evenduring work and athletic activities. Latex free.



33

INFORMATIONFor more finger splints see pages 192 to 200.

026_EXPT_0201-0208:026_EXPT_0201-0208 23/11/09 17:44 Page 208

S M L

19-22 22-25 25-28


Casting Room Ortho Supports - LowerC

asting Room

& E

mergency

S M L XL

46 51 56 61


Economy Three Panel Knee Immobiliser1

A three panel immobiliser manufactured from a laminate brushedpolyester foam material with 4 removable steel pins with hookand loop fastening.012224 £15.48

1

M L XL

51 56 61


Three Panel Knee Immobiliser2

2

Three panel Immobiliser manufactured from a laminate brushednylon and breathable polyester material, with bound edges and asoft brushed polyester lining for extra comfort. Return hook andloop fastenings and 4 removable steel pins.012225 £19.10


Vulkan® Ankle Strap3

For use prophylactically or post injury, the Vulkan Ankle Strapgives increased compression by way of an easy fit design figureof 8 strap. Spiral stays and a stabiliser help provide firm support.006840 Left £14.49014720 Right £14.49

3

Surround™ Ankle Support with Air4

Ankle brace injection moulded shell and a soft foam heel pad.Two full length pre-inflated chambers lined with soft foam.Soft, plush liner covers exterior of bladders to help reduceswelling and enhance circulation. Air valve allows adjustment ofair when desired. Indications: acute ankle sprains and strains,chronic ankle instabilities and prophylactic use. Height 25cm.AA9272L Left £30.29AA9272R Right £30.29

4

Surround™ Ankle Support with Gel5

Ankle brace with rigid thermoplastic shell with adjustable heelstrap to prevent inversion/eversion. Two full length air and gelfilled bladders can be removed and cooled before application if desired. Indications: Ideal to treat tender or swollen ankles.Universal size. Height 24cm.AA9274 £37.24

5 63PP™ Toe Loops™6

The unique cushioning and grip of the foam-lined material makesthese straps ideal for repositioning the toes. The loop and strapdesign secures two or more toes together to stabilise fracturesand derotate toes that turn under. The Loop cushions the dorsumof the toe and helps straighten hammertoes and claw toes.Available in two sizes the narrow Loop fits smaller toes and thewide Loop fits the big toes.


09 116 0886 Wide 4 x 10cm Pack of 5 £14.55


09 116 7642 Wide 4 x 10cm Pack of 25 £68.29B

A

B

A

A

B

INFORMATIONFor a complete range of orthopaedic supports please refer to pages 1 to 96.


027_EXPT_0209-0216:027_EXPT_0209-0216 23/11/09 17:44 Page 209

WalkersC

astin

g R

oom

& E

mer

genc

y


1

2

3 4

Darco™ Body Armour II2

Provides total cast protection. Custom insole system for pressurerelief. New Rocker Sole - eases patient through the gait pattern.Flexible upper liner allows easy access. Anatomically designedmalleolar pockets. AFO built into upper to immobilise the ankle.Ideal for use with ankle sprains, strains, street fractures andoffloading purposes. Available in High and Low versions.017164 High £71.66017165 Low £63.95

Darco™ FX Pro Walker1

This walker is redesigned with slotted stirrups that maintain idealstrap separation to conform to the leg and immobilize the ankle.It has an ultra low profile design that eliminates height differencebetween walker and normal shoe without altering gait. Thepadded liner is vented promoting air circulation which keeps the lower leg cool and comfortable. Anatomically contoured“spatula” stirrups immobilize the ankle comfortably while theshock absorbing insole has pressure mouldable characteristicswhich conform to the foot. Measure in UK shoe size.016372 £43.00

S M L

Womens 5-81/2 9-11 11-13

Mens 6-81/2 8-101/2 11-13

UK Sizes

UK Sizes

XS S M L XL

2-41/2 5-71/2 8-101/2 11-13 131/2+

Samson Walker Full Length3

An alternative to casting, providing exceptional patient comfortand support. The static walker has an ultra low heel which allowsa more natural crutch free gait, with a hyperblend foam wrap foradditional patient comfort. Measure in UK shoe size.013001 £66.00

Walker4

A comfortable, lightweight and easy to use alternative to a shortleg cast. Features a contoured sole and contoured stays for extra support. With hook and loop closure straps to immobilise thefoot and ankle. Made from nylon, foam and flannel cotton material.Height 35.5cm (14"). Size is determined by shoe size.

UK Shoe SizeAA9269S Small Ladies Up to 31/2 £23.79AA9269M Medium Mens/Ladies Up to 8 £23.79AA9269L Large Mens Up to 121/2 £23.79

S M L

Size 31/2-6 61/2-9 91/2-13

High (cm) 34 37 40

Low (cm) 24 26 28

UK Size

027_EXPT_0209-0216:027_EXPT_0209-0216 23/11/09 17:44 Page 210

XS S M L XL

2-41/2 5-71/2 8-101/2 11-13 131/2+

S M L XL

4-51/2 6-8 8+ 101/2+

S M L

Up to 6 6-8 8+

211

Walkers

Aircast XP Walker1

The next generation Aircast pneumatic walking brace features a low rocker sole, wider foot base and relocated valves forimproved ease of use. For use with severe ankle and foot post-op or injury. Replacement socks air cells and pumps are available. Measure in UK shoe size.011433 Aircast XP Walker £143.28013893 Heel Wedges £15.12016632 Pump £2.85013894 Sock for Walker £7.67

UK Sizes

S M L

Up to 6 6-8 8+

Aircast SP Walker2

A short pneumatic walking brace ideal for patients whose limblength, calf circumference or injury type prohibits the use of thelonger XP Walker. Replacement air cells and pumps areavailable.010380 Measure in UK shoe size £97.92

UK Sizes

Aircast Diabetic Walker3

Specifically designed to meet the needs of the higher riskdiabetic patient. The XP Diabetic Walker incorporates a highrocker sole for maximum off loading and an innovative dualdensity insole to help eliminate pressure points. Includes gaugeair pressure measurement. Replacement socks air cells andpumps are available.012617 Measure in UK shoe size £178.56

UK Sizes

1 2

3 4

Casting R

oom &

Em

ergency

Darco™ Air Traveler™4

The Darco Air Traveler™ is used for support and management ofa range of lower leg conditions. The product is available in a highand low version. Features include• Circumferential Air Bladder

Provides the ultimate compression and security. The patientcan easily adjust pressure.

• LightweightThe Air Traveler is very lightweight only 397g.

• Low Profile The Air Traveler is one of the lowest profile walkers on themarket.

• Peg AssistTM System Use in conjunction for effective wound off loading.

• Five Way Strap System Five heavy duty straps adjust to patient’s needs, keeping thewashable liner secure.

018083 Low Version £34.98018083 High Version £36.75

UK Sizes



027_EXPT_0209-0216:027_EXPT_0209-0216 23/11/09 17:44 Page 211


Cas

ting

Roo

m &

Em

erge

ncy

Cast Shoes

S M L XL

Women 2-4 41/2-6 61/2-8

Mens 6-8 81/2-10 101/2-12 121/2-14

XS XL

2-5 121/2-14

S M L

6-8 81/2-10 101/2-12

Darco Med-SurgTM Shoe1

Darco announces the biggest improvement in post operativeprotection since the introduction of the original semi-rigid post-opshoe in 1985. Square toe design acts as a bumper to provideadditional protection when K-wires are present. Rocker solereduces plantar pressure on the forefoot and heel by over 25%.Strapless forefoot closure eliminates buckle pressure on theforefoot and can expand to accommodate dressings up to 43.2cm in circumference. Zoned outsole provides traction underthe midfoot. MetaShank protection provides more rigid controlunder the metatarsal heads. Removable insole fully customisablewith over twice the padding. Sold as singles. Measure in UK shoe size.012688 £10.75

UK Sizes

Darco Ortho-Wedge™ Shoe2

The Ortho Wedge™ Shoe has been clinically proven to effectivelyreduce weight bearing pressure from the forefoot to promoteproper healing. The square toe design acts as a bumper toprovide additional protection when K-wires are present, andprovides better left/right fit. Promotes healing by reducing weightfrom the forefoot and may be used for any condition from themetatarsal heads distally in which it is desirable to reduce bodyweight such as ulcers, infections, trauma and surgery.012693 Sold as singles. Measure in UK shoe size £13.23

UK Sizes

UK Sizes

Darco Heel-Wedge™ Shoe3

The Heel Wedge™ offloads the heel by shifting weight to themidfoot to promote faster healing after surgery, trauma, or whenwounds are present on the heel. The square toe design acts as abumper to provide additional protection when K-wires are present.Unique forefoot closure provides uniform security without thepressure points of buckles and strap and the cloth toe protectorkeeps toes warm and dressings clean and dry. The ankle strapseats the foot firmly in the sole and eliminates heel friction.012682 Sold as singles. Measure in UK shoe size £15.89

Darco All Purpose Boot4

The All Purpose Boots’ all season closed toe protection allowsdressings to be kept clean and toes dry, providing moreprotection for post operative procedures and fibreglass casts.The removable EVA insole is fully customisable to offloadpressure points if needed. The rocker bottom encouragessmooth roll through gait pattern and reduces plantar pressure onthe heel and forefoot. MetaShank™ construction provides for areinforced sole under the Metatarsal heads to reduce motion andthe strapless forefoot closure provides uniform security withoutthe pressure of buckles or straps. Unisex. Sold as singles.Measure in UK shoe size012642 £12.62

UK Sizes

XS S M L XL

2-5 6-8 81/2-10 101/2-12 121/2-14

UK Sizes

XS S M L XL

2-5 6-8 81/2-10 101/2-12 121/2-14

1

2

3

4

012692 Sold as singles. Measure in UK shoe size £13.23

027_EXPT_0209-0216:027_EXPT_0209-0216 23/11/09 17:44 Page 212

Cast Shoes


Casting R

oom &

Em

ergency

Darco™ Body ArmorTM Cast Shoe1

The New Darco Body ArmorTM Cast Shoe takes the look andperformance of a cast/post op shoe into the 21st century. Thecast/post op shoe has a contemporary design and soft feel toprovide the patient with a product they can wear with confidenceand comfort. The Darco Body ArmorTM Cast Shoe can be wornwith plaster and fibreglass casts, heavy compression bandagingor with a standard stocking for post operative recovery. Measurein UK shoe size.021869XS X-Small up to 3 £9.82021869S Small 31/2-6 £9.82021869M Medium 6-8 £9.82021869L Large 81/2-11 £9.82021869XL X-Large 111/2-14 £9.82

1

2


Excellent for use with fibreglass casts or bulky compressionbandages. The square toe design acts as a protective bumperand gives patient more room and better accommodation forlarger casts and bandages. The stretchable upper material conforms to the cast for a betterfit. Includes a rocker sole and a removable EVA sole which canbe modified to offload pressure points. Latex free.016797 Adult Size £11.63

3

4

Darco™ Open Toe Cast Boot3

Economical canvas cast boot with 3 hook and loop closures.Rocker bottom of 3 layers of EVA foam provides shockabsorption. Canvas upper. Sold as singles. 012739 Measure in UK shoe size £7.67

S M L XL

31/2-6 6-8 81/2-11 111/2-14

UK Sizes

S M L XL

31/2-6 6-8 81/2-11 111/2-14

UK Sizes

S M L XL

3-5 6-8 81/2-11 111/2-14

UK Sizes

Darco™ Closed Toe Cast Boot4

A waterproof vinyl upper that covers the toe area to offerprotection in inclement weather. Economical canvas cast bootwith 3 hook and loop closures. Rocker bottom of 3 layers of EVAfoam provides shock absorption. Sold as singles. 012752 Measure in UK shoe size £7.67

5


S M L

7-9 91/2-13 13-2

UK Sizes

Excellent for use with fibreglass casts or bulky compressionbandages. The square toe design acts as a protective bumperand gives patient more room and better accommodation forlarger casts and bandages. The stretchable upper materialconforms to the cast for a better fit. Includes a rocker sole and a removable EVA sole which can be modified to offload pressurepoints. Latex free. Specify left or right.012737P Pink £11.74012737N Navy £11.74

INFORMATIONPlease state required size when ordering. ALSO AVAILABLE IN NAVY

027_EXPT_0209-0216:027_EXPT_0209-0216 23/11/09 17:45 Page 213

S M L XL

3-41/2 5-61/2 7-81/2 9-11

007835 007836 007837 007838£15.55 £15.55 £15.55 £15.55

S M L XL

3-41/2 5-61/2 7-81/2 9-11

007831 007832 007833 007834£21.65 £21.65 £21.65 £21.65

214

Cas

ting

Roo

m &

Em

erge

ncy

Cast Shoes


UK Sizes

UK Sizes

1

2

3

4 5

Darco Softie Shoe1

Economical, post-op shoe indicated for soft tissue trauma orsurgery. Patented semi-rigid metatarsal shank provides control offorefoot motion to protect surgery to the metatarsal head area ofthe forefoot. Tissue friendly upper material conforms to bonyabnormalities and is breathable. Easy to fasten hook and loopstraps. Sold as singles. 012736F Female £7.94012736M Male £7.94

Post Operative Shoe2

Features a rubber outer sole to help absorb shock and maintaina normal gait when walking and a padded, shaped heel. A softtricot lining for better fit and improved patient comfort. Usedprimarily for post surgical bunionectomy, hammer toe andosteotomies with or without pins. Sold as singles. 012351F Female £7.52012351M Male £7.52

Semi Flexible Post Operative3

Durable upper with soft padded lining. Grooved non-slip flexiblesole and return hook & loop fastening. Sold as singles.012998F Female £7.52012998M Male £7.52

S M L XL

Women 3-6 7-9 10 11+

Men 41/2-7 8-10 11-12 12+

UK Sizes

Shoe Mediflex5

Post-op shoe with a flexible sole and a hook and loop fastening.Sold as singles. Measure in UK shoe size

Shoe Post-Op 4

A rigid non-slip sole shoe with a hook and loop fastening. Sold as singles. Measure in UK shoe size.


S M L XL

Female Up to 4 41/2-6 61/2-8 -

Male 5-6 7-81/2 9-11 111/2-14

UK Sizes

S M L XL

Female 4-6 61/2-8 81/2-10

Male 6-8 81/2-10 101/2-12 121/2-14

UK Sizes

027_EXPT_0209-0216:027_EXPT_0209-0216 23/11/09 17:45 Page 214


Casting R

oom &

Em

ergencyCast Shoes & Supports

3

4

2 2

1GaitKeeper™1

This cast shoe improves gait patterns with its flexible air sole andprovides impact protection to the injured limb. It also providescushioning to protect the cast from excessive wear, which reducesthe incidence of destroyed casts. Reduces impact loading andholds its position throughout the gait due to its elastic top strap.Single patient use. Sold individually. Latex free.550696 Small £12.29550697 Medium £12.29550698 Large £12.29

CastWedge™2

The CastWedge allows for exact adjustments to casted fractureswithout the inconvenience or cost of replacing the original castand maintains a precise opening. Lightweight, can be used withplaster or fiberglass casts. High-impact, non-porous, radiolucentmaterial. Starter set contains 20 wedges each of five sizes.550352 CastWedge Starter Set £137.65Replacement Bags (20 wedges)550353 10mm £29.10550354 15mm £29.10550355 20mm £29.10550356 25mm £29.10550357 30mm £29.10

Provides a supportive counter for stability. The upper is madefrom a soft nylon mesh foam fabric for a comfortable fit. With ahook and loop closure for easy adjustment. Size is determinedby shoe size. Ladies UK Shoe SizeA50010 Small 2-4 £8.33A50011 Medium 4-6 £8.33A50012 Large 6-8 £8.33Mens UK Shoe SizeA50013 Small 7-9 £8.33A50014 Medium 9-11 £8.33A50015 Large 11-12 £8.33

Post-Op Shoe3

Med-Surg Shoe4

Made from nylon mesh with Plastazote foam insole and acontoured padded back for a comfortable fit. The shoe has asupportive contour for extra stability. Style and colour may vary.Size is determined by shoe size. Ladies UK Shoe SizeA50020 Small 2-4 £7.74A50021 Medium 4-6 £7.74A50022 Large 6-8 £7.74Mens UK Shoe SizeA50023 Small 7-9 £7.74A50024 Medium 9-11 £7.74A50025 Large 11-12 £7.74

Paediatric Cast Boot and Open Toe5

A paediatric cast boot with open toe and closed heel.Lightweight with a bright and colourful design. Fastens with ahook and loop closure. Measurements shown indicate the lengthof the sole. Colours may vary.AA9202B Small 11.5cm £7.10AA9202C Medium 14cm £7.10AA9202D Large 16.5cm £7.10

5

027_EXPT_0209-0216:027_EXPT_0209-0216 23/11/09 17:45 Page 215


Cas

ting

Roo

m &

Em

erge

ncy

Casting Room Furniture

A high quality Orthopaedic Couch with split legs, and a range ofaccessories ideal for use in Plaster Rooms.• Electric model as standard• Hand control operation on electric model• Gas strut adjustable leg and back rest• Positive back section to 85˚• Negative leg section - 90˚ to + 15˚• Telescopic arm rests • Clearance for a mobile hoist is 12cm (47/10")• Choice of upholstery coloursHeight adjustment: 48-96cm (18.9 - 377/10") Upholstery Dimensions: Back Length 90cm (35") Seat Length 53cm (208/10")Width 65cm (251/2")Leg Section Length 42cm (161/2")Individual Leg section length 22cm (86/10") 09 119 1006 £1080.42

Accessories09 119 1048 Arm Support - Fully adjustable £107.07

arm support, can be fitted oneither side of the couch.

09 119 1055 Seat Raiser - Allows maximum £85.44support and access when applyingfull length dressings and casts.

09 119 1071 Leg Support - Height and angle £139.51adjustment allows excellentaccess for lower limb procedures.Can be fitted on either side of the couch.

09 119 1089 Instrument Kit - Can be fitted £102.74on either side of the couch.

Split Leg Orthopaedic Couch11

SEAT RAISERARM SUPPORT

INSTRUMENT KITLEG SUPPORT

BLUE BEIGE DARK BLUE BLACK

Colours are as accurate as the printing process will allow.

90cm53cm42cm

22cm

65cm

Maximumuser weight

180kg

281/4st

3-4wks

MADE TO ORDERThis item is made to order and therefore, is not refundable.

DELIVERYDelivery is approximately 3 to 4 weeks. Please contact Customer Services for more information.

INFORMATIONFor more clinic furniture, please see pages 506 to 568

2 3

Cast Stand2

Offers support for the patient’s arm or leg while the limb is being casted. Height adjustable. Includes drip bucket. Latex Free.09 116 9325 £101.52

Cast and Splinting Rest3

Provides improved positioning, comfort and security during splint and cast fabrication, made from a lightweight plastic.Dimensions: Height 41cm. Length 90cm. Width 38cm.AA9427 £46.06

027_EXPT_0209-0216:027_EXPT_0209-0216 23/11/09 17:45 Page 216

Documents

Ortopedski pripomočki